WO2023162905A1 - Resin composition, cured object, laminate, method for producing cured object, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, semiconductor device, and compound - Google Patents

Resin composition, cured object, laminate, method for producing cured object, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, semiconductor device, and compound Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023162905A1
WO2023162905A1 PCT/JP2023/005891 JP2023005891W WO2023162905A1 WO 2023162905 A1 WO2023162905 A1 WO 2023162905A1 JP 2023005891 W JP2023005891 W JP 2023005891W WO 2023162905 A1 WO2023162905 A1 WO 2023162905A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
resin composition
compound
formula
compounds
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2023/005891
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
大輔 浅川
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to JP2024503123A priority Critical patent/JPWO2023162905A1/ja
Publication of WO2023162905A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023162905A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G59/00Polycondensates containing more than one epoxy group per molecule; Macromolecules obtained by polymerising compounds containing more than one epoxy group per molecule using curing agents or catalysts which react with the epoxy groups
    • C08G59/18Macromolecules obtained by polymerising compounds containing more than one epoxy group per molecule using curing agents or catalysts which react with the epoxy groups ; e.g. general methods of curing
    • C08G59/20Macromolecules obtained by polymerising compounds containing more than one epoxy group per molecule using curing agents or catalysts which react with the epoxy groups ; e.g. general methods of curing characterised by the epoxy compounds used
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G59/00Polycondensates containing more than one epoxy group per molecule; Macromolecules obtained by polymerising compounds containing more than one epoxy group per molecule using curing agents or catalysts which react with the epoxy groups
    • C08G59/18Macromolecules obtained by polymerising compounds containing more than one epoxy group per molecule using curing agents or catalysts which react with the epoxy groups ; e.g. general methods of curing
    • C08G59/40Macromolecules obtained by polymerising compounds containing more than one epoxy group per molecule using curing agents or catalysts which react with the epoxy groups ; e.g. general methods of curing characterised by the curing agents used
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G59/00Polycondensates containing more than one epoxy group per molecule; Macromolecules obtained by polymerising compounds containing more than one epoxy group per molecule using curing agents or catalysts which react with the epoxy groups
    • C08G59/18Macromolecules obtained by polymerising compounds containing more than one epoxy group per molecule using curing agents or catalysts which react with the epoxy groups ; e.g. general methods of curing
    • C08G59/68Macromolecules obtained by polymerising compounds containing more than one epoxy group per molecule using curing agents or catalysts which react with the epoxy groups ; e.g. general methods of curing characterised by the catalysts used
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08G73/12Unsaturated polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G85/00General processes for preparing compounds provided for in this subclass
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a resin composition, a cured product, a laminate, a method for producing a cured product, a method for producing a laminate, a method for producing a semiconductor device, a semiconductor device, and a compound.
  • cyclized resins such as polyimide are used in various applications because of their excellent heat resistance and insulating properties.
  • the above applications are not particularly limited, but in the case of a semiconductor device for mounting, use as a material for an insulating film or a sealing material, or as a protective film can be mentioned. It is also used as a base film or coverlay for flexible substrates.
  • the cyclized resin such as polyimide is used in the form of a resin composition containing a precursor of the cyclized resin such as a polyimide precursor.
  • a resin composition is applied to a substrate, for example, by coating to form a photosensitive film, and then, if necessary, exposure, development, heating, etc. are performed to form a cured product on the substrate.
  • a precursor of the cyclized resin such as a polyimide precursor is cyclized, for example, by heating, and becomes a cyclized resin such as polyimide in the cured product.
  • the resin composition can be applied by a known coating method or the like, for example, there is a high degree of freedom in designing the shape, size, application position, etc. of the resin composition to be applied. It can be said that it is excellent in sex.
  • cyclized resins such as polyimide, from the viewpoint of such excellent manufacturing adaptability, industrial application and development of the above-mentioned resin compositions are increasingly expected.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses (A) an alkali-soluble resin, (B) a copolymer resin, (C) a photopolymerization initiator that generates radicals and a base, (D) an epoxy resin, and (E) a black colorant.
  • the (A) alkali-soluble resin contains (A1) a carboxyl group-containing imide resin
  • the content of the (E) black colorant is the content of the curable resin composition
  • a curable resin composition is described which is characterized by a content of 1.0% by mass or more relative to the total mass of solids.
  • Patent Document 2 describes a base generator that generates a base by irradiation with electromagnetic waves, and has one or more reactive cyclic ether groups and/or reactive cyclic thioether groups as substituents in one molecule. Described is a photosensitive resin composition comprising a base generator and a polymeric precursor whose reaction to a final product is accelerated by a basic substance or by heating in the presence of a basic substance, characterized by there is
  • a resin composition for obtaining a cured product is required to have excellent elongation at break of the obtained cured product.
  • the present invention provides a resin composition that provides a cured product having excellent elongation at break, a cured product obtained by curing the resin composition, a laminate containing the cured product, a method for producing the cured product, and the production of the laminate.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a method, a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device including the method for manufacturing the laminate, a semiconductor device including the cured product or the laminate, and a novel compound.
  • ⁇ 1> a precursor of a cyclized resin; a base generator having a structure that generates a basic compound by the action of at least one of light, heat, acid, and base, and two or more polymerizable groups; A resin composition comprising a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the base generator contains at least one group selected from the group consisting of an amide group, a carbamate group, a urea group, and a quaternary ammonium group.
  • ⁇ 3> a precursor of the cyclized resin; a base generator represented by any one of the following formulas (1-1) to (1-4); A resin composition comprising a photopolymerization initiator.
  • R 11 and R 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, R 11 and R 12 may combine to form a ring structure, n is 1 , R 13 represents a monovalent organic group, and satisfies at least one of conditions 1 and 2 below.
  • Condition 1 n R 11 and n R 12 have a total of two or more polymerizable groups
  • Condition 2 R 13 has a total of two or more polymerizable groups
  • R 21 to R 24 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group
  • R 21 to R 24 have a total of two or more polymerizable groups
  • at least two of R 21 to R 24 are bonded may form a ring structure
  • a 1 represents a counter anion.
  • R 31 to R 33 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group; At least two of R33 may combine to form a ring structure, and A2 represents a counter anion.
  • R 41 , R 42 , R 43 and R 44 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and R 41 and R 42 combine to form a ring structure may be combined, R 43 and R 44 may combine to form a ring structure, and R 41 to R 44 have a total of two or more polymerizable groups.
  • ⁇ 5> The resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 4>, wherein the polymerizable group contained in the base generator is an addition polymerizable group or a ring-opening polymerizable group. thing.
  • ⁇ 6> The resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 5>, wherein the polymerizable group contained in the base generator is a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
  • ⁇ 7> The resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 6>, wherein the polymerizable group contained in the base generator is a (meth)acryloxy group.
  • ⁇ 8> The resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 7>, wherein the base generator is a nonionic compound.
  • ⁇ 9> a precursor of the cyclized resin; a compound represented by the following formula (X); A resin composition comprising a photopolymerization initiator.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, R 1 and R 2 may combine to form a ring structure, and L 1 represents a divalent linking group.
  • X represents a hydroxy group or a carboxy group
  • Cy represents a ring structure
  • R3 represents a structure containing a group having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
  • ⁇ 12> The resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 11>, which is used for forming an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer.
  • ⁇ 13> A cured product obtained by curing the resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 12>.
  • ⁇ 14> A laminate comprising two or more layers made of the cured product according to ⁇ 13> and a metal layer between any of the layers made of the cured product.
  • ⁇ 15> A method for producing a cured product, comprising a film forming step of applying the resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 12> onto a substrate to form a film.
  • ⁇ 16> The method for producing a cured product according to ⁇ 15>, comprising an exposure step of selectively exposing the film and a development step of developing the film with a developer to form a pattern.
  • a method for producing a laminate comprising the method for producing a cured product according to any one of ⁇ 15> to ⁇ 17>.
  • a method for producing a semiconductor device comprising the method for producing a cured product according to any one of ⁇ 15> to ⁇ 17> or the method for producing a laminate according to ⁇ 18>.
  • a semiconductor device comprising the cured product according to ⁇ 13> or the laminate according to ⁇ 14>.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, R 1 and R 2 may combine to form a ring structure, and L 1 represents a divalent linking group.
  • X represents a hydroxy group or a carboxy group, Cy represents a ring structure, and R3 represents a structure containing a group having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
  • a resin composition from which a cured product having excellent elongation at break is obtained, a cured product obtained by curing the resin composition, a laminate containing the cured product, a method for producing the cured product, and the laminate , a semiconductor device manufacturing method including the method for manufacturing the laminate, a semiconductor device including the cured product or the laminate, and a novel compound are provided.
  • a numerical range represented by the symbol "to” means a range including the numerical values before and after "to” as lower and upper limits, respectively.
  • the term "process” is meant to include not only independent processes, but also processes that are indistinguishable from other processes as long as the desired effects of the process can be achieved.
  • a description that does not describe substitution or unsubstituted includes a group (atomic group) having no substituent as well as a group (atomic group) having a substituent.
  • alkyl group includes not only alkyl groups without substituents (unsubstituted alkyl groups) but also alkyl groups with substituents (substituted alkyl groups).
  • exposure includes not only exposure using light but also exposure using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified.
  • Light used for exposure includes actinic rays or radiation such as emission line spectra of mercury lamps, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, and electron beams.
  • (meth)acrylate means both or either of “acrylate” and “methacrylate”
  • (meth)acrylic means both “acrylic” and “methacrylic”
  • (meth)acryloyl means either or both of “acryloyl” and “methacryloyl”.
  • Me in the structural formulas represents a methyl group
  • Et represents an ethyl group
  • Bu represents a butyl group
  • Ph represents a phenyl group.
  • total solid content refers to the total mass of all components of the composition excluding the solvent.
  • the solid content concentration is the mass percentage of other components excluding the solvent with respect to the total mass of the composition.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) are values measured using a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method, unless otherwise specified, and are defined as polystyrene conversion values.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) are, for example, HLC-8220GPC (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), guard column HZ-L, TSKgel Super HZM-M, TSKgel It can be obtained by connecting Super HZ4000, TSKgel Super HZ3000, and TSKgel Super HZ2000 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) in series. Unless otherwise stated, their molecular weights were determined using THF (tetrahydrofuran) as an eluent.
  • THF tetrahydrofuran
  • NMP N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone
  • detection in GPC measurement uses a UV ray (ultraviolet) wavelength detector of 254 nm.
  • UV ray ultraviolet
  • a third layer or element may be interposed between the reference layer and the other layer, and the reference layer and the other layer need not be in contact with each other.
  • the direction in which the layers are stacked with respect to the base material is referred to as "upper", or when there is a resin composition layer, the direction from the base material to the resin composition layer is referred to as “upper”. and the opposite direction is called “down”.
  • the composition may contain two or more compounds corresponding to each component contained in the composition.
  • the content of each component in the composition means the total content of all compounds corresponding to that component.
  • the temperature is 23° C.
  • the pressure is 101,325 Pa (1 atm)
  • the relative humidity is 50% RH, unless otherwise stated. Combinations of preferred aspects are more preferred aspects herein.
  • the resin composition according to the first aspect of the present invention includes a precursor of a cyclized resin, a structure that generates a basic compound by the action of at least one of light, heat, acid, and base, and two or more It contains a base generator having a polymerizable group (hereinafter also referred to as "first specific compound") and a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the resin composition according to the second aspect of the present invention comprises a cyclized resin precursor and a base generator represented by any one of the following formulas (1-1) to (1-4) (hereinafter, " Also referred to as "second specific compound”) and a photopolymerization initiator.
  • R 11 and R 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, R 11 and R 12 may combine to form a ring structure, n is 1 , R 13 represents a monovalent organic group, and satisfies at least one of conditions 1 and 2 below.
  • R 21 to R 24 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, R 21 to R 24 have a total of two or more polymerizable groups, and at least two of R 21 to R 24 are bonded may form a ring structure, and A 1 represents a counter anion.
  • R 31 to R 33 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group; At least two of R33 may combine to form a ring structure, and A2 represents a counter anion.
  • R 41 , R 42 , R 43 and R 44 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and R 41 and R 42 combine to form a ring structure may be combined, R 43 and R 44 may combine to form a ring structure, and R 41 to R 44 have a total of two or more polymerizable groups.
  • the resin composition according to the third aspect of the present invention comprises a precursor of a cyclized resin, a compound represented by the following formula (X) (hereinafter also referred to as “third specific compound”), and photopolymerization initiation agents.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, R 1 and R 2 may combine to form a ring structure, and L 1 represents a divalent linking group.
  • X represents a hydroxy group or a carboxy group
  • Cy represents a ring structure
  • R3 represents a structure containing a group having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
  • the resin composition according to the first aspect, the resin composition according to the second aspect, and the resin composition according to the third aspect may be collectively referred to simply as a "resin composition.” .
  • a base generator corresponding to any one of the first specific compound, the second specific compound, and the third specific compound may be simply referred to as a "specific compound.”
  • the resin composition of the present invention is preferably used for forming a photosensitive film subjected to exposure and development, and is preferably used for forming a film subjected to exposure and development using a developer containing an organic solvent.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can be used, for example, to form an insulating film for semiconductor devices, an interlayer insulating film for rewiring layers, a stress buffer film, and the like, and can be used to form an interlayer insulating film for rewiring layers. preferable.
  • the resin composition of the present invention is used for forming an interlayer insulating film for rewiring layers.
  • the resin composition of the present invention is preferably used for forming a photosensitive film subjected to negative development.
  • negative development refers to development in which non-exposed areas are removed by development in exposure and development
  • positive development refers to development in which exposed areas are removed by development.
  • the exposure method, the developer, and the development method include, for example, the exposure method described in the exposure step, the developer and the development method described in the development step in the description of the method for producing a cured product described later. is used.
  • a polymerizable compound and a polymerization initiator are used to introduce a crosslinked structure into the cured product to improve the chemical resistance of the cured product. It is done.
  • a polyfunctional polymerizable compound as the polymerizable compound is being studied in order to increase the crosslink density in the cured product.
  • a polyfunctional polymerizable compound although the crosslink density in the cured product can be increased, the cyclization reaction of the precursor of the cyclized resin is inhibited, and the elongation at break of the resulting cured product is reduced. There is a case to put away.
  • the crosslinked structure reduces the degree of freedom of movement of the ring-closure reaction moiety in the precursor, and the crosslinked structure inhibits the diffusion of the basic compound even when a base generator is used.
  • the specific compound in the present invention is a compound that has two or more polymerizable groups and generates a basic compound.
  • a basic compound can be generated from the polymer obtained after polymerization, and the basic compound can be generated in a nearly uniform state in the film. It can effectively promote the body cyclization reaction. As a result, it is presumed that a cured product having excellent elongation at break can be obtained.
  • the specific compound after polymerization after the polymerization of the specific compound, for example, when performing development using a developer, the specific compound after polymerization has a high molecular weight and a crosslinked structure and is difficult to dissolve in the developer, so the basic compound generated during cyclization can be increased, resulting in a cured product with excellent elongation at break. Furthermore, as described above, the specific compound after polymerization is less likely to be eluted into the developer, so that a cured product with excellent elongation at break can be obtained under a wide range of development conditions (e.g., type of developer, development time, development temperature, etc.). Conceivable. That is, when a cured product is obtained using the resin composition of the present invention by an aspect including exposure and development, it is considered that the robustness against development conditions is wide.
  • development conditions e.g., type of developer, development time, development temperature, etc.
  • the cyclization reaction of the precursor of the cyclization resin is performed by heating or the like.
  • This aspect can be easily implemented.
  • both the crosslink density and the cyclization reaction rate can be increased. That is, it is believed that the resin composition of the present invention provides a cured product that is excellent in both elongation at break and chemical resistance.
  • the specific compound has two or more polymerizable groups, the crosslink density in the cured product increases as described above. Therefore, it is considered that the cured product obtained from the resin composition of the present invention is also excellent in chemical resistance.
  • Patent Documents 1 and 2 do not describe a composition containing all of a cyclized resin precursor, a specific compound, and a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the resin composition of the present invention contains a precursor (specific resin) of a cyclized resin.
  • the cyclized resin is preferably a resin containing an imide ring structure or an oxazole ring structure in its main chain structure.
  • the main chain represents the relatively longest connecting chain in the resin molecule.
  • Examples of cyclized resins include polyimide, polybenzoxazole, and polyamideimide.
  • the precursor of the cyclized resin refers to a resin that undergoes a change in chemical structure by an external stimulus to become a cyclized resin, preferably a resin that undergoes a change in chemical structure by heat to become a cyclized resin.
  • a resin that becomes a cyclized resin by forming a ring structure is more preferable.
  • Precursors of the cyclized resin include polyimide precursors, polybenzoxazole precursors, polyamideimide precursors, and the like. That is, the resin composition of the present invention may contain, as the specific resin, at least one resin (specific resin) selected from the group consisting of polyimide precursors, polybenzoxazole precursors, and polyamideimide precursors. preferable.
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polyimide precursor as the specific resin.
  • the specific resin preferably has a polymerizable group, and more preferably contains a radically polymerizable group.
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a radical polymerization initiator described later, and contains a radical polymerization initiator described later and a radical cross-linking agent described later. is more preferred. Further, if necessary, a sensitizer described later can be included. For example, a negative photosensitive film is formed from the resin composition of the present invention.
  • the specific resin may have a polarity conversion group such as an acid-decomposable group.
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a photoacid generator, which will be described later. From such a resin composition of the present invention, for example, a chemically amplified positive photosensitive film or negative photosensitive film is formed.
  • polyimide precursor Although the type of the polyimide precursor used in the present invention is not particularly limited, it preferably contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2).
  • a 1 and A 2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or -NH-
  • R 111 represents a divalent organic group
  • R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group
  • R 113 and R 114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • a 1 and A 2 in formula (2) each independently represent an oxygen atom or —NH—, preferably an oxygen atom.
  • R 111 in formula (2) represents a divalent organic group.
  • the divalent organic group include straight-chain or branched aliphatic groups, groups containing cyclic aliphatic groups and aromatic groups, straight-chain or branched aliphatic groups having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, A cyclic aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a group consisting of a combination thereof is preferable, and a group containing an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • the hydrocarbon group in the chain may be substituted with a group containing a heteroatom, and in the cyclic aliphatic group and the aromatic group, the ring-membered hydrocarbon group is a heteroatom.
  • may be substituted with a group containing Groups represented by -Ar- and -Ar-L-Ar- are exemplified as preferred embodiments of the present invention, and groups represented by -Ar-L-Ar- are particularly preferred.
  • Ar is each independently an aromatic group
  • L is a single bond or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO -, -S-, -SO 2 - or -NHCO-, or a group consisting of a combination of two or more of the above. Preferred ranges for these are as described above.
  • R 111 is preferably derived from a diamine.
  • Diamines used in the production of polyimide precursors include linear or branched aliphatic, cyclic aliphatic or aromatic diamines. Only one type of diamine may be used, or two or more types may be used. Specifically, a linear or branched aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclic aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a group consisting of a combination thereof is preferably a diamine containing, more preferably a diamine containing an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. In the straight-chain or branched aliphatic group, the hydrocarbon group in the chain may be substituted with a group containing a heteroatom. may be substituted with a group containing Examples of groups containing aromatic groups include:
  • * represents a binding site with other structures.
  • diamines include 1,2-diaminoethane, 1,2-diaminopropane, 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,4-diaminobutane or 1,6-diaminohexane; ,3-diaminocyclopentane, 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane, bis-(4- aminocyclohexyl)methane, bis-(3-aminocyclohexyl)methane, 4,4′-diamino-3,3′-dimethylcyclohexylmethane or isophoronediamine; m- or p-phenylenediamine, diaminotoluene, 4,4′- or 3,3'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3, 3,3
  • diamines (DA-1) to (DA-18) described in paragraphs 0030 to 0031 of International Publication No. 2017/038598.
  • diamines having two or more alkylene glycol units in the main chain described in paragraphs 0032 to 0034 of International Publication No. 2017/038598 are preferably used.
  • R 111 is preferably represented by -Ar-L-Ar- from the viewpoint of the flexibility of the resulting organic film.
  • Ar is each independently an aromatic group
  • L is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S- , —SO 2 — or —NHCO—, or a group consisting of a combination of two or more of the above.
  • Ar is preferably a phenylene group
  • L is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms optionally substituted with a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S- or -SO 2 - .
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group here is preferably an alkylene group.
  • R 111 is preferably a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (51) or (61).
  • a divalent organic group represented by Formula (61) is more preferable.
  • Equation (51) In formula (51), R 50 to R 57 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group, and at least one of R 50 to R 57 is a fluorine atom, a methyl group or a trifluoro It is a methyl group, and each * independently represents a binding site to the nitrogen atom in formula (2).
  • the monovalent organic groups represented by R 50 to R 57 include unsubstituted alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms), A fluorinated alkyl group and the like can be mentioned.
  • R 58 and R 59 are each independently a fluorine atom, a methyl group, or a trifluoromethyl group, and * is each independently a binding site to the nitrogen atom in formula (2) represent.
  • Diamines that give the structure of formula (51) or (61) include 2,2′-dimethylbenzidine, 2,2′-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4,4′-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2′-bis (Fluoro)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diaminooctafluorobiphenyl and the like. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • R 115 in formula (2) represents a tetravalent organic group.
  • a tetravalent organic group containing an aromatic ring is preferable, and a group represented by the following formula (5) or (6) is more preferable.
  • each * independently represents a binding site to another structure.
  • R 112 is a single bond or a divalent linking group, a single bond, or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms optionally substituted with a fluorine atom, —O—, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 -, and -NHCO-, and preferably a group selected from a combination thereof, having 1 to 1 carbon atoms optionally substituted by a single bond or a fluorine atom 3 alkylene group, -O-, -CO-, -S- and -SO 2 -, and -CH 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -C( It is more preferably a divalent group selected from the group consisting of CH 3 ) 2 -, -O-, -CO-, -S- and -SO 2 -.
  • R 115 includes a tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after removal of an anhydride group from a tetracarboxylic dianhydride.
  • the polyimide precursor may contain only one type of tetracarboxylic dianhydride residue as a structure corresponding to R115 , or may contain two or more types thereof.
  • the tetracarboxylic dianhydride is preferably represented by the following formula (O).
  • R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group.
  • the preferred range of R 115 is synonymous with R 115 in formula (2), and the preferred range is also the same.
  • tetracarboxylic dianhydrides include pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA), 3,3′,4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3′,4,4′- Diphenyl sulfide tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3′,4,4′-diphenylsulfonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3′,4,4′-benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3′ ,4,4′-diphenylmethanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2′,3,3′-diphenylmethanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3′,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3′,4′-benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4′-oxydiphthalic dianhydride,
  • tetracarboxylic dianhydrides (DAA-1) to (DAA-5) described in paragraph 0038 of WO 2017/038598 are also preferred examples.
  • R 111 and R 115 has an OH group. More specifically, R 111 includes residues of bisaminophenol derivatives.
  • R 113 and R 114 in formula (2) each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • the monovalent organic group preferably includes a linear or branched alkyl group, a cyclic alkyl group, an aromatic group, or a polyalkyleneoxy group.
  • At least one of R 113 and R 114 preferably contains a polymerizable group, more preferably both contain a polymerizable group. It is also preferred that at least one of R 113 and R 114 contains two or more polymerizable groups.
  • the polymerizable group is a group capable of undergoing a cross-linking reaction by the action of heat, radicals, or the like, and is preferably a radically polymerizable group.
  • the polymerizable group examples include a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, an alkoxymethyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, an acyloxymethyl group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, a benzoxazolyl group, a blocked isocyanate group, and an amino group. be done.
  • a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferred.
  • Groups having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, an allyl group, an isoallyl group, a 2-methylallyl group, a group having an aromatic ring directly bonded to a vinyl group (e.g., a vinylphenyl group), and a (meth)acrylamide group.
  • a (meth)acryloyloxy group a group represented by the following formula (III), and the like, and a group represented by the following formula (III) is preferable.
  • R 200 represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group or a methylol group, preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • * represents a binding site with another structure.
  • R 201 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, —CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2 —, a cycloalkylene group or a polyalkyleneoxy group.
  • R 201 examples include ethylene, propylene, trimethylene, tetramethylene, pentamethylene, hexamethylene, octamethylene, alkylene groups such as dodecamethylene, 1,2-butanediyl, 1, 3-butanediyl group, —CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2 —, polyalkyleneoxy group, ethylene group, alkylene group such as propylene group, —CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2 —, cyclohexyl group, polyalkylene An oxy group is more preferred, and an alkylene group such as an ethylene group, a propylene group, or a polyalkyleneoxy group is even more preferred.
  • alkylene groups such as dodecamethylene, 1,2-butanediyl, 1, 3-butanediyl group, —CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2 —, polyalkyleneoxy group, ethylene group, alkylene group such as propylene group, —CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2
  • a polyalkyleneoxy group refers to a group in which two or more alkyleneoxy groups are directly bonded.
  • the alkylene groups in the plurality of alkyleneoxy groups contained in the polyalkyleneoxy group may be the same or different.
  • the arrangement of the alkyleneoxy groups in the polyalkyleneoxy group may be a random arrangement or a block arrangement. Alternatively, it may be arranged in a pattern such as an alternating pattern.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group (including the number of carbon atoms in the substituent when the alkylene group has a substituent) is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 2 to 10, and 2 to 6.
  • the said alkylene group may have a substituent.
  • Preferred substituents include alkyl groups, aryl groups, and halogen atoms.
  • the number of alkyleneoxy groups contained in the polyalkyleneoxy group is preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 10, and even more preferably 2 to 6.
  • a group to which an oxy group is bonded is preferable, a polyethyleneoxy group or a polypropyleneoxy group is more preferable, and a polyethyleneoxy group is still more preferable.
  • the ethyleneoxy groups and the propyleneoxy groups may be arranged randomly, or may be arranged to form blocks. , may be arranged in a pattern such as alternately. Preferred embodiments of the number of repetitions of ethyleneoxy groups and the like in these groups are as described above.
  • the polyimide precursor when R 113 is a hydrogen atom, or when R 114 is a hydrogen atom, the polyimide precursor may form a tertiary amine compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond and a counter salt. good.
  • tertiary amine compounds having ethylenically unsaturated bonds include N,N-dimethylaminopropyl methacrylate.
  • R 113 and R 114 may be a polarity conversion group such as an acid-decomposable group.
  • the acid-decomposable group is not particularly limited as long as it is decomposed by the action of an acid to generate an alkali-soluble group such as a phenolic hydroxy group or a carboxyl group. , a tertiary alkyl ester group and the like are preferable, and from the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, an acetal group or a ketal group is more preferable.
  • acid-decomposable groups include tert-butoxycarbonyl, isopropoxycarbonyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, ethoxyethyl, methoxyethyl, ethoxymethyl, trimethylsilyl, and tert-butoxycarbonylmethyl. groups, trimethylsilyl ether groups, and the like. From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, an ethoxyethyl group or a tetrahydrofuranyl group is preferred.
  • the polyimide precursor preferably has a fluorine atom in its structure.
  • the content of fluorine atoms in the polyimide precursor is preferably 10% by mass or more, and preferably 20% by mass or less.
  • the polyimide precursor may be copolymerized with an aliphatic group having a siloxane structure.
  • an aliphatic group having a siloxane structure there is an embodiment using bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane, bis(p-aminophenyl)octamethylpentasiloxane, or the like as the diamine.
  • the repeating unit represented by formula (2) is preferably a repeating unit represented by formula (2-A). That is, at least one polyimide precursor used in the present invention is preferably a precursor having a repeating unit represented by formula (2-A). By including the repeating unit represented by the formula (2-A) in the polyimide precursor, it becomes possible to further widen the width of the exposure latitude.
  • a 1 and A 2 represent an oxygen atom
  • R 111 and R 112 each independently represent a divalent organic group
  • R 113 and R 114 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group
  • at least one of R 113 and R 114 is a group containing a polymerizable group, and both are preferably groups containing a polymerizable group.
  • a 1 , A 2 , R 111 , R 113 and R 114 are each independently synonymous with A 1 , A 2 , R 111 , R 113 and R 114 in formula (2), and preferred ranges are also the same.
  • R 112 has the same definition as R 112 in formula (5), and the preferred range is also the same.
  • the polyimide precursor may contain one type of repeating unit represented by formula (2), but may contain two or more types. It may also contain structural isomers of the repeating unit represented by formula (2). It goes without saying that the polyimide precursor may also contain other types of repeating units in addition to the repeating units of formula (2) above.
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by formula (2) is 50 mol% or more of the total repeating units.
  • the total content is more preferably 70 mol % or more, still more preferably 90 mol % or more, and particularly preferably more than 90 mol %.
  • the upper limit of the total content is not particularly limited, and all repeating units in the polyimide precursor excluding terminals may be repeating units represented by formula (2).
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide precursor is preferably 5,000 to 100,000, more preferably 10,000 to 50,000, still more preferably 15,000 to 40,000. Also, the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 2,000 to 40,000, more preferably 3,000 to 30,000, still more preferably 4,000 to 20,000.
  • the polyimide precursor preferably has a molecular weight distribution of 1.5 or more, more preferably 1.8 or more, and even more preferably 2.0 or more. Although the upper limit of the polyimide precursor's molecular weight dispersity is not particularly defined, it is preferably 7.0 or less, more preferably 6.5 or less, and even more preferably 6.0 or less.
  • the molecular weight dispersity is a value calculated by weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight.
  • the weight average molecular weight, number average molecular weight, and degree of dispersion of at least one polyimide precursor are preferably within the above ranges. It is also preferable that the weight-average molecular weight, the number-average molecular weight, and the degree of dispersion calculated from the multiple types of polyimide precursors as one resin are within the ranges described above.
  • Polybenzoxazole precursor As the polybenzoxazole precursor, compounds described in paragraphs 0049 to 0074 of WO2021/172420 can be used. The contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • Polyamideimide precursor As the polyamideimide precursor, compounds described in paragraphs 0075 to 0093 of WO2021/172420 can be used. The contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • Polyimide precursors and the like for example, a method of reacting a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and a diamine at a low temperature, a method of reacting a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and a diamine at a low temperature to obtain a polyamic acid, a condensing agent or an alkylating agent A method of esterification using a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and an alcohol to obtain a diester, then a method of reacting in the presence of a diamine and a condensing agent, a method of reacting a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and an alcohol to obtain a diester, After that, the remaining dicarboxylic acid can be acid-halogenated using a halogenating agent and reacted with a diamine.
  • the method of obtaining a diester from a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and an alcohol, then acid-halogenating the remaining dicarboxylic acid with a halogenating agent, and reacting it with a diamine is more preferred.
  • the condensing agent include dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, diisopropylcarbodiimide, 1-ethoxycarbonyl-2-ethoxy-1,2-dihydroquinoline, 1,1-carbonyldioxy-di-1,2,3-benzotriazole, N, N'-disuccinimidyl carbonate, trifluoroacetic anhydride and the like can be mentioned.
  • alkylating agent examples include N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal, N,N-dimethylformamide diethyl acetal, N,N-dialkylformamide dialkyl acetal, trimethyl orthoformate and triethyl orthoformate.
  • halogenating agent examples include thionyl chloride, oxalyl chloride, phosphorus oxychloride and the like.
  • organic solvent In the method for producing a polyimide precursor or the like, it is preferable to use an organic solvent in the reaction. One type of organic solvent may be used, or two or more types may be used.
  • the organic solvent can be appropriately determined according to the raw material, but pyridine, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (diglyme), N-methylpyrrolidone, N-ethylpyrrolidone, ethyl propionate, dimethylacetamide, dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, ⁇ -butyrolactone, and the like. are exemplified.
  • pyridine diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (diglyme)
  • N-methylpyrrolidone N-ethylpyrrolidone
  • ethyl propionate dimethylacetamide
  • dimethylformamide dimethylformamide
  • tetrahydrofuran ⁇ -butyrolactone, and the like.
  • the basic compound can be appropriately determined depending on the raw material, but triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, pyridine, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene, N,N-dimethyl-4-amino Pyridine and the like are exemplified.
  • the terminal blocking agent includes the terminal blocking agent described in paragraph 0131 of WO2021100768. The contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • a step of depositing a solid may be included in the production of the polyimide precursor or the like. Specifically, after filtering off the water absorption by-products of the dehydration condensation agent coexisting in the reaction solution as necessary, water, aliphatic lower alcohol, or a poor solvent such as a mixture thereof, the obtained A polyimide precursor or the like can be obtained by adding a polymer component and depositing the polymer component, depositing it as a solid, and drying it. In order to improve the degree of purification, operations such as re-dissolving, re-precipitation, drying, etc. of the polyimide precursor may be repeated. Furthermore, a step of removing ionic impurities using an ion exchange resin may be included.
  • the content of the specific resin in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, and 40% by mass or more with respect to the total solid content of the resin composition. is more preferable, and 50% by mass or more is even more preferable. Further, the content of the resin in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 99.5% by mass or less, more preferably 99% by mass or less, more preferably 98% by mass, based on the total solid content of the resin composition. % or less, more preferably 97 mass % or less, and even more preferably 95 mass % or less.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain only one type of specific resin, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are included, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains at least two resins.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain a total of two or more of the specific resin and other resins described later, or may contain two or more of the specific resins. It is preferable to include two or more kinds.
  • the resin composition of the present invention contains two or more specific resins, for example, two or more polyimides that are polyimide precursors and have different dianhydride-derived structures (R 115 in the above formula (2)) It preferably contains a precursor.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain the specific resin described above and other resins different from the specific resin (hereinafter also simply referred to as "other resins").
  • Other resins include phenolic resins, polyamides, epoxy resins, polysiloxanes, resins containing siloxane structures, (meth)acrylic resins, (meth)acrylamide resins, urethane resins, butyral resins, styryl resins, polyether resins, and polyester resins. etc.
  • a resin composition having excellent applicability can be obtained, and a pattern (cured product) having excellent solvent resistance can be obtained.
  • a high polymerizable group value having a weight average molecular weight of 20,000 or less for example, the molar amount of the polymerizable group in 1 g of the resin is 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 3 mol/g or more
  • the coating properties of the resin composition and the solvent resistance of the pattern (cured product) can be improved. can.
  • the content of the other resins is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, and 0.05% by mass or more, relative to the total solid content of the resin composition. More preferably, it is more preferably 1% by mass or more, even more preferably 2% by mass or more, even more preferably 5% by mass or more, and further preferably 10% by mass or more. More preferred.
  • the content of other resins in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 75% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the resin composition. It is more preferably 60% by mass or less, even more preferably 50% by mass or less.
  • the content of other resins may be low.
  • the content of the other resin is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less, and 10% by mass or less with respect to the total solid content of the resin composition. is more preferable, 5% by mass or less is even more preferable, and 1% by mass or less is even more preferable.
  • the lower limit of the content is not particularly limited as long as it is 0% by mass or more.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain only one kind of other resin, or may contain two or more kinds thereof. When two or more types are included, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention contains a specific compound.
  • the base generator (first specific compound) contained in the resin composition according to the first aspect of the present invention has a structure that generates a basic compound by the action of at least one of light, heat, acid, and base, and a base generator having two or more polymerizable groups.
  • the first specific compound preferably has a structure that generates a basic compound by the action of heat.
  • Each of the second specific compound and the third specific compound preferably has a structure that generates a basic compound by the action of at least one of light, heat, acid, and base, and the basic compound is generated by the action of heat. It is more preferable to have a structure to generate.
  • the first specific compound has a structure that generates a basic compound by the action of heat
  • the first specific compound is a structure represented by formulas (1-1) to (1-4) described later, Alternatively, it is preferably a structure represented by formula (X).
  • the basic compound is preferably generated by heating at 250°C, more preferably by heating at 220°C. It is more preferable to generate the basic compound by heating at 200°C, particularly preferably to generate the basic compound by heating to 190°C, and most preferably to generate the basic compound by heating at 180°C.
  • the lower limit of the temperature at which the basic compound is generated is not particularly limited, it is preferably 100° C. or higher from the viewpoint of the storage stability of the composition. Whether or not a certain compound A has a structure that generates a basic compound at a certain temperature X° C. is judged by the following method.
  • the amount of the basic compound generated is preferably 0.1 mol or more, more preferably 0.5 mol or more.
  • the upper limit of the amount of the basic compound generated is not particularly limited, it can be, for example, 1000 mol or less.
  • the first specific compound When the first specific compound has a structure that generates a basic compound by the action of light, the first specific compound has a structure represented by formulas (1-1) to (1-4) described later, Alternatively, it is preferably a structure represented by formula (X). It may also have a structure in which a basic group (for example, an amino group) is protected by a known photodegradable group. Whether or not a specific compound has a structure that generates a basic compound by the action of light can be determined by the following method.
  • a composition A was prepared by dissolving a specific compound in a solvent, and after irradiation with light having a wavelength of 190 to 800 nm at an exposure intensity of 25 W/cm 2 for 30 seconds under the conditions of 1 atm and 25° C., HPLC ( Quantify the amount of decomposition by a method such as high-performance liquid chromatography), and if 0.01 mol% or more of a basic compound is generated with respect to the total molar amount of the specific compound, the specific compound generates a basic compound by the action of light. Then judge.
  • the amount of the basic compound generated is preferably 0.1 mol % or more, more preferably 0.5 mol % or more.
  • the upper limit of the amount of the basic compound generated is not particularly limited, it can be, for example, 1000 mol % or less.
  • the concentration of the specific compound in the composition A is the same as the concentration in the resin composition, and the solvent species in the composition is the same as the solvent contained in the resin composition.
  • the concentration of the specific compound in composition A can be about 1.0% by mass with respect to the total mass of composition A, and the solvent species is N-methyl- 2-pyrrolidone and the like can be used.
  • the specific compound When the specific compound has a structure that generates a basic compound by the action of a base, the specific compound preferably has a structure in which a basic group (preferably an amino group) is protected by a base-decomposable protecting group.
  • a basic group preferably an amino group
  • a base-decomposable protecting group As the base-labile protective group, for example, a known amino group-protective group that can be deprotected with a base can be used.
  • the group in which the amino group is protected by such a protecting group is preferably a group having a carbamate structure, such as a 9-fluorenylmethylcarbamate group, a 1,1-dimethyl-2-cyanomethylcarbamate group, and a paranitrobenzylcarbamate group. or a 2,4-dichlorobenzylcarbamate group are more preferred.
  • the specific compound when the specific compound has a structure that generates a basic compound by the action of a base, the specific compound may also be a compound that generates a basic compound by the action of heat. Whether or not a specific compound generates a basic compound by the action of a base can be determined by the following method. After adding a basic compound to the solution of a specific compound, it titrates and determines by measuring an amine value. Specifically, a composition A is prepared by dissolving a specific compound in a solvent, piperidine or triethylamine is added to composition A at 1 mol / L under the conditions of 1 atm and 25 ° C., and the base is added.
  • the amount of the basic compound generated is preferably 0.1 mol % or more, more preferably 0.5 mol % or more.
  • the upper limit of the amount of the basic compound generated is not particularly limited, it can be, for example, 1000 mol % or less.
  • the amount of the basic compound generated can be measured by titration by a known method to measure the amine value.
  • the concentration of the specific compound in the composition A is the same as the concentration in the resin composition, and the solvent species in the composition is the same as the solvent contained in the resin composition.
  • the concentration of the specific compound in composition A can be about 1.0% by mass with respect to the total mass of composition A, and the solvent species is N-methyl- 2-pyrrolidone and the like can be used.
  • the specific compound When the specific compound has a structure that generates a basic compound by the action of acid, the specific compound preferably has a structure in which the basic group (preferably amino group) is protected by an acid-decomposable protecting group.
  • the acid-decomposable protective group for example, a known amino group protective group that can be deprotected with an acid can be used.
  • the group in which the amino group is protected by such a protecting group a group having a carbamate structure is preferable, and a carbamate group derived from a tertiary alkoxy group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • a structure in which an amino group is protected with a t-butoxycarbonyl group can also be preferably used.
  • the specific compound when the specific compound has a structure that generates a basic compound by the action of acid, the specific compound may also be a compound that generates the basic compound by the action of heat. Whether or not a specific compound generates a basic compound by the action of an acid can be determined by the following method. Acid value is determined by titration after adding acid to a solution of a particular compound and determining how much of the added acid is neutralized by the generated basic compound.
  • composition A is prepared by dissolving a specific compound in a solvent, and para-toluenesulfonic acid is added to composition A at 1 mol / L under the conditions of 1 atm and 25 ° C., and the specific compound
  • 0.01 mol % or more of a basic compound is generated with respect to the total molar amount of , it is determined that the specific compound generates a basic compound by the action of a base.
  • the amount of the basic compound generated is preferably 0.1 mol % or more, more preferably 0.5 mol % or more.
  • the upper limit of the amount of the basic compound generated is not particularly limited, it can be, for example, 1000 mol % or less.
  • the amount of the basic compound generated can be measured by titration by a known method to measure the acid value.
  • the concentration of the specific compound in the composition A is the same as the concentration in the resin composition, and the solvent species in the composition is the same as the solvent contained in the resin composition.
  • the concentration of the specific compound in composition A can be about 1.0% by mass with respect to the total mass of composition A, and the solvent species is N-methyl- 2-pyrrolidone and the like can be used.
  • the first specified compound contains two or more polymerizable groups.
  • the polymerizable group include a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, an alkoxymethyl group such as a methoxymethyl group, and a methylol group.
  • the polymerizable group contained in the first specific compound is an addition-polymerizable group such as a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond or a ring-opening polymerizable group such as an epoxy group or an oxetanyl group. It is preferably an addition-polymerizable group, more preferably a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
  • Groups having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, an allyl group, an isoallyl group, a 2-methylallyl group, a group having an aromatic ring directly bonded to a vinyl group (e.g., vinylphenyl group), and a (meth)acrylamide group.
  • a (meth)acryloxy group is preferred, a vinylphenyl group or a (meth)acryloxy group is more preferred, and a (meth)acryloxy group is even more preferred.
  • Two or more polymerizable groups contained in the first specific compound may have the same or different structures.
  • the aspect in which the first specific compound contains two or more (meth)acryloxy groups is also one of the preferred aspects of the present invention.
  • the number of polymerizable groups contained in the first specific compound is preferably 2-10, more preferably 2-6, even more preferably 2-4. Moreover, the aspect in which the first specific compound has only two polymerizable groups is also one of the preferable aspects of the present invention.
  • the first specific compound preferably contains at least one or more groups selected from the group consisting of amide groups, carbamate groups, urea groups, and quaternary ammonium groups.
  • the first specific compound is preferably a compound that generates a basic compound by cleavage of the amide group, carbamate group, or urea group.
  • R A represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, preferably a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, A hydrocarbon group is more preferred.
  • the hydrocarbon group includes an alkyl group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group and the like, and an alkyl group is more preferable.
  • As the alkyl group an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • RA may also form a ring structure by bonding with the structure bonded to the nitrogen atom side of the amino group.
  • Each of * is preferably a binding site to a carbon atom, and more preferably a binding site to -CR B 2 -.
  • Each R B independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • the first specific compound has an amide group, it has two or more polymerizable groups in the structure on the side bonded to the carbon atom of the amide group, and the side bonded to the nitrogen atom of the amide group It is also one of the preferable aspects of the present invention that the structure does not have the polymerizable group described above.
  • the first specific compound has an amide group, it is preferred to generate an amine by cleavage between the nitrogen atom to which RA contained in the amide group is bonded and the carbon atom in the adjacent carbonyl group.
  • * is preferably a binding site to a carbon atom, and more preferably a binding site to -CR B 2 -.
  • RB is as described above.
  • * is preferably a binding site to a carbon atom, and more preferably a binding site to -CR B 2 -.
  • RB is as described above.
  • the first specific compound when the first specific compound contains at least one or more groups selected from the group consisting of an amide group, a carbamate group and a urea group, the first specific compound has the following formula (1-1) is preferably a structure represented by Further, when the first specific compound contains a urea group, it preferably has a structure represented by formula (1-4) described below.
  • a quaternary ammonium group is a group having a structure in which four carbon atoms are bonded to a nitrogen atom, and all of the above carbon atoms are preferably part of a hydrocarbon group.
  • the first specific compound when the first specific compound contains a quaternary ammonium group, the first specific compound preferably has a structure represented by formula (1-2) below.
  • the first specific compound is preferably a nonionic compound.
  • Non-ionic means having a charge of less than 1 meq/g in the composition. When it is difficult to measure the charge in the composition, it means that the charge in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone is less than 1 meq/g.
  • the base generator (second specific compound) contained in the resin composition according to the second aspect of the present invention is a base represented by any one of the following formulas (1-1) to (1-4) From the viewpoint of elongation at break and chemical resistance, it is preferably a base generator represented by the following formula (1-1). That is, the second specific compound is preferably a nonionic compound.
  • the first specific compound is preferably a base generator represented by any one of the following formulas (1-1) to (1-4).
  • Preferred aspects of the polymerizable group contained in the second specific compound are the same as the preferred aspects of the polymerizable group in the first specific compound described above.
  • R 11 and R 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, R 11 and R 12 may combine to form a ring structure, n is 1 , R 13 represents a monovalent organic group, and satisfies at least one of conditions 1 and 2 below.
  • R 21 to R 24 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, R 21 to R 24 have a total of two or more polymerizable groups, and at least two of R 21 to R 24 are bonded may form a ring structure, and A 1 represents a counter anion.
  • R 31 to R 33 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group; At least two of R33 may combine to form a ring structure, and A2 represents a counter anion.
  • R 41 , R 42 , R 43 and R 44 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and R 41 and R 42 combine to form a ring structure may be combined, R 43 and R 44 may combine to form a ring structure, and R 41 to R 44 have a total of two or more polymerizable groups.
  • R 11 and R 12 are preferably a monovalent organic group
  • R 11 and R 12 are each independently more preferably a monovalent organic group
  • R 11 and R 12 are each independently a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent
  • R 11 and R 12 in formula (1-1) are bonded to have a substituent It is more preferable to form a nitrogen-containing aliphatic heterocyclic ring structure.
  • R 11 or R 12 is a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent
  • the hydrocarbon group is more preferably an alkyl group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or a group represented by a combination thereof.
  • alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a group represented by a combination thereof is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. From the viewpoint of improving elongation at break, a branched alkyl group (e.g., isopropyl group, isobutyl group, 2-ethyl hexyl group, etc.) or a cyclic alkyl group (eg, cyclohexyl group, etc.) is preferred.
  • Substituents in the above hydrocarbon groups are not particularly limited, but include halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, aryloxy groups, alkylcarbonyl groups, arylcarbonyl groups, hydroxy groups, and the like.
  • R 11 and R 12 in formula (1-1) may be linked to form a ring structure.
  • R 11 and R 12 bonded to the same nitrogen atom are linked to form a ring structure.
  • the ring structure to be formed is preferably a nitrogen - containing aliphatic heterocyclic ring structure. mentioned.
  • These ring structures may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the same groups as the substituents in the above hydrocarbon group, and monovalent hydrocarbon groups.
  • R 11 and R 12 when R 11 and R 12 have a total of two or more polymerizable groups, R 11 may have two or more polymerizable groups, and R 12 may have two or more polymerizable groups. Alternatively, each of R 11 and R 12 may have one polymerizable group, or one of R 11 and R 12 may have one polymerizable group and the other may have two or more. , R 11 and R 12 may both have two or more polymerizable groups.
  • at least one of R 11 and R 12 is preferably a hydrocarbon group having a group having a polymerizable group as a substituent. Preferred aspects of the above hydrocarbon group are the same as the preferred aspects of the case where R 11 and R 12 are hydrocarbon groups.
  • R P each independently represents a polymerizable group
  • n represents an integer of 2 or more
  • L P represents an n+1 valent linking group
  • * represents the above-described hydrocarbon group or ring structure.
  • R 1 P represents the binding site with
  • preferred embodiments of R 1 P are the same as the preferred embodiments of the polymerizable group in the first specific compound described above, and a (meth)acryloxy group is particularly preferred.
  • n is preferably an integer of 2-10, more preferably an integer of 2-6, even more preferably an integer of 2-4. An embodiment in which n is 2 is also one of the preferred embodiments of the present invention.
  • Specific examples of the group represented by formula (R-1) include, but are not limited to, the following groups. In the following specific examples, * has the same meaning as * in formula (R-1).
  • n is preferably an integer of 1 to 10, more preferably an integer of 1 to 4, even more preferably 1 or 2, particularly preferably 1 .
  • R 13 preferably has a structure containing a ring structure, more preferably a structure containing an aromatic ring structure, and even more preferably a structure containing a benzene ring structure.
  • R 13 preferably contains at least one group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group and a carboxy group.
  • R 13 preferably contains a ring structure and at least one group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group and a carboxy group, and from the group consisting of a hydroxy group and a carboxy group. It is more preferable to have a ring structure in which at least one selected group is directly bonded or bonded via methylene.
  • the bonding site of R 13 to the carbonyl group in formula (1-1) is preferably a carbon atom, an oxygen atom or —NR N —, more preferably a carbon atom.
  • the carbon atom is preferably a carbon atom contained in a hydrocarbon group.
  • RN represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent, preferably a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • R 13 is preferably a group represented by the following formula (R-2) from the viewpoint of elongation at break.
  • R-2 L 1 represents a divalent linking group
  • X represents a hydroxy group or a carboxy group
  • Cy represents a ring structure
  • * represents a carbonyl group in formula (1-1). represents the binding site.
  • RN represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent, preferably a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • an aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferable.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group, more preferably a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, A saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is particularly preferred.
  • Cy represents a ring structure and may be any of a heterocyclic ring structure, an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure, and an aromatic hydrocarbon ring structure, but it is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring structure. is preferred.
  • a heterocyclic structure a heteroaromatic ring structure is preferable.
  • an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom, etc. are mentioned as a heteroatom contained in a heterocyclic structure.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure may be either a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure or an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure, but a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure is preferred.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure is preferably a six-membered ring or a multi-ring structure containing a six-membered ring structure.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon ring structure an aromatic hydrocarbon ring structure having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and a benzene ring structure is more preferable.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon ring structure may have a substituent, or may form a condensed ring with another ring structure.
  • Cy is preferably a 1,2-phenylene group which may have a substituent or a condensed ring.
  • the hydrogen atom in the hydrocarbon group in L 1 or the hydrogen atom in the ring structure represented by Cy may be substituted with a group having a polymerizable group.
  • a group having a polymerizable group a group having two or more polymerizable groups is preferable, and a group represented by the above formula (R-1) is more preferable.
  • the hydrogen atom in the ring structure represented by Cy is preferably substituted with a group having a polymerizable group, more preferably substituted with a group having two or more polymerizable groups, the above formula More preferably, it is substituted with a group represented by (R-1).
  • X in formula (R-2) is preferably a hydroxy group.
  • X and L1 are preferably present at adjacent positions on ring Cy. Adjacent position means that the ring member to which a substituent is attached in the ring structure and the ring member to which another substituent is attached are adjacent ring members in the ring structure, and the ring structure is benzene If it is a ring, it is meant to be in the ortho position.
  • X in formula (R-2) when X in formula (R-2) is a hydroxy group, the number of atoms (linkage chain length) on the shortest path of the linking chain between X and * in L 1 and Cy is 3 to 6. One is preferred, and three or four is more preferred.
  • X in formula (R-2) is a carboxy group, the number of atoms (linked chain length) on the shortest route of the linked chain between X and * in L 1 and Cy should be 2 to 5. is preferred, and 2 or 3 is more preferred.
  • L 1 preferably contains an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom on the shortest path.
  • L 1 is —CH 2 —O—
  • Cy is a benzene ring structure
  • the linking chain length is 4.
  • the hydrogen atom in Cy is substituted with a group represented by formula (R-1).
  • R-2 Specific examples of the group represented by formula (R-2) include, but are not limited to, the following structures.
  • a hydrogen atom in the hydrocarbon group may be substituted with a group having a polymerizable group.
  • R 13 is preferably a group represented by formula (R-3) or a group represented by formula (R-4) below.
  • L 2 represents an n-valent linking group
  • Cy represents a ring structure
  • X represents a hydroxy group or a carboxy group
  • * represents a carbonyl group in formula (1-1).
  • Cy represents a ring structure
  • X represents a hydroxy group or a carboxy group
  • m represents an integer of 1 or more
  • * is a bonding site with a carbonyl group in formula (1-1) and n represents the same number as in the above formula (1-1).
  • RN represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent, preferably a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • an aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferable.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group, more preferably a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, A saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is particularly preferred.
  • the hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group in L 2 may be substituted with a polymerizable group or a group having a polymerizable group. Specific examples of the group having a polymerizable group include the above-described formula A group represented by (R-1) can be mentioned.
  • Preferred embodiments of the ring structure represented by Cy in formula (R-3) are the same as the preferred embodiments of the ring structure represented by Cy in formula (R-2) described above.
  • Preferred embodiments of X in formula (R-3) are the same as the preferred embodiments of X in formula (R-2) described above.
  • Preferred embodiments of n in formula (R-3) are the same as the preferred embodiments of n in formula (1-1) above.
  • Preferred embodiments of the ring structure represented by Cy in formula (R-4) are the same as the preferred embodiments of the ring structure represented by Cy in formula (R-2) described above.
  • Preferred embodiments of X in formula (R-4) are the same as the preferred embodiments of X in formula (R-2) described above.
  • Preferred embodiments of n in formula (R-4) are the same as the preferred embodiments of n in formula (1-1) described above.
  • m is preferably an integer of 1 to 10, more preferably an integer of 1 to 4, still more preferably 1 or 2, particularly preferably 1 . It is also one of the preferred aspects of the present invention that m is the same number as n.
  • R 13 and the carbonyl group bonded to R 13 in formula (1-1) may be an acid-decomposable group or a base-decomposable group.
  • An embodiment in which R 13 is an acid-decomposable group includes an embodiment in which R 13 is a t-butoxy group.
  • R 13 is a 9-fluorenylmethyloxy group, 1,1-dimethyl-2-cyanomethyloxy group, paranitrobenzyloxy group, ,4-dichlorobenzyloxy group, and the like. A certain aspect is mentioned.
  • the base generator represented by formula (1-1) may satisfy only condition 1 described above, or may satisfy conditions 1 and 2, but from the viewpoint of elongation at break, it satisfies only condition 2. is preferred. Further, the base generator represented by formula (1-1) generates a basic compound by cleaving between the nitrogen atom to which R 11 and R 12 are bonded and the carbon atom to which R 13 is bonded. is preferred.
  • R 21 to R 24 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, more preferably at least three of them are monovalent organic groups, and all of them are monovalent organic more preferably a group.
  • Two or more of R 21 to R 24 may have polymerizable groups, and one of R 21 to R 24 may have two or more polymerizable groups, which is also a preferred embodiment of the present invention. is.
  • the group having no polymerizable group is preferably a hydrocarbon group, more preferably an alkyl group.
  • a 1 is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of a carboxylate anion, a phenol anion, a phosphate anion and a sulfate anion. is more preferred.
  • carboxylate anions include maleate, phthalate, N-phenyliminodiacetate and oxalate anions.
  • R 31 to R 33 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, more preferably at least two of them are monovalent organic groups, and all of them are monovalent organic more preferably a group. Two or more of R 31 to R 33 may have polymerizable groups, and one of R 31 to R 33 may have two or more polymerizable groups, which is also a preferred embodiment of the present invention. is. Among R 31 to R 33 , the group having no polymerizable group is preferably a hydrocarbon group, more preferably an alkyl group.
  • R 41 , R 42 , R 43 and R 44 in formula (1-4) are the same as preferred embodiments of R 11 and R 12 in formula (1-1) above.
  • Preferred embodiments of the ring structure formed by combining R 41 and R 42 are the same as the preferred embodiments of the ring structure formed by combining R 11 and R 12 .
  • Preferred embodiments of the ring structure formed by combining R 43 and R 44 are the same as the preferred embodiments of the ring structure formed by combining R 11 and R 12 .
  • the resin composition according to the third aspect of the present invention contains a compound (third specific compound) represented by the following formula (X). It is also a preferred embodiment that the first specific compound and the second specific compound are each a compound represented by Formula (X).
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, R 1 and R 2 may combine to form a ring structure, and L 1 represents a divalent linking group.
  • X represents a hydroxy group or a carboxy group
  • Cy represents a ring structure
  • R3 represents a structure containing a group having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
  • R 1 and R 2 in formula (X) are the same as those of R 1 and R 2 in formula (1-1).
  • Preferred embodiments of L 1 , Cy and R 2 in formula (X) are the same as preferred embodiments of L 1 , Cy and R 2 in formula (R-2).
  • R 3 is preferably a group represented by formula (R-1) above, and the polymerizable group is a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
  • Preferred embodiments of the group represented by formula (R-1) and the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond are as described above.
  • the basic compound generated from the specific compound is preferably a compound having an amino group.
  • the basic compound may be a compound having two or more amino groups, but is preferably a compound having only one amino group.
  • the amino group is preferably a secondary amino group.
  • the basic compound, which is a compound having an amino group may be an aliphatic amine or an aromatic amine, but is preferably an aliphatic amine. Since aliphatic amines are more basic than aromatic amines, they are considered to have a greater curing acceleration effect.
  • the basic compound is preferably pyrrolidine, piperidine, morpholine, nortropine, or cycloaliphatic amines such as those in which some of the hydrogen atoms are substituted with substituents.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, but is preferably an alkyl group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or a hydroxyalkyl group.
  • a hydroxyalkyl group of up to 10 is more preferred, and an alkyl group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a phenyl group or a hydroxyalkyl group of 2 to 4 carbon atoms is even more preferred.
  • Aliphatic amine refers to those in which all of the carbon atoms bonded to the nitrogen atom of the amino group are carbon atoms contained in an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and aromatic amine refers to carbon atoms bonded to the nitrogen atom of the amino group. At least one of the atoms is a carbon atom contained as a ring member in an aromatic group.
  • the cycloaliphatic amine means an aliphatic amine in which the nitrogen atom of the amino group is contained in the alicyclic structure.
  • the basic compound generated from the specific compound preferably does not have a polymerizable group.
  • the polymerizable group include polymerizable groups contained in the specific compound described above.
  • the basic compound generated from the specific compound may form a ring structure having a nitrogen atom contained in an amino group as a ring member.
  • the ring structure may be either an aliphatic ring structure or an aromatic ring structure, preferably an aliphatic ring structure, and more preferably a saturated aliphatic ring structure.
  • the ring structure is preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
  • the above ring structure may be monocyclic or polycyclic. When it is a double ring, it includes a condensed ring, a bridged ring, a spiro ring and the like.
  • the ring structure is a ring structure containing at least one group selected from the group consisting of a keto group, an ester group, an ether group, an amide group, an imide group, a thioether group and a ketoxime group, or a hydroxy group or a carboxy
  • a ring structure in which groups are bonded is also preferred.
  • the cis isomer is preferable from the viewpoint of the breaking elongation of the resulting cured product.
  • the trans form is slightly bulkier around the nitrogen atom than the cis form.
  • the molecular weight of the basic compound generated from the specific compound is preferably 70-1,000, more preferably 80-800, and even more preferably 85-500.
  • the basic compound generated from the specific compound is preferably a basic compound in which the pKa of the conjugate acid is 0 or more, more preferably 3 or more, and more preferably 6 or more.
  • the upper limit of the pKa of the conjugate acid is not particularly limited, it is preferably 30 or less.
  • the pKa is a dissociation reaction in which hydrogen ions are released from an acid, and its equilibrium constant Ka is represented by its negative common logarithm pKa. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, pKa is a value calculated by ACD/ChemSketch (registered trademark).
  • the basic compound generated from the specific compound are not particularly limited, but include, for example, basic compounds having the following structures.
  • dimethylpiperidine and dimethylmorpholine in the above structure have cis isomer and trans isomer, and either one may be used.
  • the cis form is more preferable.
  • the trans form is slightly bulkier around the nitrogen atom than the cis form.
  • the cis form makes it easier for the substrate compound to approach the nitrogen atom in the active site, and improves the effect of promoting imidization. Therefore, it is considered that the cis form is superior to the trans form in breaking elongation while maintaining other properties.
  • the cis isomer is preferred for the same reason when the cis isomer is more bulky around the nitrogen atom.
  • the molecular weight of the specific compound is preferably 200 to 2,000, more preferably 250 to 1,000, even more preferably 300 to 1,000.
  • the specific compound can be synthesized, for example, by the method described in Examples below. Moreover, it may be synthesized using other known synthesis methods, and the synthesis method is not particularly limited.
  • Specific examples of specific compounds include, but are not limited to, M-1 to M-17 used in the examples.
  • the content of the specific compound is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 0.2% by mass or more, still more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 2% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 25% by mass or less, even more preferably 20% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 10% by mass or less.
  • One of the specific compounds may be used alone, or two or more of them may be used in combination. When two or more are used in combination, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • the content of the specific compound in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 20 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the specific resin.
  • the resin composition of the present invention also preferably contains an organometallic complex.
  • the organometallic complex may be an organic complex compound containing a metal atom, but is preferably a complex compound containing a metal atom and an organic group, and is preferably a compound in which an organic group is coordinated to a metal atom. More preferably, it is a metallocene compound.
  • the metallocene compound refers to an organometallic complex having two optionally substituted cyclopentadienyl anion derivatives as ⁇ 5-ligands.
  • the organic group is not particularly limited, but is preferably a hydrocarbon group or a group composed of a combination of a hydrocarbon group and a heteroatom. Preferred heteroatoms are oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen atoms.
  • at least one of the organic groups is preferably a cyclic group, more preferably at least two are cyclic groups.
  • the cyclic group is preferably selected from a 5-membered cyclic group and a 6-membered cyclic group, more preferably a 5-membered cyclic group.
  • the cyclic group may be either a hydrocarbon ring or a heterocyclic ring, but is preferably a hydrocarbon ring.
  • As the five-membered cyclic group a cyclopentadienyl group is preferred.
  • the organometallic complex used in the present invention preferably contains 2 to 4 cyclic groups in one molecule.
  • the metal contained in the organometallic complex is not particularly limited, but is preferably a metal corresponding to a Group 4 element, and at least one metal selected from the group consisting of titanium, zirconium and hafnium. More preferably, it is at least one metal selected from the group consisting of titanium and zirconium, and particularly preferably titanium.
  • the organometallic complex may contain two or more metal atoms or may contain only one metal atom, but preferably contains only one metal atom. When the organometallic complex contains two or more metal atoms, it may contain only one kind of metal atom, or may contain two or more kinds of metal atoms.
  • the organometallic complex is preferably a ferrocene compound, a titanocene compound, a zirconocene compound or a hafnocene compound, more preferably a titanocene compound, a zirconocene compound or a hafnocene compound, and even more preferably a titanocene compound or a zirconocene compound.
  • titanocene compounds are particularly preferred.
  • an embodiment in which the organometallic complex has photoradical polymerization initiation ability is also one of preferred embodiments of the present invention.
  • having the ability to initiate photoradical polymerization means being able to generate free radicals capable of initiating radical polymerization by irradiation with light.
  • a composition containing a radical cross-linking agent and an organometallic complex is irradiated with light in a wavelength range in which the organometallic complex absorbs light and the radical cross-linking agent does not absorb light, radicals
  • the presence or absence of photoradical polymerization initiation ability can be confirmed.
  • the organometallic complex has photoradical polymerization initiation ability
  • the organometallic complex is preferably a metallocene compound, more preferably a titanocene compound, a zirconocene compound or a hafnocene compound, and a titanocene compound or a zirconocene compound. is more preferred, and a titanocene compound is particularly preferred.
  • the organometallic complex is at least one selected from the group consisting of titanocene compounds, tetraalkoxytitanium compounds, titanium acylate compounds, titanium chelate compounds, zirconocene compounds and hafnocene compounds. More preferably at least one compound selected from the group consisting of titanocene compounds, zirconocene compounds and hafnocene compounds, and at least one compound selected from the group consisting of titanocene compounds and zirconocene compounds More preferred are compounds of the species, and particularly preferred are titanocene compounds.
  • the molecular weight of the organometallic complex is preferably 50 to 2,000, more preferably 100 to 1,000.
  • Preferred examples of the organometallic complex include compounds represented by the following formula (P).
  • M is a metal atom
  • each R is independently a substituent. It is preferable that each R is independently selected from an aromatic group, an alkyl group, a halogen atom and an alkylsulfonyloxy group.
  • the metal atom represented by M is preferably an iron atom, a titanium atom, a zirconium atom or a hafnium atom, more preferably a titanium atom, a zirconium atom or a hafnium atom, still more preferably a titanium atom or a zirconium atom, and titanium Atoms are particularly preferred.
  • the aromatic group for R in formula (P) includes an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a 1-naphthyl group, or , 2-naphthyl group and the like.
  • the alkyl group for R in formula (P) is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an octyl group, and an isopropyl group. , t-butyl group, isopentyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, 2-methylhexyl group, cyclopentyl group and the like.
  • Halogen atoms for R include F, Cl, Br and I.
  • the alkyl group constituting the alkylsulfonyloxy group in R above is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an octyl group, isopropyl group, t-butyl group, isopentyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, 2-methylhexyl group, cyclopentyl group and the like.
  • the above R may further have a substituent.
  • substituents include halogen atoms (F, Cl, Br, I), hydroxy groups, carboxy groups, amino groups, cyano groups, aryl groups, alkoxy groups, aryloxy groups, acyl groups, alkoxycarbonyl groups, aryloxy carbonyl group, acyloxy group, monoalkylamino group, dialkylamino group, monoarylamino group, diarylamino group and the like.
  • organometallic complex examples include, but are not particularly limited to, tetraisopropoxytitanium, tetrakis(2-ethylhexyloxy)titanium, diisopropoxybis(ethylacetoacetate)titanium, diisopropoxybis(acetylacetoacetate)titanium, and diisopropoxybis(acetylacetoacetate).
  • Nath titanium tetraacetylacetonate titanium, bis( ⁇ 5-2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluoro-3-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)phenyl) titanium, pentamethyl
  • examples include cyclopentadienyltitanium trimethoxide, bis( ⁇ 5-2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluorophenyl)titanium, and the following compounds.
  • the content of the organometallic complex is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass based on the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 1.0% by mass or more, still more preferably 1.5% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 3.0% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 25% by mass or less. 1 type(s) or 2 or more types can be used for an organometallic complex. When two or more kinds are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerizable compound.
  • the resin composition of the present invention also preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator and a polymerizable compound, which will be described later.
  • the polymerizable compound as used herein does not include the compound corresponding to the specific compound described above.
  • Polymerizable compounds include radical cross-linking agents or other cross-linking agents.
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a radical cross-linking agent.
  • a radical cross-linking agent is a compound having a radically polymerizable group.
  • the radically polymerizable group a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferred.
  • Examples of the group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond include groups containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond such as a vinyl group, an allyl group, a vinylphenyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, a maleimide group, and a (meth)acrylamide group.
  • the group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferably a (meth)acryloyl group, a (meth)acrylamide group, or a vinylphenyl group, and more preferably a (meth)acryloyl group from the viewpoint of reactivity.
  • the radical cross-linking agent is preferably a compound having one or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds, more preferably a compound having two or more.
  • the radical cross-linking agent may have 3 or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
  • the compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds is preferably a compound having 2 to 15 ethylenically unsaturated bonds, more preferably a compound having 2 to 10 ethylenically unsaturated bonds, and 2 to 6.
  • the resin composition of the present invention contains a compound having two ethylenically unsaturated bonds and a compound having three or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds. It is also preferred to include
  • the molecular weight of the radical cross-linking agent is preferably 2,000 or less, more preferably 1,500 or less, and even more preferably 900 or less.
  • the lower limit of the molecular weight of the radical cross-linking agent is preferably 100 or more.
  • radical cross-linking agents include compounds described in paragraphs 0232 to 0238 of International Publication No. 2021/172420.
  • radical cross-linking agents examples include compounds described in paragraph 0211 of International Publication No. 2021/112189. The contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • radical cross-linking agents include compounds described in paragraphs 0241 to 0243 of International Publication No. 2021/172420.
  • the resin composition preferably uses a bifunctional methacrylate or acrylate.
  • Specific compounds include triethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, PEG (polyethylene glycol) 200 diacrylate, PEG200 dimethacrylate, PEG600 diacrylate, and PEG600 diacrylate.
  • PEG200 diacrylate is a polyethylene glycol diacrylate having a polyethylene glycol chain formula weight of about 200.
  • a monofunctional radical cross-linking agent can be preferably used as the radical cross-linking agent from the viewpoint of suppressing warpage associated with the elastic modulus control of the pattern (cured product).
  • Monofunctional radical cross-linking agents include n-butyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, butoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, carbitol (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, ) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, N-methylol (meth) acrylamide, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, etc.
  • N-vinyl compounds such as N-vinylpyrrolidone and N-vinylcaprolactam
  • allyl glycidyl ether are preferably used.
  • the monofunctional radical cross-linking agent a compound having a boiling point of 100° C. or higher under normal pressure is also preferable in order to suppress volatilization before exposure.
  • Other di- or higher functional radical cross-linking agents include allyl compounds such as diallyl phthalate and triallyl trimellitate.
  • a radical cross-linking agent having at least one selected from the group consisting of a urea bond and a urethane bond (hereinafter also referred to as "crosslinking agent U") is also preferable.
  • the cross-linking agent U may have only one urea bond or urethane bond, may have one or more urea bonds and one or more urethane bonds, or may have two or more urea bonds without urethane bonds.
  • the total number of urea bonds and urethane bonds in the cross-linking agent U is 1 or more, preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 4, even more preferably 1 or 2.
  • the number of urea bonds in the cross-linking agent U is 1 or more, preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 4, 1 or 2 It is even more preferable to have Further, when the cross-linking agent U does not have a urea bond, the number of urethane bonds in the cross-linking agent U is 1 or more, preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 4, 1 or 2 It is even more preferable to have
  • the radically polymerizable group in the cross-linking agent U is not particularly limited, but includes a vinyl group, an allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, a (meth)acryloxy group, a (meth)acrylamide group, a vinylphenyl group, a maleimide group, and the like.
  • a (meth)acryloxy group, a (meth)acrylamide group, a vinylphenyl group, or a maleimide group is preferable, and a (meth)acryloxy group is more preferable.
  • the cross-linking agent U has two or more radically polymerizable groups, the structure of each radically polymerizable group may be the same or different.
  • the number of radically polymerizable groups in the cross-linking agent U may be only one, or may be two or more, preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 6, and particularly preferably 1 to 4.
  • the crosslinker U also preferably has at least one of a hydroxy group, an alkyleneoxy group, an amide group and a cyano group.
  • the hydroxy group may be either an alcoholic hydroxy group or a phenolic hydroxy group, but an alcoholic hydroxy group is preferred.
  • the alkyleneoxy group is preferably an alkyleneoxy group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyleneoxy group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and an alkyleneoxy group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • An oxy group is more preferred, an ethylene group or a propylene group is even more preferred, and an ethylene group is particularly preferred.
  • the alkyleneoxy group may be included in the crosslinker U as a polyalkyleneoxy group.
  • the repeating number of the alkyleneoxy group is preferably 2-10, more preferably 2-6.
  • RN is as described above.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent, preferably a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the cross-linking agent U has two or more structures selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group, an alkyleneoxy group (however, when constituting a polyalkyleneoxy group, a polyalkyleneoxy group), an amide group and a cyano group. Although it may have it, the aspect which has only one in a molecule is also one of the preferable aspects of this invention.
  • the cross-linking agent U preferably contains an aromatic group from the viewpoint of compatibility with the specific resin.
  • the above aromatic group preferably bonds directly to the urea bond or urethane bond contained in the cross-linking agent U.
  • the cross-linking agent U contains two or more urea bonds or urethane bonds, it is preferable that one of the urea bonds or urethane bonds is directly bonded to the aromatic group.
  • the aromatic group may be an aromatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, or a condensed ring structure, but is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon group an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable, and an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable, and two or more hydrogen atoms are removed from the benzene ring structure. groups are more preferred.
  • aromatic heterocyclic group a 5- or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic group is preferable.
  • Aromatic heterocycles in such aromatic heterocyclic groups include pyrrole, imidazole, triazole, tetrazole, pyrazole, furan, thiophene, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, triazine and the like. .
  • the heteroatom contained in the aromatic heterocyclic group is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
  • the aromatic group connects two or more radically polymerizable groups and is selected from the group consisting of a linking group containing a urea bond or a urethane bond, or the above-described hydroxy group, alkyleneoxy group, amide group and cyano group. and at least one radically polymerizable group contained in the cross-linking agent U.
  • the molecular weight of the cross-linking agent U is preferably 100-2,000, preferably 150-1500, more preferably 200-900.
  • a radical cross-linking agent When a radical cross-linking agent is contained, its content is preferably more than 0% by mass and 60% by mass or less with respect to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. More preferably, the lower limit is 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 50% by mass or less, and even more preferably 30% by mass or less.
  • a single radical cross-linking agent may be used alone, or a mixture of two or more may be used. When two or more are used in combination, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention contains another cross-linking agent different from the radical cross-linking agent described above.
  • the other cross-linking agent refers to a cross-linking agent other than the above-described radical cross-linking agent, and the above-described photoacid generator or photobase generator reacts with other compounds in the composition or reacts with them.
  • the compound has a plurality of groups in the molecule that promote the reaction forming covalent bonds with the product, and covalent bonds are formed with other compounds or reaction products thereof in the composition. Compounds having a plurality of groups in the molecule, the reaction of which is promoted by the action of an acid or base, are preferred.
  • the acid or base is preferably an acid or base generated from a photoacid generator or a photobase generator in the exposure step.
  • compounds having at least one group selected from the group consisting of acyloxymethyl groups, methylol groups and alkoxymethyl groups are preferred, and the compounds are preferably selected from the group consisting of acyloxymethyl groups, methylol groups and alkoxymethyl groups. More preferred is a compound having a structure in which at least one group is directly bonded to a nitrogen atom.
  • cross-linking agents include, for example, an amino group-containing compound such as melamine, glycoluril, urea, alkylene urea, and benzoguanamine, which is reacted with formaldehyde or formaldehyde and alcohol, and the hydrogen atom of the amino group is converted to an acyloxymethyl group, methylol group, or A compound having a structure substituted with an alkoxymethyl group can be mentioned.
  • the method for producing these compounds is not particularly limited as long as they have the same structure as the compounds produced by the above methods. Oligomers formed by self-condensation of methylol groups of these compounds may also be used.
  • a melamine-based crosslinking agent is a melamine-based crosslinking agent
  • a glycoluril, urea or alkyleneurea-based crosslinking agent is a urea-based crosslinking agent
  • an alkyleneurea-based crosslinking agent is an alkyleneurea-based crosslinking agent.
  • a cross-linking agent using benzoguanamine is called a benzoguanamine-based cross-linking agent.
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one compound selected from the group consisting of urea-based cross-linking agents and melamine-based cross-linking agents. More preferably, it contains at least one compound selected from the group consisting of agents.
  • an alkoxymethyl group or an acyloxymethyl group is directly substituted on the nitrogen atom of an aromatic group or the following urea structure, or on a triazine.
  • the alkoxymethyl group or acyloxymethyl group of the above compound preferably has 2 to 5 carbon atoms, preferably 2 or 3 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 carbon atoms.
  • the total number of alkoxymethyl groups and acyloxymethyl groups in the above compound is preferably 1-10, more preferably 2-8, and particularly preferably 3-6.
  • the molecular weight of the compound is preferably 1500 or less, preferably 180-1200.
  • R 100 represents an alkyl group or an acyl group.
  • R 101 and R 102 each independently represent a monovalent organic group and may combine with each other to form a ring.
  • Examples of compounds in which an alkoxymethyl group or an acyloxymethyl group is directly substituted by an aromatic group include compounds represented by the following general formula.
  • X represents a single bond or a divalent organic group
  • each R 104 independently represents an alkyl group or an acyl group
  • R 103 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group , or a group that decomposes under the action of an acid to produce an alkali-soluble group (e.g., a group that leaves under the action of an acid, a group represented by —C(R 4 ) 2 COOR 5 (R 4 is independently It represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and R 5 represents a group that leaves under the action of an acid.)).
  • R 105 each independently represents an alkyl group or alkenyl group, a, b and c are each independently 1 to 3, d is 0 to 4, e is 0 to 3, f is 0 to 3 , a+d is 5 or less, b+e is 4 or less, and c+f is 4 or less.
  • R 5 in the group represented by —C(R 4 ) 2 COOR 5 a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to produce an alkali-soluble group, a group that is eliminated by the action of an acid, and —C(R 36 )(R 37 )(R 38 ), —C(R 36 )(R 37 )(OR 39 ), —C(R 01 )(R 02 )(OR 39 ), and the like.
  • R 36 to R 39 each independently represent an alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, aralkyl group or alkenyl group.
  • R 36 and R 37 may combine with each other to form a ring.
  • alkyl group an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • the alkyl group may be linear or branched.
  • a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable, and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • the cycloalkyl group may have a monocyclic structure or a polycyclic structure such as a condensed ring.
  • the aryl group is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably a phenyl group.
  • an aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and an aralkyl group having 7 to 16 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • the aralkyl group is intended to be an aryl group substituted with an alkyl group, and preferred embodiments of these alkyl and aryl groups are the same as the preferred embodiments of the alkyl and aryl groups described above.
  • the alkenyl group is preferably an alkenyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkenyl group having 3 to 16 carbon atoms. Moreover, these groups may further have a known substituent within the range in which the effects of the present invention can be obtained.
  • R 01 and R 02 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
  • the group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to form an alkali-soluble group or the group that is eliminated by the action of an acid is preferably a tertiary alkyl ester group, an acetal group, a cumyl ester group, an enol ester group, or the like. More preferred are tertiary alkyl ester groups and acetal groups.
  • compounds having an alkoxymethyl group include the following structures.
  • Examples of the compound having an acyloxymethyl group include compounds obtained by changing the alkoxymethyl group of the following compounds to an acyloxymethyl group.
  • Compounds having an alkoxymethyl group or acyloxymethyl in the molecule include, but are not limited to, the following compounds.
  • the compound containing at least one of an alkoxymethyl group and an acyloxymethyl group a commercially available one or a compound synthesized by a known method may be used. From the viewpoint of heat resistance, compounds in which an alkoxymethyl group or an acyloxymethyl group is directly substituted on an aromatic ring or a triazine ring are preferred.
  • melamine-based cross-linking agents include hexamethoxymethylmelamine, hexaethoxymethylmelamine, hexapropoxymethylmelamine, and hexabutoxybutylmelamine.
  • urea-based cross-linking agents include monohydroxymethylated glycoluril, dihydroxymethylated glycoluril, trihydroxymethylated glycoluril, tetrahydroxymethylated glycoluril, monomethoxymethylated glycoluril, and dimethoxymethylated glycol.
  • Uril trimethoxymethylated glycoluril, tetramethoxymethylated glycoluril, monoethoxymethylated glycoluril, diethoxymethylated glycoluril, triethoxymethylated glycoluril, tetraethoxymethylated glycoluril, monopropoxymethylated glycoluril , dipropoxymethylated glycoluril, tripropoxymethylated glycoluril, tetrapropoxymethylated glycoluril, monobutoxymethylated glycoluril, dibutoxymethylated glycoluril, tributoxymethylated glycoluril, or tetrabutoxymethylated glycoluril glycoluril-based crosslinkers such as uril; urea-based cross-linking agents such as bismethoxymethylurea, bisethoxymethylurea, bispropoxymethylurea, and bisbutoxymethylurea; monohydroxymethylated ethyleneurea or dihydroxymethylated ethyleneurea, monomethoxymethylated ethyleneurea, dimethoxymethylated
  • benzoguanamine-based cross-linking agents include monohydroxymethylated benzoguanamine, dihydroxymethylated benzoguanamine, trihydroxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetrahydroxymethylated benzoguanamine, monomethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, and trimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine.
  • tetramethoxymethylated benzoguanamine monoethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, diethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, triethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetraethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, monopropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dipropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tripropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetra propoxymethylated benzoguanamine, monobutoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dibutoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tributoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetrabutoxymethylated benzoguanamine, and the like.
  • the compound having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a methylol group and an alkoxymethyl group includes at least one group selected from the group consisting of a methylol group and an alkoxymethyl group on an aromatic ring (preferably a benzene ring).
  • Compounds to which a seed group is directly attached are also preferably used. Specific examples of such compounds include benzenedimethanol, bis(hydroxymethyl)cresol, bis(hydroxymethyl)dimethoxybenzene, bis(hydroxymethyl)diphenyl ether, bis(hydroxymethyl)benzophenone, hydroxymethylphenyl hydroxymethylbenzoate.
  • suitable commercial products include 46DMOC, 46DMOEP (manufactured by Asahi Organic Chemicals Industry Co., Ltd.), DML-PC, DML-PEP, DML-OC, and DML-OEP.
  • DML-34X DML-PTBP, DML-PCHP, DML-OCHP, DML-PFP, DML-PSBP, DML-POP, DML-MBOC, DML-MBPC, DML-MTrisPC, DML-BisOC-Z, DML-BisOCHP -Z, DML-BPC, DMLBisOC-P, DMOM-PC, DMOM-PTBP, DMOM-MBPC, TriML-P, TriML-35XL, TML-HQ, TML-BP, TML-pp-BPF, TML-BPE, TML -BPA, TML-BPAF, TML-BPAP, TMOM-BP, TMOM-BPE, TMOM-BPA, TMOM-BPAF, TMOM-BPAP, HML-TPPHBA, HML-TPHAP, HMOM-TPPHBA, HMOM-TPHAP (Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Nikalac (registered
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one compound selected from the group consisting of epoxy compounds, oxetane compounds, and benzoxazine compounds as another cross-linking agent.
  • Epoxy compound (compound having an epoxy group) -
  • the epoxy compound is preferably a compound having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule.
  • the epoxy group undergoes a cross-linking reaction at 200° C. or less and does not undergo a dehydration reaction resulting from the cross-linking, so film shrinkage does not easily occur. Therefore, containing an epoxy compound is effective for low-temperature curing and suppression of warpage of the resin composition of the present invention.
  • the epoxy compound preferably contains a polyethylene oxide group.
  • the polyethylene oxide group means that the number of repeating units of ethylene oxide is 2 or more, and the number of repeating units is preferably 2-15.
  • epoxy compounds include compounds described in paragraph 0256 of International Publication No. 2021/172420.
  • oxetane compounds include compounds described in paragraph 0257 of International Publication No. 2021/172420.
  • a benzoxazine compound (compound having a benzoxazolyl group)-
  • a benzoxazine compound is preferable because it is a cross-linking reaction derived from a ring-opening addition reaction, so that degassing does not occur during curing, and thermal shrinkage is reduced to suppress the occurrence of warping.
  • benzoxazine compounds include compounds described in paragraphs 0258 to 0259 of WO2021/172420.
  • the content of the other cross-linking agent is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. It is more preferably 5 to 15% by mass, particularly preferably 1.0 to 10% by mass.
  • Other cross-linking agents may be contained alone, or may be contained in two or more. When two or more other cross-linking agents are contained, the total is preferably within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention contains a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.
  • the radical photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known radical photopolymerization initiators.
  • a photoradical polymerization initiator having photosensitivity to light in the ultraviolet region to the visible region is preferred. It may also be an activator that produces an active radical by producing some action with a photoexcited sensitizer.
  • the radical photopolymerization initiator contains at least one compound having a molar extinction coefficient of at least about 50 L ⁇ mol ⁇ 1 ⁇ cm ⁇ 1 within the wavelength range of about 240 to 800 nm (preferably 330 to 500 nm). is preferred.
  • the molar extinction coefficient of a compound can be measured using known methods. For example, it is preferable to measure with an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian) using an ethyl acetate solvent at a concentration of 0.01 g/L.
  • any known compound can be used as the photoradical polymerization initiator.
  • halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives e.g., compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, compounds having a trihalomethyl group, etc.
  • acylphosphine compounds such as acylphosphine oxide, hexaarylbiimidazole, oxime derivatives, etc.
  • ketone compounds include compounds described in paragraph 0087 of JP-A-2015-087611, the content of which is incorporated herein.
  • Kayacure-DETX-S manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. is also suitably used.
  • a hydroxyacetophenone compound, an aminoacetophenone compound, and an acylphosphine compound can be suitably used as the radical photopolymerization initiator. More specifically, for example, aminoacetophenone-based initiators described in JP-A-10-291969 and acylphosphine oxide-based initiators described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can be used. incorporated.
  • ⁇ - ⁇ Omnirad 184 ⁇ Omnirad 1173 ⁇ Omnirad 2959 ⁇ Omnirad 127( ⁇ IGM Resins B.V. ⁇ ) ⁇ IRGACURE 184(IRGACURE ⁇ ) ⁇ DAROCUR 1173 ⁇ IRGACURE 500 ⁇ IRGACURE -2959 and IRGACURE 127 (trade names: both manufactured by BASF) can be used.
  • ⁇ -Aminoketone initiators include Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379EG (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), IRGACURE 907, IRGACURE 369, and IRGACURE 379 (trade names: all BASF company) can be used.
  • acylphosphine oxide-based initiators for example, compounds described in paragraphs 0161 to 0163 of International Publication No. 2021/112189 can also be suitably used. The contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the photoradical polymerization initiator is more preferably an oxime compound.
  • an oxime compound By using an oxime compound, the exposure latitude can be improved more effectively.
  • Oxime compounds are particularly preferred because they have a wide exposure latitude (exposure margin) and also act as photocuring accelerators.
  • oxime compound examples include compounds described in JP-A-2001-233842, compounds described in JP-A-2000-080068, compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166, J. Am. C. S. Compounds described in Perkin II (1979, pp.1653-1660); C. S. Compounds described in Perkin II (1979, pp.156-162), compounds described in Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995, pp.202-232), compounds described in JP-A-2000-066385, Compounds described in JP-A-2004-534797, compounds described in JP-A-2017-019766, compounds described in Patent No.
  • Preferred oxime compounds include, for example, compounds having the following structures, 3-benzoyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 2-acetoxy iminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one , and 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one.
  • an oxime compound an oxime-based radical photopolymerization initiator
  • DFI-091 manufactured by Daito Chemix Co., Ltd.
  • SpeedCure PDO manufactured by SARTOMER ARKEMA
  • an oxime compound having the following structure can be used.
  • photoradical polymerization initiators examples include oxime compounds having a fluorene ring described in paragraphs 0169 to 0171 of International Publication No. 2021/112189, and oximes having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of a carbazole ring is a naphthalene ring.
  • Compounds, oxime compounds having fluorine atoms can also be used. The contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • an oxime compound having a nitro group an oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton, and a substituent having a hydroxy group on the carbazole skeleton described in paragraphs 0208 to 0210 of International Publication No. 2021/020359 are used. Bound oxime compounds can also be used. The contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • an oxime compound having an aromatic ring group Ar 2 OX1 in which an electron-withdrawing group is introduced into the aromatic ring (hereinafter also referred to as oxime compound OX) can be used.
  • the electron-withdrawing group possessed by the aromatic ring group Ar OX1 include an acyl group, a nitro group, a trifluoromethyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, and a cyano group.
  • a benzoyl group may have a substituent.
  • substituents include halogen atoms, cyano groups, nitro groups, hydroxy groups, alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, aryl groups, aryloxy groups, heterocyclic groups, heterocyclic oxy groups, alkenyl groups, alkylsulfanyl groups, arylsulfanyl groups, It is preferably an acyl group or an amino group, more preferably an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group or an amino group.
  • a sulfanyl group or an amino group is more preferred.
  • the oxime compound OX is preferably at least one selected from the compounds represented by the formula (OX1) and the compounds represented by the formula (OX2), more preferably the compound represented by the formula (OX2). preferable.
  • R X1 is an alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic group, heterocyclicoxy group, alkylsulfanyl group, arylsulfanyl group, alkylsulfinyl group, arylsulfinyl group, alkylsulfonyl a group, an arylsulfonyl group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, an amino group, a phosphinoyl group, a carbamoyl group or a sulfamoyl group
  • R X2 is an alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic group,
  • R X12 is an electron-withdrawing group
  • R X10 , R X11 , R X13 and R X14 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
  • oxime compound OX examples include compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 0105 of Japanese Patent No. 4600600, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • oxime compounds having specific substituents shown in JP-A-2007-269779 and oxime compounds having a thioaryl group shown in JP-A-2009-191061. incorporated herein.
  • photoradical polymerization initiators include trihalomethyltriazine compounds, benzyldimethylketal compounds, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triaryl selected from the group consisting of imidazole dimers, onium salt compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds and derivatives thereof, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complexes and salts thereof, halomethyloxadiazole compounds, and 3-aryl-substituted coumarin compounds; are preferred.
  • More preferred radical photopolymerization initiators are trihalomethyltriazine compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, onium salt compounds, benzophenone compounds, and acetophenone compounds.
  • At least one compound selected from the group consisting of trihalomethyltriazine compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, and benzophenone compounds is more preferred, and metallocene compounds or oxime compounds are even more preferred. .
  • radical photopolymerization initiator compounds described in paragraphs 0175 to 0179 of International Publication No. 2021/020359 can be used. The contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • radical photopolymerization initiator a difunctional or trifunctional or higher radical photopolymerization initiator may be used.
  • a radical photopolymerization initiator two or more radicals are generated from one molecule of the radical photopolymerization initiator, so good sensitivity can be obtained.
  • the crystallinity is lowered, the solubility in a solvent or the like is improved, and precipitation becomes difficult over time, and the stability over time of the resin composition can be improved.
  • Specific examples of bifunctional or trifunctional or higher photoradical polymerization initiators include Japanese Patent Publication No. 2010-527339, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2011-524436, International Publication No.
  • a photopolymerization initiator When a photopolymerization initiator is included, its content is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. , more preferably 0.5 to 15% by mass, and still more preferably 1.0 to 10% by mass. Only one type of photopolymerization initiator may be contained, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more photopolymerization initiators are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range. In addition, since the photopolymerization initiator may also function as a thermal polymerization initiator, the crosslinking by the photopolymerization initiator may be further advanced by heating with an oven, a hot plate, or the like.
  • the resin composition may contain a sensitizer.
  • a sensitizer absorbs specific actinic radiation and enters an electronically excited state.
  • the sensitizer in an electronically excited state comes into contact with a thermal radical polymerization initiator, a photoradical polymerization initiator, or the like, and causes electron transfer, energy transfer, heat generation, or the like.
  • the thermal radical polymerization initiator and the photoradical polymerization initiator undergo chemical changes and are decomposed to generate radicals, acids or bases.
  • Usable sensitizers include benzophenones, Michler's ketones, coumarins, pyrazole azos, anilinoazos, triphenylmethanes, anthraquinones, anthracenes, anthrapyridones, benzylidenes, oxonols, and pyrazolotriazole azos. , pyridone azo, cyanine, phenothiazine, pyrrolopyrazole azomethine, xanthene, phthalocyanine, benzopyran, and indigo compounds.
  • Sensitizers include, for example, Michler's ketone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, 2,5-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzal)cyclopentane, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzal) Cyclohexanone, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzal)-4-methylcyclohexanone, 4,4'-bis(dimethylamino)chalcone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)chalcone, p-dimethylaminocinnamyl denindanone, p-dimethylaminobenzylideneindanone, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylbiphenylene)-benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylvinylene)benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylvinylene)iso naphthothiazole,
  • the content of the sensitizer is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, preferably 0.1 to 15% by mass, based on the total solid content of the resin composition. more preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass.
  • the sensitizers may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain a chain transfer agent.
  • the chain transfer agent is defined, for example, in Kobunshi Dictionary, 3rd edition (edited by Kobunshi Gakkai, 2005), pp. 683-684.
  • Chain transfer agents include, for example, a group of compounds having —S—S—, —SO 2 —S—, —NO—, SH, PH, SiH, and GeH in the molecule, RAFT (Reversible Addition Fragmentation Chain Transfer )
  • Dithiobenzoate, trithiocarbonate, dithiocarbamate, xanthate compounds and the like having a thiocarbonylthio group used for polymerization are used. They can either donate hydrogen to less active radicals to generate radicals, or they can be oxidized and then deprotonated to generate radicals.
  • thiol compounds can be preferably used.
  • chain transfer agent can also use the compounds described in paragraphs 0152 to 0153 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the content of the chain transfer agent is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. 1 to 10 parts by mass is more preferable, and 0.5 to 5 parts by mass is even more preferable.
  • One type of chain transfer agent may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more chain transfer agents are used, the total is preferably within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain a base generator.
  • the base generator is a compound capable of generating a base by physical or chemical action.
  • Preferred base generators for the resin composition of the present invention include thermal base generators and photobase generators.
  • the base generator corresponding to the above-mentioned specific compound shall not correspond to the base generator mentioned here.
  • the resin composition when the resin composition contains a cyclized resin precursor, the resin composition preferably contains a base generator.
  • the cyclization reaction of the precursor can be promoted, for example, by heating, and the cured product has good mechanical properties and chemical resistance. Performance as an interlayer insulating film for wiring layers is improved.
  • the base generator may be an ionic base generator or a non-ionic base generator.
  • bases generated from base generators include secondary amines and tertiary amines. There are no particular restrictions on the base generator used in the present invention, and known base generators can be used. Examples of known base generators include carbamoyloxime compounds, carbamoylhydroxylamine compounds, carbamic acid compounds, formamide compounds, acetamide compounds, carbamate compounds, benzylcarbamate compounds, nitrobenzylcarbamate compounds, sulfonamide compounds, imidazole derivative compounds, and amine imides.
  • nonionic base generators include compounds represented by formula (B1) or formula (B2) described in paragraphs 0275 to 0285 of WO2021/112189, and WO2020/066416.
  • the compound represented by formula (N1) described in paragraphs 0102 to 00162 of No. 1 or the base generator is preferably a thermal base generator described in paragraphs 0013 to 0041 of WO 2020/054226. The contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • base generators include the following, but the present invention should not be construed as being limited thereto.
  • the molecular weight of the nonionic base generator is preferably 800 or less, more preferably 600 or less, and even more preferably 500 or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 200 or more, and even more preferably 300 or more.
  • Specific preferred compounds of the ionic base generator include, for example, compounds described in paragraphs 0148 to 0163 of International Publication No. 2018/038002.
  • ammonium salts include the following compounds, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • iminium salts include the following compounds, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the content of the base generator is preferably 0.1 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin in the resin composition of the present invention.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 0.3 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 30 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 20 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 10 parts by mass or less, and may be 5 parts by mass or less, or may be 4 parts by mass or less.
  • One or two or more base generators can be used. When two or more kinds are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can also be in an aspect in which it does not substantially contain a base generator other than the specific compound.
  • the content of the base generator other than the specific compound is preferably 1% by mass or less, more preferably 0.5% by mass or less, relative to the total mass of the resin composition. It is more preferably 0.1% by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, and may be 0% by mass.
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent. Any known solvent can be used as the solvent.
  • the solvent is preferably an organic solvent.
  • Organic solvents include compounds such as esters, ethers, ketones, cyclic hydrocarbons, sulfoxides, amides, ureas, and alcohols.
  • solvents include solvents described in International Publication No. 2021/112189. Also included are ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, diethylene glycol butyl methyl ether, triethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetraethylene glycol dimethyl ether, propylene glycol dimethyl ether, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, N-cyclohexyl-2-pyrrolidone and the like. .
  • a combination of dimethyl sulfoxide and ⁇ -butyrolactone or a combination of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and ethyl lactate is particularly
  • the content of the solvent is preferably an amount such that the total solid concentration of the resin composition of the present invention is 5 to 80% by mass, more preferably 5 to 75% by mass. More preferably, the amount is from 10 to 70% by mass, and even more preferably from 20 to 70% by mass.
  • the solvent content may be adjusted according to the desired thickness of the coating and the method of application.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain only one type of solvent, or may contain two or more types. When two or more solvents are contained, the total is preferably within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a metal adhesion improver for improving adhesion to metal materials used for electrodes, wiring, and the like.
  • metal adhesion improvers include alkoxysilyl group-containing silane coupling agents, aluminum-based adhesion aids, titanium-based adhesion aids, compounds having a sulfonamide structure and compounds having a thiourea structure, phosphoric acid derivative compounds, and ⁇ -ketoesters. compounds, amino compounds, and the like.
  • silane coupling agent examples include compounds described in paragraph 0316 of International Publication No. 2021/112189 and compounds described in paragraphs 0067 to 0078 of JP-A-2018-173573, the contents of which are herein described. incorporated. It is also preferable to use two or more different silane coupling agents as described in paragraphs 0050 to 0058 of JP-A-2011-128358. Moreover, it is also preferable to use the following compound as a silane coupling agent. In the following formulas, Me represents a methyl group and Et represents an ethyl group.
  • silane coupling agents include compounds described in paragraph 0318 of International Publication No. 2021/112189. The contents of which are incorporated herein. These can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • Aluminum-based adhesion promoters include aluminum tris(ethylacetoacetate), aluminum tris(acetylacetonate), ethylacetoacetate aluminum diisopropylate, and the like.
  • the content of the metal adhesion improver is preferably 0.01 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, and still more preferably 0.01 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the specific resin. It is in the range of 5 to 5 parts by mass. When it is at least the above lower limit value, the adhesiveness between the pattern and the metal layer is improved, and when it is at most the above upper limit value, the heat resistance and mechanical properties of the pattern are improved.
  • One type of metal adhesion improver may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, the total is preferably within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains a migration inhibitor.
  • a migration inhibitor By including the migration inhibitor, it becomes possible to effectively suppress the migration of metal ions derived from the metal layer (metal wiring) into the film.
  • Migration inhibitors are not particularly limited, but heterocyclic rings (pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring, isoxazole ring, isothiazole ring, tetrazole ring, pyridine ring, pyridazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrazine ring, piperidine ring, piperazine ring, morpholine ring, 2H-pyran ring and 6H-pyran ring, triazine ring), compounds having thioureas and sulfanyl groups, hindered phenolic compounds , salicylic acid derivative-based compounds, and hydrazide derivative-based compounds.
  • heterocyclic rings pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring,
  • triazole compounds such as 1,2,4-triazole, benzotriazole, 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole, 3,5-diamino-1,2,4-triazole, 1H-tetrazole, 5- Tetrazole compounds such as phenyltetrazole and 5-amino-1H-tetrazole can be preferably used.
  • an ion trapping agent that traps anions such as halogen ions can be used.
  • migration inhibitors include the following compounds.
  • the content of the migration inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 5.0% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. , more preferably 0.05 to 2.0% by mass, and even more preferably 0.1 to 1.0% by mass.
  • migration inhibitor Only one type of migration inhibitor may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more migration inhibitors are used, the total is preferably within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerization inhibitor.
  • Polymerization inhibitors include phenol compounds, quinone compounds, amino compounds, N-oxyl free radical compounds, nitro compounds, nitroso compounds, heteroaromatic compounds, metal compounds and the like.
  • Specific compounds of the polymerization inhibitor include compounds described in paragraph 0310 of WO2021/112189, p-hydroquinone, o-hydroquinone, 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl free radical, phenoxazine and the like. The contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. It is more preferably from 0.02 to 15% by mass, and even more preferably from 0.05 to 10% by mass.
  • polymerization inhibitor Only one type of polymerization inhibitor may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more polymerization inhibitors are used, the total is preferably within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may optionally contain various additives, such as surfactants, higher fatty acid derivatives, thermal polymerization initiators, inorganic particles, ultraviolet absorbers, as long as the effects of the present invention can be obtained.
  • additives such as surfactants, higher fatty acid derivatives, thermal polymerization initiators, inorganic particles, ultraviolet absorbers, as long as the effects of the present invention can be obtained.
  • Add organic titanium compounds, antioxidants, photoacid generators, anti-coagulants, phenolic compounds, other polymer compounds, plasticizers and other auxiliary agents (e.g. defoamer, flame retardant, etc.) be able to.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain a urea compound, a carbodiimide compound, or an isourea compound. Properties such as film physical properties can be adjusted by appropriately containing these components.
  • surfactant various surfactants such as fluorine-based surfactants, silicone-based surfactants, and hydrocarbon-based surfactants can be used.
  • the surfactant may be a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, or an anionic surfactant.
  • the liquid properties (particularly fluidity) when prepared as a coating liquid are further improved, and the uniformity of coating thickness and liquid saving are further improved.
  • a surfactant in the resin composition of the present invention, the liquid properties (particularly fluidity) when prepared as a coating liquid are further improved, and the uniformity of coating thickness and liquid saving are further improved.
  • the interfacial tension between the surface to be coated and the coating liquid is reduced, and the wettability to the surface to be coated is improved.
  • the coatability to the surface to be coated is improved. Therefore, it is possible to more preferably form a film having a uniform thickness with little unevenness in thickness.
  • Fluorinated surfactants include compounds described in paragraph 0328 of WO2021/112189. The contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the fluorosurfactant has a repeating unit derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and 2 or more (preferably 5 or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy groups and propyleneoxy groups) (meta)
  • a fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a repeating unit derived from an acrylate compound can also be preferably used, and the following compounds are also exemplified as fluorine-based surfactants used in the present invention.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the above compound is preferably 3,000 to 50,000, more preferably 5,000 to 30,000.
  • a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond in a side chain can also be used as a fluorine-based surfactant. Specific examples include compounds described in paragraphs 0050 to 0090 and paragraphs 0289 to 0295 of JP-A-2010-164965, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • Commercially available products include Megafac RS-101, RS-102 and RS-718K manufactured by DIC Corporation.
  • the fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably 3-40% by mass, more preferably 5-30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7-25% by mass.
  • a fluorosurfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in terms of uniformity of the thickness of the coating film and saving liquid, and has good solubility in the composition.
  • Silicone-based surfactants, hydrocarbon-based surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, and anionic surfactants are described in paragraphs 0329 to 0334 of WO 2021/112189, respectively. compound. The contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the surfactant content is preferably 0.001 to 2.0% by mass, more preferably 0.005 to 1.0% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • a higher fatty acid derivative such as behenic acid or behenic acid amide is added in order to prevent polymerization inhibition caused by oxygen. may be unevenly distributed on the surface of the resin composition of the present invention
  • the content of the higher fatty acid derivative is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass relative to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. Only one type of higher fatty acid derivative may be used, or two or more types thereof may be used. When two or more higher fatty acid derivatives are used, the total is preferably within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain a thermal polymerization initiator, particularly a thermal radical polymerization initiator.
  • a thermal radical polymerization initiator is a compound that generates radicals by heat energy and initiates or promotes a polymerization reaction of a polymerizable compound. By adding a thermal radical polymerization initiator, the polymerization reaction of the resin and the polymerizable compound can be advanced, so that the solvent resistance can be further improved.
  • the photopolymerization initiator described above may also have a function of initiating polymerization by heat, and may be added as a thermal polymerization initiator.
  • thermal radical polymerization initiators include compounds described in paragraphs 0074 to 0118 of JP-A-2008-063554, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • thermal polymerization initiator When a thermal polymerization initiator is included, its content is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. , more preferably 0.5 to 15% by mass.
  • One type of thermal polymerization initiator may be contained, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more thermal polymerization initiators are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain inorganic particles.
  • inorganic particles include calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, silica, kaolin, talc, titanium dioxide, alumina, barium sulfate, calcium fluoride, lithium fluoride, zeolite, molybdenum sulfide, glass, boron nitride, and the like. can.
  • the average particle diameter of the inorganic particles is preferably 0.01 to 2.0 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.02 to 1.5 ⁇ m, still more preferably 0.03 to 1.0 ⁇ m, and 0.04 to 0.5 ⁇ m. Especially preferred.
  • the average particle size of the inorganic particles is the primary particle size and the volume average particle size.
  • the volume average particle size can be measured by a dynamic light scattering method using Nanotrac WAVE II EX-150 (manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd.). If the above measurement is difficult, the centrifugal sedimentation light transmission method, X-ray transmission method, or laser diffraction/scattering method can be used.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain an ultraviolet absorber.
  • an ultraviolet absorber As the ultraviolet absorber, salicylate-based, benzophenone-based, benzotriazole-based, substituted acrylonitrile-based, and triazine-based ultraviolet absorbers can be used. Specific examples of UV absorbers include compounds described in paragraphs 0341 to 0342 of WO2021/112189. The contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the above various ultraviolet absorbers may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the composition of the present invention may or may not contain an ultraviolet absorber, but when it does, the content of the ultraviolet absorber is 0.001% by mass with respect to the total solid mass of the composition of the present invention. It is preferably at least 1% by mass, more preferably at least 0.01% by mass and not more than 0.1% by mass.
  • the resin composition of this embodiment may contain an organic titanium compound.
  • an organic titanium compound By containing the organic titanium compound in the resin composition, it is possible to form a resin layer having excellent chemical resistance even when cured at a low temperature.
  • Organotitanium compounds that can be used include those in which organic groups are attached to titanium atoms through covalent or ionic bonds. Specific examples of organotitanium compounds include compounds described in paragraphs 0345 to 0346 of WO2021/112189. The contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the blending amount is preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 2 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the specific resin.
  • the amount is 0.05 parts by mass or more, the resulting cured pattern exhibits good heat resistance and chemical resistance more effectively. Excellent.
  • compositions of the present invention may contain antioxidants.
  • an antioxidant as an additive, it is possible to improve the elongation properties of the cured film and the adhesion to metal materials.
  • Antioxidants include phenol compounds, phosphite ester compounds, thioether compounds and the like. Specific examples of antioxidants include compounds described in paragraphs 0348 to 0357 of WO2021/112189. The contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the amount of antioxidant to be added is preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the specific resin.
  • the addition amount 0.1 parts by mass or more By making the addition amount 0.1 parts by mass or more, the effect of improving elongation characteristics and adhesion to metal materials can be easily obtained even in a high-temperature and high-humidity environment.
  • the interaction with the agent improves the sensitivity of the resin composition.
  • Only one kind of antioxidant may be used, or two or more kinds thereof may be used. When two or more kinds are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present embodiment may contain an anti-aggregation agent as necessary.
  • Anti-aggregation agents include sodium polyacrylate and the like.
  • the aggregation inhibitor may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the composition of the present invention may or may not contain an anti-aggregating agent, but when it is included, the content of the anti-aggregating agent is 0.01% by mass with respect to the total solid mass of the composition of the present invention. It is preferably at least 10% by mass, more preferably at least 0.02% by mass and not more than 5% by mass.
  • the resin composition of the present embodiment may contain a phenolic compound as necessary.
  • phenolic compounds include Bis-Z, BisP-EZ, TekP-4HBPA, TrisP-HAP, TrisP-PA, BisOCHP-Z, BisP-MZ, BisP-PZ, BisP-IPZ, BisOCP-IPZ, BisP-CP, BisRS-2P, BisRS-3P, BisP-OCHP, methylenetris-FR-CR, BisRS-26X (these are trade names, manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), BIP-PC, BIR-PC, BIR-PTBP, BIR -BIPC-F (these are trade names, manufactured by Asahi Organic Chemicals Industry Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • one type of phenolic compound may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
  • the composition of the present invention may or may not contain a phenolic compound, but if it does, the content of the phenolic compound is 0.01% by mass relative to the total solid mass of the composition of the present invention. It is preferably at least 30% by mass, more preferably at least 0.02% by mass and not more than 20% by mass.
  • Other polymer compounds include siloxane resins, (meth)acrylic polymers obtained by copolymerizing (meth)acrylic acid, novolac resins, resol resins, polyhydroxystyrene resins, and copolymers thereof.
  • Other polymer compounds may be modified products into which cross-linking groups such as methylol groups, alkoxymethyl groups and epoxy groups have been introduced.
  • composition of the present invention may or may not contain other polymer compounds, but if it does, the content of the other polymer compound is 0 relative to the total solid mass of the composition of the present invention. It is preferably 0.01% by mass or more and 30% by mass or less, and more preferably 0.02% by mass or more and 20% by mass or less.
  • the viscosity of the resin composition of the present invention can be adjusted by adjusting the solid content concentration of the resin composition. From the viewpoint of coating film thickness, it is preferably 1,000 mm 2 /s to 12,000 mm 2 /s, more preferably 2,000 mm 2 /s to 10,000 mm 2 /s, and 2,500 mm 2 /s to 8,000 mm. 2 /s is more preferred. If it is the said range, it will become easy to obtain a coating film with high uniformity. If it is 1,000 mm 2 /s or more, it is easy to apply the film with a film thickness required, for example, as an insulating film for rewiring . A coating is obtained.
  • the water content of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 2.0% by mass, more preferably less than 1.5% by mass, and even more preferably less than 1.0% by mass. If it is less than 2.0%, the storage stability of the resin composition is improved. Methods for maintaining the moisture content include adjusting the humidity in the storage conditions and reducing the porosity of the storage container during storage.
  • the metal content of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5 mass ppm (parts per million), more preferably less than 1 mass ppm, and even more preferably less than 0.5 mass ppm.
  • metals include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, copper, chromium, and nickel, but metals contained as complexes of organic compounds and metals are excluded. When multiple metals are included, the total of these metals is preferably within the above range.
  • a raw material having a low metal content is selected as a raw material constituting the resin composition of the present invention.
  • Examples include a method of performing filter filtration on the raw material constituting the product, and performing distillation under conditions in which contamination is suppressed as much as possible by lining the inside of the apparatus with polytetrafluoroethylene or the like.
  • the content of halogen atoms is preferably less than 500 ppm by mass, more preferably less than 300 ppm by mass, and less than 200 ppm by mass from the viewpoint of wiring corrosion. is more preferred.
  • those present in the form of halogen ions are preferably less than 5 ppm by mass, more preferably less than 1 ppm by mass, and even more preferably less than 0.5 ppm by mass.
  • Halogen atoms include chlorine and bromine atoms. It is preferable that the total amount of chlorine atoms and bromine atoms or chlorine ions and bromine ions is within the above ranges.
  • ion exchange treatment and the like are preferably mentioned.
  • a conventionally known container can be used as the container for the resin composition of the present invention.
  • the inner wall of the container is a multi-layer bottle composed of 6 types and 6 layers of resin, and 6 types of resin are used. It is also preferred to use bottles with a seven-layer structure. Examples of such a container include the container described in JP-A-2015-123351.
  • a cured product of this resin composition can be obtained.
  • a cured product according to the first aspect of the present invention is a cured product obtained by curing the resin composition of the present invention.
  • Curing of the resin composition is preferably by heating, and the heating temperature is more preferably in the range of 120°C to 400°C, further preferably in the range of 140°C to 380°C, and 170°C. It is particularly preferred to be in the range of -350°C.
  • a cured product according to the second aspect of the present invention contains a cyclized resin and a carbonate compound.
  • the cyclized resin is a cyclized resin contained in the above resin composition, or a precursor of the cyclized resin modified by heating (for example, a cyclized precursor of the cyclized resin, a resin contained in the resin).
  • polymerizable group is polymerized with other resin or polymerizable compound).
  • Preferred aspects of the carbonate compound are the same as the preferred aspects of the carbonate compound described in the resin composition according to the first aspect of the present invention. According to such an aspect, the cured product has excellent chemical resistance.
  • the carbonate compound has high polarity, it is difficult to dissolve in an organic solvent, and a cured product containing such a carbonate compound is considered to have excellent chemical resistance.
  • the cured product according to the first aspect and the cured product according to the second aspect are collectively referred to simply as "cured product".
  • the cured product according to the first aspect of the present invention may contain a carbonate compound.
  • the content of the carbonate compound with respect to the total mass of the cured product of the present invention is preferably 0.001 to 0.100% by mass, and 0.003 to 0.080% by mass. % by mass is more preferred, and 0.005 to 0.050% by mass is even more preferred.
  • the form of the cured product of the present invention is not particularly limited, and can be selected from film-like, rod-like, spherical, pellet-like, etc. according to the application.
  • the cured product is preferably in the form of a film.
  • this cured product can be used according to the application, such as the formation of a protective film on the wall surface, the formation of via holes for conduction, the adjustment of impedance, capacitance or internal stress, and the provision of heat dissipation function. You can also choose the shape.
  • the film thickness of the cured product (film made of the cured product) is preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more and 150 ⁇ m or less.
  • the shrinkage ratio when the resin composition of the present invention is cured is preferably 50% or less, more preferably 45% or less, and even more preferably 40% or less.
  • the imidization reaction rate of the cured product of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 70% or higher, more preferably 80% or higher, and even more preferably 90% or higher. If it is 70% or more, a cured product having excellent mechanical properties may be obtained.
  • the elongation at break of the cured product of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 40% or more, and even more preferably 50% or more.
  • the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the cured product of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 180° C. or higher, more preferably 210° C. or higher, and even more preferably 230° C. or higher.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the components described above.
  • the mixing method is not particularly limited, and conventionally known methods can be used. Mixing can be performed by mixing with a stirring blade, mixing with a ball mill, mixing by rotating the tank itself, or the like.
  • the temperature during mixing is preferably 10-30°C, more preferably 15-25°C.
  • the filter pore size is, for example, 5 ⁇ m or less, preferably 1 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less.
  • the material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon. HDPE (high density polyethylene) is more preferable when the material of the filter is polyethylene.
  • a filter that has been pre-washed with an organic solvent may be used. In the filter filtration step, multiple types of filters may be connected in series or in parallel for use.
  • filters with different pore sizes or materials may be used in combination.
  • a connection mode for example, a mode in which an HDPE filter with a pore size of 1 ⁇ m is connected in series as a first stage and an HDPE filter with a pore size of 0.2 ⁇ m as a second stage are connected in series.
  • various materials may be filtered multiple times.
  • circulation filtration may be used.
  • you may filter by pressurizing.
  • the pressure to be applied may be, for example, 0.01 MPa or more and 1.0 MPa or less, preferably 0.03 MPa or more and 0.9 MPa or less, and more preferably 0.05 MPa or more and 0.7 MPa or less.
  • impurities may be removed using an adsorbent.
  • You may combine filter filtration and the impurity removal process using an adsorbent.
  • a known adsorbent can be used as the adsorbent. Examples thereof include inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon.
  • the resin composition filled in the bottle may be subjected to a degassing step under reduced pressure.
  • the method for producing a cured product of the present invention preferably includes a film forming step of applying the resin composition onto a substrate to form a film. Further, the method for producing a cured product of the present invention includes the film forming step, an exposure step of selectively exposing the film formed in the film forming step, and developing the film exposed in the exposure step using a developer. It is more preferable to include a developing step of forming a pattern by The method for producing a cured product of the present invention includes the film forming step, the exposing step, the developing step, and a heating step of heating the pattern obtained by the developing step, and after development of exposing the pattern obtained by the developing step. It is particularly preferred to include at least one of the exposure steps. Moreover, the manufacturing method of the present invention preferably includes the film forming step and the step of heating the film. Details of each step will be described below.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can be used in a film-forming step in which a film is formed by applying it onto a substrate.
  • the method for producing a cured product of the present invention preferably includes a film forming step of applying the resin composition onto a substrate to form a film.
  • the type of base material can be appropriately determined according to the application, and includes semiconductor manufacturing base materials such as silicon, silicon nitride, polysilicon, silicon oxide, and amorphous silicon, quartz, glass, optical films, ceramic materials, vapor deposition films, A magnetic film, a reflective film, a metal substrate such as Ni, Cu, Cr, Fe (for example, a substrate formed of a metal, or a substrate having a metal layer formed by plating, vapor deposition, etc.) ), paper, SOG (Spin On Glass), TFT (Thin Film Transistor) array substrates, mold substrates, plasma display panel (PDP) electrode plates, etc., and are not particularly limited.
  • semiconductor manufacturing base materials such as silicon, silicon nitride, polysilicon, silicon oxide, and amorphous silicon, quartz, glass, optical films, ceramic materials, vapor deposition films, A magnetic film, a reflective film, a metal substrate such as Ni, Cu, Cr, Fe (for example, a substrate formed of a metal, or a substrate having
  • a semiconductor fabrication substrate is particularly preferable, and a silicon substrate, a Cu substrate and a mold substrate are more preferable.
  • these substrates may be provided with a layer such as an adhesion layer or an oxide layer made of hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) or the like on the surface.
  • HMDS hexamethyldisilazane
  • the shape of the substrate is not particularly limited, and may be circular or rectangular.
  • the diameter is, for example, 100 to 450 mm, preferably 200 to 450 mm.
  • the short side length is, for example, 100 to 1000 mm, preferably 200 to 700 mm.
  • the base material for example, a plate-like base material (substrate), preferably a panel-like base material (substrate) is used.
  • the resin layer or metal layer serves as the base material.
  • Specific means to be applied include dip coating, air knife coating, curtain coating, wire bar coating, gravure coating, extrusion coating, spray coating, spin coating, slit coating, An inkjet method and the like are exemplified. From the viewpoint of uniformity of film thickness, spin coating, slit coating, spray coating, or inkjet method is more preferable, and spin coating from the viewpoint of uniformity of film thickness and productivity. and slit coating methods are preferred.
  • a film having a desired thickness can be obtained by adjusting the solid content concentration and application conditions of the resin composition according to the method.
  • the coating method can be appropriately selected depending on the shape of the substrate. Spin coating, spray coating, ink jet method, etc.
  • slit coating and spray coating are preferable for rectangular substrates.
  • method, inkjet method, and the like are preferred.
  • spin coating for example, it can be applied at a rotation speed of 500 to 3,500 rpm for about 10 seconds to 3 minutes.
  • a method of transferring a coating film, which is formed on a temporary support in advance by the above application method, onto a base material can also be applied.
  • the transfer method the manufacturing methods described in paragraphs 0023 and 0036 to 0051 of JP-A-2006-023696 and paragraphs 0096-0108 of JP-A-2006-047592 can also be suitably used in the present invention.
  • a step of removing excess film at the edge of the substrate may be performed.
  • processes include edge bead rinsing (EBR), back rinsing, and the like.
  • EBR edge bead rinsing
  • a pre-wetting process may also be employed in which the base material is coated with various solvents before the resin composition is applied to the base material to improve the wettability of the base material, and then the resin composition is applied.
  • the film may be subjected to a step of drying the formed film (layer) to remove the solvent (drying step) after the film forming step (layer forming step). That is, the method for producing a cured product of the present invention may include a drying step of drying the film formed by the film forming step. Moreover, the drying step is preferably performed after the film formation step and before the exposure step.
  • the drying temperature of the film in the drying step is preferably 50 to 150°C, more preferably 70 to 130°C, even more preferably 90 to 110°C. Moreover, you may dry by pressure reduction.
  • the drying time is exemplified from 30 seconds to 20 minutes, preferably from 1 minute to 10 minutes, more preferably from 2 minutes to 7 minutes.
  • the film may be subjected to an exposure step that selectively exposes the film. That is, the method for producing a cured product of the present invention may include an exposure step of selectively exposing the film formed in the film forming step. Selectively exposing means exposing a portion of the film. Also, by selectively exposing, the film is formed with exposed regions (exposed portions) and non-exposed regions (non-exposed portions). The amount of exposure is not particularly defined as long as the resin composition of the present invention can be cured . is more preferred.
  • the exposure wavelength can be appropriately determined in the range of 190-1,000 nm, preferably 240-550 nm.
  • the exposure wavelength is as follows: (1) semiconductor laser (wavelength 830 nm, 532 nm, 488 nm, 405 nm, 375 nm, 355 nm etc.), (2) metal halide lamp, (3) high-pressure mercury lamp, g-line (wavelength 436 nm), h-line (wavelength 405 nm), i-line (wavelength 365 nm), broad (three wavelengths of g, h, i-line), (4) excimer laser, KrF excimer laser (wavelength 248 nm), ArF excimer laser (wavelength 193 nm) ), F2 excimer laser (wavelength 157 nm), (5) extreme ultraviolet; EUV (wavelength 13.6 nm), (6) electron beam, (7) YAG laser second harmonic 532 nm, third harmonic 355 nm, etc.
  • the resin composition of the present invention exposure with a high-pressure mercury lamp is particularly preferred, and exposure with i-line is particularly preferred. Thereby, particularly high exposure sensitivity can be obtained.
  • the method of exposure is not particularly limited as long as at least a part of the film made of the resin composition of the present invention is exposed. mentioned.
  • the film may be subjected to a step of heating after exposure (post-exposure heating step). That is, the method for producing a cured product of the present invention may include a post-exposure heating step of heating the exposed film in the exposure step.
  • the post-exposure heating step can be performed after the exposure step and before the development step.
  • the heating temperature in the post-exposure heating step is preferably 50°C to 140°C, more preferably 60°C to 120°C.
  • the heating time in the post-exposure heating step is preferably 30 seconds to 300 minutes, more preferably 1 minute to 10 minutes.
  • the heating rate in the post-exposure heating step is preferably 1 to 12° C./min, more preferably 2 to 10° C./min, still more preferably 3 to 10° C./min, from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature. Also, the rate of temperature increase may be appropriately changed during heating.
  • the heating means in the post-exposure heating step is not particularly limited, and known hot plates, ovens, infrared heaters and the like can be used. Moreover, it is also preferable to carry out the heating in an atmosphere of low oxygen concentration by, for example, flowing an inert gas such as nitrogen, helium or argon.
  • the film after exposure may be subjected to a development step in which the film is developed using a developer to form a pattern.
  • the method for producing a cured product of the present invention may include a development step of developing a film exposed in the exposure step with a developer to form a pattern. By performing development, one of the exposed and non-exposed portions of the film is removed to form a pattern.
  • development in which the unexposed portion of the film is removed by the development process is called negative development
  • development in which the exposed portion of the film is removed by the development process is called positive development.
  • Examples of the developer used in the development process include an aqueous alkaline solution and a developer containing an organic solvent.
  • basic compounds that the alkaline aqueous solution may contain include inorganic alkalis, primary amines, secondary amines, tertiary amines, and quaternary ammonium salts.
  • TMAH tetramethylammonium hydroxide
  • potassium hydroxide sodium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate, ammonia, ethylamine, n-propylamine, diethylamine, di-n-butylamine, triethylamine, methyldiethylamine , dimethylethanolamine, triethanolamine, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, tetrapentylammonium hydroxide, tetrahexylammonium hydroxide, tetraoctylammonium hydroxide, ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, Butyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, methyltriamylammonium hydroxide, dibutyldipentylammonium hydroxide, dimethylbis(2-hydroxyethyl)ammoni
  • the content of the basic compound in the developer is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.3 to 3% by mass, based on the total mass of the developer. is more preferred.
  • the compound described in paragraph 0387 of International Publication No. 2021/112189 can be used as the organic solvent.
  • Alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, pentanol, octanol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, methylisobutylcarbinol, and triethylene glycol, and amides such as N-methylpyrrolidone, N-ethylpyrrolidone, Dimethylformamide and the like are also suitable.
  • the organic solvent can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • a developer containing at least one selected from the group consisting of cyclopentanone, ⁇ -butyrolactone, dimethylsulfoxide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, and cyclohexanone is particularly preferred, and cyclopentanone and ⁇ -butyrolactone. and dimethylsulfoxide is more preferred, and a developer containing cyclopentanone is most preferred.
  • the content of the organic solvent relative to the total weight of the developer is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, and 80% by mass or more. is more preferable, and 90% by mass or more is particularly preferable. Moreover, the content may be 100% by mass.
  • the developer may further contain other components.
  • Other components include, for example, known surfactants and known antifoaming agents.
  • the method of supplying the developer is not particularly limited as long as the desired pattern can be formed.
  • the type of nozzle is not particularly limited, and straight nozzles, shower nozzles, spray nozzles and the like can be mentioned. From the viewpoint of permeability of the developer, removability of the non-image area, and efficiency in production, a method of supplying the developer with a straight nozzle or a method of continuously supplying the developer with a spray nozzle is preferable.
  • the method of supplying with a spray nozzle is more preferable.
  • the substrate is spun to remove the developer from the substrate.
  • a step of removing from above may be employed, and this step may be repeated multiple times.
  • the method of supplying the developer in the development process includes a process in which the developer is continuously supplied to the base material, a process in which the developer is kept substantially stationary on the base material, and a process in which the developer exceeds the developer on the base material.
  • a process of vibrating with sound waves or the like and a process of combining them can be employed.
  • the development time is preferably 10 seconds to 10 minutes, more preferably 20 seconds to 5 minutes.
  • the temperature of the developer during development is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 to 45°C, more preferably 18 to 30°C.
  • the pattern may be washed (rinsed) with a rinse.
  • a method of supplying the rinse liquid before the developer in contact with the pattern is completely dried may be employed.
  • Rinse liquid When the developer is an alkaline aqueous solution, water, for example, can be used as the rinse.
  • the developer is a developer containing an organic solvent, for example, a solvent different from the solvent contained in the developer (for example, water, an organic solvent different from the organic solvent contained in the developer) is used as the rinse liquid. be able to.
  • Examples of the organic solvent in the case where the rinse liquid contains an organic solvent include the same organic solvents as those exemplified in the case where the developer contains an organic solvent.
  • the organic solvent can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the organic solvent can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • cyclopentanone, ⁇ -butyrolactone, dimethylsulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolidone, cyclohexanone, PGMEA and PGME are particularly preferred, cyclopentanone, ⁇ -butyrolactone, dimethylsulfoxide, PGMEA and PGME are more preferred, and cyclohexanone and PGMEA are more preferred. More preferred.
  • the rinse liquid contains an organic solvent
  • the rinse liquid is preferably 50% by mass or more of the organic solvent, more preferably 70% by mass or more of the organic solvent, and 90% by mass or more of the organic solvent. is more preferred. Further, 100% by mass of the rinse liquid may be an organic solvent.
  • the rinse solution may further contain other components.
  • Other components include, for example, known surfactants and known antifoaming agents.
  • the method of supplying the rinse solution is not particularly limited as long as the desired pattern can be formed, and includes a method of immersing the base material in the rinse solution, a method of supplying the rinse solution to the base material by piling up the base material, and a method of supplying the rinse solution to the base material by showering. and a method of continuously supplying the rinsing liquid onto the substrate by means of a straight nozzle or the like.
  • the permeability of the rinse liquid From the viewpoint of the permeability of the rinse liquid, the removability of the non-image areas, and the efficiency in manufacturing, there are methods of supplying the rinse liquid using a shower nozzle, a straight nozzle, a spray nozzle, etc., and a continuous supply method using a spray nozzle is preferable. From the viewpoint of the permeability of the rinsing liquid to the image area, the method of supplying the rinsing liquid with a spray nozzle is more preferable.
  • the type of nozzle is not particularly limited, and straight nozzles, shower nozzles, spray nozzles and the like can be mentioned.
  • the rinsing step is preferably a step of supplying the rinse liquid to the film after exposure through a straight nozzle or a step of continuously supplying the same, and more preferably a step of supplying the rinse liquid through a spray nozzle.
  • the method of supplying the rinse liquid in the rinse step includes a process in which the rinse liquid is continuously supplied to the base material, a process in which the rinse liquid is kept substantially stationary on the base material, and a process in which the rinse liquid is kept on the base material in a substantially stationary state.
  • a process of vibrating with sound waves or the like and a process of combining them can be employed.
  • the rinse time is preferably 10 seconds to 10 minutes, more preferably 20 seconds to 5 minutes.
  • the temperature of the rinsing liquid during rinsing is not particularly specified, but is preferably 10 to 45°C, more preferably 18 to 30°C.
  • the pattern obtained by the development step may be subjected to a heating step of heating the pattern obtained by the development. That is, the method for producing a cured product of the present invention may include a heating step of heating the pattern obtained by the developing step. Moreover, the method for producing a cured product of the present invention may include a heating step of heating a pattern obtained by another method without performing the developing step or a film obtained by the film forming step. In the heating step, a resin such as a polyimide precursor is cyclized into a resin such as polyimide.
  • the heating temperature (maximum heating temperature) in the heating step is preferably 50 to 450°C, more preferably 150 to 350°C, still more preferably 150 to 250°C, even more preferably 160 to 250°C, particularly 160 to 230°C. preferable.
  • the heating step is preferably a step of promoting the cyclization reaction of the polyimide precursor in the pattern by the action of the base generated from the base generator by heating.
  • Heating in the heating step is preferably carried out at a temperature rising rate of 1 to 12° C./min from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature.
  • the rate of temperature increase is more preferably 2 to 10°C/min, still more preferably 3 to 10°C/min.
  • By setting the temperature increase rate to 1°C/min or more it is possible to prevent excessive volatilization of the acid or solvent while ensuring productivity.
  • the residual stress of the object can be relaxed.
  • the temperature at the start of heating is preferably 20°C to 150°C, more preferably 20°C to 130°C, and even more preferably 25°C to 120°C.
  • the temperature at the start of heating refers to the temperature at which the process of heating up to the maximum heating temperature is started.
  • the temperature of the film (layer) after drying is, for example, the boiling point of the solvent contained in the resin composition of the present invention.
  • the heating time (heating time at the highest heating temperature) is preferably 5 to 360 minutes, more preferably 10 to 300 minutes, even more preferably 15 to 240 minutes.
  • the heating temperature is preferably 30° C. or higher, more preferably 80° C. or higher, further preferably 100° C. or higher, from the viewpoint of adhesion between layers. 120° C. or higher is particularly preferred.
  • the upper limit of the heating temperature is preferably 350° C. or lower, more preferably 250° C. or lower, and even more preferably 240° C. or lower.
  • Heating may be done in stages. As an example, the temperature is raised from 25° C. to 120° C. at 3° C./min, held at 120° C. for 60 minutes, heated from 120° C. to 180° C. at 2° C./min, and held at 180° C. for 120 minutes. , may be performed. It is also preferable to carry out the treatment while irradiating ultraviolet rays as described in US Pat. No. 9,159,547. Such a pretreatment process can improve the properties of the film.
  • the pretreatment step is preferably performed for a short time of about 10 seconds to 2 hours, more preferably 15 seconds to 30 minutes.
  • the pretreatment may be performed in two or more steps.
  • the first pretreatment step may be performed in the range of 100 to 150°C, and then the second pretreatment step may be performed in the range of 150 to 200°C. good. Further, cooling may be performed after heating, and the cooling rate in this case is preferably 1 to 5°C/min.
  • the heating step is preferably carried out in an atmosphere of low oxygen concentration, such as by flowing an inert gas such as nitrogen, helium or argon, or under reduced pressure, in order to prevent decomposition of the specific resin.
  • the oxygen concentration is preferably 50 ppm (volume ratio) or less, more preferably 20 ppm (volume ratio) or less.
  • a heating means in the heating step is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a hot plate, an infrared furnace, an electric heating oven, a hot air oven, an infrared oven and the like.
  • the pattern obtained by the development step (the pattern after rinsing when the rinsing step is performed) is subjected to a post-development exposure step of exposing the pattern after the development step instead of or in addition to the heating step.
  • the method for producing a cured product of the present invention may include a post-development exposure step of exposing the pattern obtained in the development step.
  • the method for producing a cured product of the present invention may include a heating step and a post-development exposure step, or may include only one of the heating step and the post-development exposure step.
  • the post-development exposure step for example, a reaction in which cyclization of a polyimide precursor or the like proceeds by exposure of a photobase generator, or a reaction in which elimination of an acid-decomposable group proceeds by exposure of a photoacid generator is promoted. can do.
  • the post-development exposure step at least part of the pattern obtained in the development step may be exposed, but it is preferable that the entire pattern be exposed.
  • the exposure amount in the post-development exposure step is preferably 50 to 20,000 mJ/cm 2 , more preferably 100 to 15,000 mJ/cm 2 in terms of exposure energy at the wavelength to which the photosensitive compound is sensitive. preferable.
  • the post-development exposure step can be performed using, for example, the light source used in the exposure step described above, and broadband light is preferably used.
  • the pattern obtained by the development step may be subjected to a metal layer forming step of forming a metal layer on the pattern. That is, the method for producing a cured product of the present invention includes a metal layer forming step of forming a metal layer on the pattern obtained by the developing step (preferably subjected to at least one of the heating step and the post-development exposure step). is preferred.
  • the metal layer is not particularly limited, and existing metal species can be used. Examples include copper, aluminum, nickel, vanadium, titanium, chromium, cobalt, gold, tungsten, tin, silver, and alloys containing these metals. copper and aluminum are more preferred, and copper is even more preferred.
  • the method of forming the metal layer is not particularly limited, and existing methods can be applied.
  • use the methods described in JP-A-2007-157879, JP-A-2001-521288, JP-A-2004-214501, JP-A-2004-101850, US Patent No. 7888181B2, US Patent No. 9177926B2 can do.
  • photolithography, PVD (Physical Vapor Deposition), CVD (Chemical Vapor Deposition), lift-off, electroplating, electroless plating, etching, printing, and a combination thereof can be considered.
  • a patterning method combining sputtering, photolithography and etching, and a patterning method combining photolithography and electroplating can be used.
  • a preferred embodiment of plating is electroplating using a copper sulfate or copper cyanide plating solution.
  • the thickness of the metal layer is preferably 0.01 to 50 ⁇ m, more preferably 1 to 10 ⁇ m, at the thickest part.
  • Fields to which the cured product of the present invention can be applied include insulating films for electronic devices, interlayer insulating films for rewiring layers, and stress buffer films.
  • pattern formation by etching of a sealing film, a substrate material (a base film or coverlay of a flexible printed circuit board, an interlayer insulating film), or an insulating film for mounting purposes as described above can be used.
  • the method for producing the cured product of the present invention or the cured product of the present invention can also be used for the production of plates such as offset plates or screen plates, for etching molded parts, for protective lacquers and dielectrics in electronics, especially microelectronics. It can also be used for the production of layers and the like.
  • the laminate of the present invention refers to a structure having a plurality of layers made of the cured product of the present invention.
  • the laminate of the present invention is a laminate containing two or more layers made of a cured product, and may be a laminate in which three or more layers are laminated. Of the two or more layers of the cured product contained in the laminate, at least one is a layer made of the cured product of the present invention, and the shrinkage of the cured product, or the deformation of the cured product due to the shrinkage, etc. From the viewpoint of suppression, it is also preferable that all the layers made of the cured product contained in the laminate are layers made of the cured product of the present invention.
  • the method for producing the laminate of the present invention preferably includes the method for producing the cured product of the present invention, and more preferably includes repeating the method for producing the cured product of the present invention multiple times.
  • the laminate of the present invention includes two or more layers made of the cured material and a metal layer between any of the layers made of the cured material.
  • the metal layer is preferably formed by the metal layer forming step. That is, it is preferable that the method for producing a laminate of the present invention further includes a metal layer forming step of forming a metal layer on the layer made of the cured product between the methods for producing the cured product performed multiple times. Preferred aspects of the metal layer forming step are as described above.
  • the laminate for example, a laminate containing at least a layer structure in which three layers of a layer made of the first cured product, a metal layer, and a layer made of the second cured product are laminated in this order is preferable. be done.
  • both the layer comprising the first cured product and the layer comprising the second cured product are layers comprising the cured product of the present invention.
  • the resin composition of the present invention used for forming the layer comprising the first cured product and the resin composition of the present invention used for forming the layer comprising the second cured product have the same composition. It may be a product or a composition having a different composition.
  • the metal layer in the laminate of the present invention is preferably used as a metal wiring such as a rewiring layer.
  • the method for manufacturing the laminate of the present invention includes a lamination step.
  • the lamination step means that the surface of the pattern (resin layer) or metal layer is again subjected to (a) film formation step (layer formation step), (b) exposure step, (c) development step, (d) heating step and development It is a series of steps including performing at least one of the post-exposure steps in this order. However, at least one of (a) the film forming step and (d) the heating step and the post-development exposure step may be repeated. Moreover, after at least one of the (d) heating step and the post-development exposure step, (e) a metal layer forming step may be included. Needless to say, the lamination step may further include the drying step and the like as appropriate.
  • a surface activation treatment process may be further performed.
  • a plasma treatment is exemplified as the surface activation treatment. Details of the surface activation treatment will be described later.
  • the lamination step is preferably performed 2 to 20 times, more preferably 2 to 9 times.
  • Each of the layers described above may have the same composition, shape, film thickness, etc., or may differ from each other.
  • a cured product (resin layer) of the resin composition of the present invention so as to cover the metal layer after providing the metal layer.
  • the film forming step, (b) the exposure step, (c) the developing step, (d) at least one of the heating step and the post-development exposure step, and (e) the metal layer forming step are repeated in this order.
  • the film forming step, (d) at least one of the heating step and the post-development exposure step, and (e) the metal layer forming step are repeated in this order.
  • the method for producing a laminate of the present invention preferably includes a surface activation treatment step of subjecting at least part of the metal layer and the resin composition layer to surface activation treatment.
  • the surface activation treatment step is usually performed after the metal layer formation step, but after the development step (preferably after at least one of the heating step and the post-development exposure step), the resin composition layer is subjected to surface activation treatment.
  • the metal layer forming step may be performed.
  • the surface activation treatment may be performed only on at least part of the metal layer, may be performed only on at least part of the resin composition layer after exposure, or may be performed on the metal layer and the resin composition layer after exposure. Both may be done at least partially, respectively.
  • the surface activation treatment is preferably performed on at least part of the metal layer, and it is preferable to perform the surface activation treatment on part or all of the area of the metal layer on which the resin composition layer is formed.
  • the surface of the metal layer By subjecting the surface of the metal layer to the surface activation treatment in this manner, the adhesiveness to the resin composition layer (film) provided on the surface can be improved.
  • the present invention also discloses a semiconductor device comprising the cured product of the present invention or the laminate of the present invention. Moreover, this invention also discloses the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device containing the manufacturing method of the hardened
  • Specific examples of a semiconductor device using the resin composition of the present invention for forming an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer can refer to the description of paragraphs 0213 to 0218 of JP-A-2016-027357 and the description of FIG. The contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the compound of the present invention is a compound represented by the following formula (X).
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, R 1 and R 2 may combine to form a ring structure, and L 1 represents a divalent linking group.
  • X represents a hydroxy group or a carboxy group, Cy represents a ring structure, and R3 represents a structure containing a group having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
  • Preferred embodiments of the compounds of the present invention are the same as the preferred embodiments of the third specific compound described above.
  • Resin 2 is presumed to be a structure represented by the following formula (P-2).
  • P-2 weight average molecular weight
  • resin 2 with Mw of 5,000, resin 2 with Mw of 10,000, and resin 2 with Mw of 30,000 can also be obtained by appropriately adjusting the equivalent of 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether. Synthesized.
  • each resin composition was obtained by mixing the components shown in the table below.
  • the components shown in the table below were mixed to obtain comparative compositions.
  • the content (compounding amount) of each component described in the table other than the solvent was the amount (parts by mass) described in the "parts by mass” column of each column of the table.
  • the content (blending amount) of the solvent is such that the solid content concentration of the composition is the value (% by mass) of "solid content concentration” in the table, and the ratio of the content of each solvent to the total mass of the solvent (mass The ratio) was set to the ratio described in the "ratio" column in the table.
  • the resulting resin composition and comparative composition were filtered under pressure using a polytetrafluoroethylene filter with a pore width of 0.8 ⁇ m.
  • the description of "-" indicates that the composition does not contain the corresponding component.
  • Resins 1 to 6 obtained by the above synthesis examples
  • M-1 to M-17 Compounds having the following structures.
  • M-1 to M-17 are compounds corresponding to the above-mentioned specific compounds.
  • a bond that crosses an edge of a ring structure indicates that any of the omitted hydrogen atoms in the ring structure is replaced and attached to the ring structure.
  • MR-1 used in Comparative Example 1 is a polymerizable compound.
  • M-2-A was used in the next reaction without further purification.
  • M-2-C solid M-2-C (yield 98%).
  • a resin layer was formed by applying the resin composition prepared in each example and comparative example or the comparative composition to a silicon wafer by spin coating.
  • the obtained silicon wafer on which the resin layer was formed was dried on a hot plate at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes, and the thickness described in the column "Film thickness ( ⁇ m)" in the table was uniformly applied A resin composition layer having a sufficient thickness was obtained.
  • the entire surface of the resin composition layer on the silicon wafer was exposed with an exposure energy of 500 mJ/cm 2 .
  • the exposure wavelength is described in "Exposure wavelength (nm)" in the table.
  • the resin film obtained in each example was treated with nitrogen using an infrared lamp heating device (manufactured by Advance Riko Co., Ltd., RTP-6). Under atmosphere, the temperature was raised at a rate of temperature increase of 10°C/min, and after reaching 230°C, the above temperature was maintained during the "curing time (min)" in the table.
  • the cured resin composition layer (cured product) was immersed in a 4.9% by mass hydrofluoric acid aqueous solution, and the cured product was peeled off from the silicon wafer.
  • the peeled cured product was punched out using a punching machine to prepare a test piece having a width of 3 mm and a length of 30 mm.
  • the longitudinal elongation of the obtained test piece was measured using a tensile tester (Tensilon) under an environment of a crosshead speed of 300 mm / min, 25 ° C., 65% RH (relative humidity), according to JIS-K6251. Measured according to Each measurement was performed five times, and the arithmetic average value of the elongation rate (elongation at break) when the test piece was broken in the five measurements was used as an index value.
  • the evaluation was performed according to the following evaluation criteria, and the evaluation results are shown in the "elongation at break" column in the table.
  • the index value was 65% or more.
  • B The index value was 60% or more and less than 65%.
  • C The index value was 55% or more and less than 60%.
  • D The index value was less than 55%.
  • the prepared resin composition or comparative composition was applied onto a silicon wafer by spin coating.
  • the silicon wafer is dried on a hot plate at 100° C. for 5 minutes, and a resin composition layer having a uniform thickness and having the thickness described in the “Thickness ( ⁇ m)” column of the table is formed on the silicon wafer. formed.
  • the resin composition layer on the silicon wafer was exposed using a stepper.
  • the entire surface of the photosensitive film was exposed without using a photomask using light having a wavelength indicated in "Exposure Wavelength (nm)" in the table.
  • the exposure amount was 500 mJ/cm 2 .
  • the temperature was raised at a rate of 10 ° C./min under the temperature, and after reaching the temperature described in “Cure temperature (° C.)” in the table, that temperature was maintained for the time described in “Cure time (min)”. , to form a cured film.
  • IR in the column of "curing temperature (°C)”
  • the resin film obtained in each example was treated with nitrogen using an infrared lamp heating device (manufactured by Advance Riko Co., Ltd., RTP-6). Under the atmosphere, the temperature was raised at a rate of 10°C/min, and after reaching 230°C, the temperature was maintained for the time described in "curing time (min)” to form a cured film.
  • the obtained cured film was immersed in the following chemicals under the following conditions, and the dissolution rate was calculated.
  • the obtained dissolution rate values were evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria, and the evaluation results were described in the "Chemical resistance" column. It can be said that the lower the dissolution rate, the better the chemical resistance.
  • a resin composition layer or a comparative composition layer was formed by applying the resin composition or the comparative composition prepared in each example and comparative example in a layered manner on a copper substrate by spin coating, respectively.
  • the resulting copper substrate on which the resin composition layer or the comparative composition layer was formed was dried on a hot plate at 100° C. for 5 minutes, and the film thickness ( ⁇ m) shown in the column “Thickness ( ⁇ m)” of the table was applied to the copper substrate.
  • a resin composition layer or a comparative composition layer having a uniform thickness was used.
  • the resin composition layer or the comparative composition layer on the copper substrate was exposed at an exposure energy of 500 mJ/cm 2 , and in the example described as "negative” in the "development conditions” column of the table, a 100 ⁇ m square square.
  • exposure was performed using a stepper as the light source.
  • TMAH aqueous solution means a 2.38% by mass aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide.
  • curing temperature a hot plate is used to raise the temperature of the resin composition layer after the exposure in a nitrogen atmosphere at a heating rate of 10°C/min.
  • a bond tester (XYZTEC, CondorSigma) was used to measure the shear force of a 100 ⁇ m square resin layer on a copper substrate in an environment of 25° C. and 65% relative humidity (RH). , was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. The evaluation results are shown in the "Copper Substrate Adhesion" column of the table. It can be said that the greater the shear force, the better the metal adhesion (copper adhesion) of the cured film. -Evaluation criteria- A: Shearing force exceeded 30 gf. B: Shearing force exceeded 25 gf and was 30 gf or less. C: Shear force was 25 gf or less. Also, 1 gf is 0.00980665N.
  • the cured product formed from the resin composition of the present invention is excellent in elongation at break.
  • the comparative composition according to Comparative Example 1 does not contain the specific compound. It can be seen that the cured product obtained from such a comparative composition is inferior in elongation at break.
  • Example 101 The resin composition used in Example 1 was applied in a layer by spin coating to the surface of the thin copper layer of the resin substrate having the thin copper layer formed on the surface, and dried at 100° C. for 5 minutes to obtain a film thickness. After forming a 20 ⁇ m photosensitive film, it was exposed using a stepper (NSR1505 i6, manufactured by Nikon Corporation). Exposure was performed at a wavelength of 365 nm through a mask (a binary mask with a 1:1 line-and-space pattern and a line width of 10 ⁇ m). After the above exposure, the film was developed with cyclopentanone for 2 minutes and rinsed with PGMEA for 30 seconds to obtain a layer pattern.
  • NSR1505 i6 manufactured by Nikon Corporation
  • the temperature was raised at a rate of 10° C./min, reaching 230° C., and then maintained at 230° C. for 180 minutes to form an interlayer insulating film for rewiring layers.
  • This interlayer insulating film for rewiring layer was excellent in insulating properties. Moreover, when a semiconductor device was manufactured using this interlayer insulating film for rewiring layer, it was confirmed that it operated without any problem.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Macromonomer-Based Addition Polymer (AREA)
  • Polymerisation Methods In General (AREA)
  • Structures Or Materials For Encapsulating Or Coating Semiconductor Devices Or Solid State Devices (AREA)
  • Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)

Abstract

A resin composition comprising a precursor of a cyclization resin, a base generator having a structure which generates a basic compound by the action of at least one of light, heat, an acid, and a base and having two or more polymerizable groups, and a photopolymerization initiator; a cured object; a laminate; a method for producing the cured object; a method for producing the laminate; a method for producing a semiconductor device; and the semiconductor device.

Description

樹脂組成物、硬化物、積層体、硬化物の製造方法、積層体の製造方法、半導体デバイスの製造方法、及び、半導体デバイス、並びに、化合物Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, semiconductor device, and compound
 本発明は、樹脂組成物、硬化物、積層体、硬化物の製造方法、積層体の製造方法、半導体デバイスの製造方法、及び、半導体デバイス、並びに、化合物に関する。 The present invention relates to a resin composition, a cured product, a laminate, a method for producing a cured product, a method for producing a laminate, a method for producing a semiconductor device, a semiconductor device, and a compound.
 現代では様々な分野において、樹脂を含む樹脂組成物から製造された樹脂材料を活用することが行われている。
 例えば、ポリイミド等の環化樹脂は、耐熱性及び絶縁性等に優れるため、様々な用途に適用されている。上記用途としては、特に限定されないが、実装用の半導体デバイスを例に挙げると、絶縁膜や封止材の材料、又は、保護膜としての利用が挙げられる。また、フレキシブル基板のベースフィルムやカバーレイなどとしても用いられている。
2. Description of the Related Art Nowadays, in various fields, resin materials produced from resin compositions containing resins are being utilized.
For example, cyclized resins such as polyimide are used in various applications because of their excellent heat resistance and insulating properties. The above applications are not particularly limited, but in the case of a semiconductor device for mounting, use as a material for an insulating film or a sealing material, or as a protective film can be mentioned. It is also used as a base film or coverlay for flexible substrates.
 例えば上述した用途において、ポリイミド等の環化樹脂は、ポリイミド前駆体等の環化樹脂の前駆体を含む樹脂組成物の形態で用いられる。
 このような樹脂組成物を、例えば塗布等により基材に適用して感光膜を形成し、その後、必要に応じて露光、現像、加熱等を行うことにより、硬化物を基材上に形成することができる。
 ポリイミド前駆体等の上記環化樹脂の前駆体は、例えば加熱により環化され、硬化物中でポリイミド等の環化樹脂となる。
 樹脂組成物は、公知の塗布方法等により適用可能であるため、例えば、適用される樹脂組成物の適用時の形状、大きさ、適用位置等の設計の自由度が高いなど、製造上の適応性に優れるといえる。ポリイミド等の環化樹脂が有する高い性能に加え、このような製造上の適応性に優れる観点から、上述の樹脂組成物の産業上の応用展開がますます期待されている。
For example, in the applications described above, the cyclized resin such as polyimide is used in the form of a resin composition containing a precursor of the cyclized resin such as a polyimide precursor.
Such a resin composition is applied to a substrate, for example, by coating to form a photosensitive film, and then, if necessary, exposure, development, heating, etc. are performed to form a cured product on the substrate. be able to.
A precursor of the cyclized resin such as a polyimide precursor is cyclized, for example, by heating, and becomes a cyclized resin such as polyimide in the cured product.
Since the resin composition can be applied by a known coating method or the like, for example, there is a high degree of freedom in designing the shape, size, application position, etc. of the resin composition to be applied. It can be said that it is excellent in sex. In addition to the high performance possessed by cyclized resins such as polyimide, from the viewpoint of such excellent manufacturing adaptability, industrial application and development of the above-mentioned resin compositions are increasingly expected.
 例えば、特許文献1には、(A)アルカリ可溶性樹脂、(B)共重合体樹脂、(C)ラジカルおよび塩基を発生する光重合開始剤、(D)エポキシ樹脂、および(E)黒色着色剤、を含む硬化性樹脂組成物であって、上記(A)アルカリ可溶性樹脂が(A1)カルボキシル基含有イミド樹脂を含み、上記(E)黒色着色剤の含有量が、上記硬化性樹脂組成物の固形分全質量に対して1.0質量%以上であることを特徴とする硬化性樹脂組成物が記載されている。
 例えば、特許文献2には、電磁波の照射により塩基を発生する塩基発生剤であって、置換基として反応性環状エーテル基及び/又は反応性環状チオエーテル基を1分子中に1つ以上有することを特徴とする、塩基発生剤、並びに、塩基性物質によって又は塩基性物質の存在下での加熱によって最終生成物への反応が促進される高分子前駆体を含む感光性樹脂組成物が記載されている。
For example, Patent Document 1 discloses (A) an alkali-soluble resin, (B) a copolymer resin, (C) a photopolymerization initiator that generates radicals and a base, (D) an epoxy resin, and (E) a black colorant. , wherein the (A) alkali-soluble resin contains (A1) a carboxyl group-containing imide resin, and the content of the (E) black colorant is the content of the curable resin composition A curable resin composition is described which is characterized by a content of 1.0% by mass or more relative to the total mass of solids.
For example, Patent Document 2 describes a base generator that generates a base by irradiation with electromagnetic waves, and has one or more reactive cyclic ether groups and/or reactive cyclic thioether groups as substituents in one molecule. Described is a photosensitive resin composition comprising a base generator and a polymeric precursor whose reaction to a final product is accelerated by a basic substance or by heating in the presence of a basic substance, characterized by there is
特開2020-148815号公報JP 2020-148815 A 特開2012-092329号公報JP 2012-092329 A
 硬化物を得るための樹脂組成物において、得られる硬化物の破断伸びに優れることが求められている。 A resin composition for obtaining a cured product is required to have excellent elongation at break of the obtained cured product.
 本発明は、破断伸びに優れた硬化物が得られる樹脂組成物、上記樹脂組成物を硬化してなる硬化物、上記硬化物を含む積層体、上記硬化物の製造方法、上記積層体の製造方法、上記積層体の製造方法を含む半導体デバイスの製造方法、及び、上記硬化物又は上記積層体を含む半導体デバイスを提供すること、並びに、新規な化合物を提供することを目的とする。 The present invention provides a resin composition that provides a cured product having excellent elongation at break, a cured product obtained by curing the resin composition, a laminate containing the cured product, a method for producing the cured product, and the production of the laminate. An object of the present invention is to provide a method, a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device including the method for manufacturing the laminate, a semiconductor device including the cured product or the laminate, and a novel compound.
 本発明の代表的な実施態様の例を以下に示す。
<1> 環化樹脂の前駆体と、
 光、熱、酸、及び塩基の少なくとも一つの作用により塩基性化合物を発生させる構造、並びに、2つ以上の重合性基を有する塩基発生剤と、
 光重合開始剤とを含む
 樹脂組成物。
<2> 上記塩基発生剤が、アミド基、カルバメート基、ウレア基、及び第四級アンモニウム基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも一つ以上の基を含む、<1>に記載の樹脂組成物。
<3> 環化樹脂の前駆体と、
 下記式(1-1)~式(1-4)のいずれかで表される塩基発生剤と、
 光重合開始剤とを含む
 樹脂組成物。

 式(1-1)中、R11及びR12はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、R11及びR12は結合して環構造を形成してもよく、nは1以上の整数を表し、R13は1価の有機基を表し、下記条件1及び条件2の少なくとも1つを満たす。
 条件1:n個のR11及びn個のR12に合計2つ以上の重合性基を有する
 条件2:R13に合計2つ以上の重合性基を有する
 式(1-2)中、R21~R24はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、R21~R24は合計2つ以上の重合性基を有し、R21~R24の少なくとも2つは結合して環構造を形成してもよく、Aは対アニオンを表す。
 式(1-3)中、R31~R33はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、R31~R33は合計2つ以上の重合性基を有し、R31~R33の少なくとも2つは結合して環構造を形成してもよく、Aは対アニオンを表す。
 式(1-4)中、R41、R42、R43及びR44はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、R41及びR42は結合して環構造を形成してもよく、R43及びR44は結合して環構造を形成してもよく、R41~R44は合計2つ以上の重合性基を有する。
<4> 上記塩基発生剤から発生する塩基性化合物は重合性基を有しない、<1>~<3>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
<5> 上記塩基発生剤に含まれる重合性基が付加重合性の重合性基又は開環重合性の重合性基である、<1>~<4>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
<6> 上記塩基発生剤に含まれる重合性基がエチレン性不飽和結合を有する基である、<1>~<5>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
<7> 上記塩基発生剤に含まれる重合性基が(メタ)アクリロキシ基である、<1>~<6>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
<8> 上記塩基発生剤が非イオン性化合物である、<1>~<7>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
<9> 環化樹脂の前駆体と、
 下記式(X)で表される化合物と、
 光重合開始剤とを含む
 樹脂組成物。

 式(X)中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に1価の有機基を表し、R及びRが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、Lは2価の連結基を表し、Xはヒドロキシ基又はカルボキシ基を表し、Cyは環構造を表し、Rは2以上のエチレン性不飽和結合を有する基を含む構造を表す。
<10> 上記環化樹脂の前駆体が、ポリイミド前駆体である、<1>~<9>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
<11> 上記環化樹脂の前駆体が、重合性基を有する、<1>~<10>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
<12> 再配線層用層間絶縁膜の形成に用いられる、<1>~<11>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
<13> <1>~<12>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物を硬化してなる硬化物。
<14> <13>に記載の硬化物からなる層を2層以上含み、上記硬化物からなる層同士のいずれかの間に金属層を含む積層体。
<15> <1>~<12>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物を基材上に適用して膜を形成する膜形成工程を含む、硬化物の製造方法。
<16> 上記膜を選択的に露光する露光工程及び上記膜を現像液を用いて現像してパターンを形成する現像工程を含む、<15>に記載の硬化物の製造方法。
<17> 上記膜を50~450℃で加熱する加熱工程を含む、<15>又は<16>に記載の硬化物の製造方法。
<18> <15>~<17>のいずれか1つに記載の硬化物の製造方法を含む、積層体の製造方法。
<19> <15>~<17>のいずれか1つに記載の硬化物の製造方法、又は、<18>に記載の積層体の製造方法を含む、半導体デバイスの製造方法。
<20> <13>に記載の硬化物又は<14>に記載の積層体を含む、半導体デバイス。
<21> 下記式(X)で表される化合物。

 式(X)中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に1価の有機基を表し、R及びRが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、Lは2価の連結基を表し、Xはヒドロキシ基又はカルボキシ基を表し、Cyは環構造を表し、Rは2以上のエチレン性不飽和結合を有する基を含む構造を表す。
Examples of representative embodiments of the present invention are provided below.
<1> a precursor of a cyclized resin;
a base generator having a structure that generates a basic compound by the action of at least one of light, heat, acid, and base, and two or more polymerizable groups;
A resin composition comprising a photopolymerization initiator.
<2> The resin composition according to <1>, wherein the base generator contains at least one group selected from the group consisting of an amide group, a carbamate group, a urea group, and a quaternary ammonium group.
<3> a precursor of the cyclized resin;
a base generator represented by any one of the following formulas (1-1) to (1-4);
A resin composition comprising a photopolymerization initiator.

In formula (1-1), R 11 and R 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, R 11 and R 12 may combine to form a ring structure, n is 1 , R 13 represents a monovalent organic group, and satisfies at least one of conditions 1 and 2 below.
Condition 1: n R 11 and n R 12 have a total of two or more polymerizable groups Condition 2: R 13 has a total of two or more polymerizable groups In formula (1-2), R 21 to R 24 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, R 21 to R 24 have a total of two or more polymerizable groups, and at least two of R 21 to R 24 are bonded may form a ring structure, and A 1 represents a counter anion.
In formula ( 1-3), R 31 to R 33 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group; At least two of R33 may combine to form a ring structure, and A2 represents a counter anion.
In formula (1-4), R 41 , R 42 , R 43 and R 44 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and R 41 and R 42 combine to form a ring structure may be combined, R 43 and R 44 may combine to form a ring structure, and R 41 to R 44 have a total of two or more polymerizable groups.
<4> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the basic compound generated from the base generator does not have a polymerizable group.
<5> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the polymerizable group contained in the base generator is an addition polymerizable group or a ring-opening polymerizable group. thing.
<6> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <5>, wherein the polymerizable group contained in the base generator is a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
<7> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <6>, wherein the polymerizable group contained in the base generator is a (meth)acryloxy group.
<8> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <7>, wherein the base generator is a nonionic compound.
<9> a precursor of the cyclized resin;
a compound represented by the following formula (X);
A resin composition comprising a photopolymerization initiator.

In formula (X), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, R 1 and R 2 may combine to form a ring structure, and L 1 represents a divalent linking group. X represents a hydroxy group or a carboxy group, Cy represents a ring structure, and R3 represents a structure containing a group having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
<10> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <9>, wherein the precursor of the cyclized resin is a polyimide precursor.
<11> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <10>, wherein the precursor of the cyclized resin has a polymerizable group.
<12> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <11>, which is used for forming an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer.
<13> A cured product obtained by curing the resin composition according to any one of <1> to <12>.
<14> A laminate comprising two or more layers made of the cured product according to <13> and a metal layer between any of the layers made of the cured product.
<15> A method for producing a cured product, comprising a film forming step of applying the resin composition according to any one of <1> to <12> onto a substrate to form a film.
<16> The method for producing a cured product according to <15>, comprising an exposure step of selectively exposing the film and a development step of developing the film with a developer to form a pattern.
<17> The method for producing a cured product according to <15> or <16>, comprising a heating step of heating the film at 50 to 450°C.
<18> A method for producing a laminate, comprising the method for producing a cured product according to any one of <15> to <17>.
<19> A method for producing a semiconductor device, comprising the method for producing a cured product according to any one of <15> to <17> or the method for producing a laminate according to <18>.
<20> A semiconductor device comprising the cured product according to <13> or the laminate according to <14>.
<21> A compound represented by the following formula (X).

In formula (X), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, R 1 and R 2 may combine to form a ring structure, and L 1 represents a divalent linking group. X represents a hydroxy group or a carboxy group, Cy represents a ring structure, and R3 represents a structure containing a group having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
 本発明によれば、破断伸びに優れた硬化物が得られる樹脂組成物、上記樹脂組成物を硬化してなる硬化物、上記硬化物を含む積層体、上記硬化物の製造方法、上記積層体の製造方法、上記積層体の製造方法を含む半導体デバイスの製造方法、及び、上記硬化物又は上記積層体を含む半導体デバイス、並びに、新規な化合物が提供される。 According to the present invention, a resin composition from which a cured product having excellent elongation at break is obtained, a cured product obtained by curing the resin composition, a laminate containing the cured product, a method for producing the cured product, and the laminate , a semiconductor device manufacturing method including the method for manufacturing the laminate, a semiconductor device including the cured product or the laminate, and a novel compound are provided.
 以下、本発明の主要な実施形態について説明する。しかしながら、本発明は、明示した実施形態に限られるものではない。
 本明細書において「~」という記号を用いて表される数値範囲は、「~」の前後に記載される数値をそれぞれ下限値及び上限値として含む範囲を意味する。
 本明細書において「工程」との語は、独立した工程だけではなく、その工程の所期の作用が達成できる限りにおいて、他の工程と明確に区別できない工程も含む意味である。
 本明細書における基(原子団)の表記において、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有しない基(原子団)と共に置換基を有する基(原子団)をも包含する。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有しないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含する。
 本明細書において「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、光を用いた露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線を用いた露光も含む。また、露光に用いられる光としては、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線等の活性光線又は放射線が挙げられる。
 本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリレート」は、「アクリレート」及び「メタクリレート」の両方、又は、いずれかを意味し、「(メタ)アクリル」は、「アクリル」及び「メタクリル」の両方、又は、いずれかを意味し、「(メタ)アクリロイル」は、「アクリロイル」及び「メタクリロイル」の両方、又は、いずれかを意味する。
 本明細書において、構造式中のMeはメチル基を表し、Etはエチル基を表し、Buはブチル基を表し、Phはフェニル基を表す。
 本明細書において、全固形分とは、組成物の全成分から溶剤を除いた成分の総質量をいう。また本明細書において、固形分濃度とは、組成物の総質量に対する、溶剤を除く他の成分の質量百分率である。
 本明細書において、重量平均分子量(Mw)及び数平均分子量(Mn)は、特に述べない限り、ゲル浸透クロマトグラフィ(GPC)法を用いて測定した値であり、ポリスチレン換算値として定義される。本明細書において、重量平均分子量(Mw)及び数平均分子量(Mn)は、例えば、HLC-8220GPC(東ソー(株)製)を用い、カラムとしてガードカラムHZ-L、TSKgel Super HZM-M、TSKgel Super HZ4000、TSKgel Super HZ3000、及び、TSKgel Super HZ2000(以上、東ソー(株)製)を直列に連結して用いることによって求めることができる。それらの分子量は特に述べない限り、溶離液としてTHF(テトラヒドロフラン)を用いて測定したものとする。ただし、溶解性が低い場合など、溶離液としてTHFが適していない場合にはNMP(N-メチル-2-ピロリドン)を用いることもできる。また、GPC測定における検出は特に述べない限り、UV線(紫外線)の波長254nm検出器を使用したものとする。
 本明細書において、積層体を構成する各層の位置関係について、「上」又は「下」と記載したときには、注目している複数の層のうち基準となる層の上側又は下側に他の層があればよい。すなわち、基準となる層と上記他の層の間に、更に第3の層や要素が介在していてもよく、基準となる層と上記他の層は接している必要はない。また、特に断らない限り、基材に対し層が積み重なっていく方向を「上」と称し、又は、樹脂組成物層がある場合には、基材から樹脂組成物層へ向かう方向を「上」と称し、その反対方向を「下」と称する。なお、このような上下方向の設定は、本明細書中における便宜のためであり、実際の態様においては、本明細書における「上」方向は、鉛直上向きと異なることもありうる。
 本明細書において、特段の記載がない限り、組成物は、組成物に含まれる各成分として、その成分に該当する2種以上の化合物を含んでもよい。また、特段の記載がない限り、組成物における各成分の含有量とは、その成分に該当する全ての化合物の合計含有量を意味する。
 本明細書において、特に述べない限り、温度は23℃、気圧は101,325Pa(1気圧)、相対湿度は50%RHである。
 本明細書において、好ましい態様の組み合わせは、より好ましい態様である。
Principal embodiments of the present invention are described below. However, the invention is not limited to the illustrated embodiments.
In this specification, a numerical range represented by the symbol "to" means a range including the numerical values before and after "to" as lower and upper limits, respectively.
As used herein, the term "process" is meant to include not only independent processes, but also processes that are indistinguishable from other processes as long as the desired effects of the process can be achieved.
In the description of a group (atomic group) in the present specification, a description that does not describe substitution or unsubstituted includes a group (atomic group) having no substituent as well as a group (atomic group) having a substituent. For example, the term “alkyl group” includes not only alkyl groups without substituents (unsubstituted alkyl groups) but also alkyl groups with substituents (substituted alkyl groups).
As used herein, "exposure" includes not only exposure using light but also exposure using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified. Light used for exposure includes actinic rays or radiation such as emission line spectra of mercury lamps, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, and electron beams.
As used herein, "(meth)acrylate" means both or either of "acrylate" and "methacrylate", and "(meth)acrylic" means both "acrylic" and "methacrylic", or , and “(meth)acryloyl” means either or both of “acryloyl” and “methacryloyl”.
In this specification, Me in the structural formulas represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.
As used herein, the term "total solid content" refers to the total mass of all components of the composition excluding the solvent. Moreover, in this specification, the solid content concentration is the mass percentage of other components excluding the solvent with respect to the total mass of the composition.
In this specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) are values measured using a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method, unless otherwise specified, and are defined as polystyrene conversion values. In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) are, for example, HLC-8220GPC (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), guard column HZ-L, TSKgel Super HZM-M, TSKgel It can be obtained by connecting Super HZ4000, TSKgel Super HZ3000, and TSKgel Super HZ2000 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) in series. Unless otherwise stated, their molecular weights were determined using THF (tetrahydrofuran) as an eluent. However, NMP (N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone) can also be used when THF is not suitable as an eluent, such as when the solubility is low. In addition, unless otherwise specified, detection in GPC measurement uses a UV ray (ultraviolet) wavelength detector of 254 nm.
In this specification, when the positional relationship of each layer constituting the laminate is described as "above" or "below", it means that another layer is above or below the reference layer among the layers of interest. It would be nice if there was That is, a third layer or element may be interposed between the reference layer and the other layer, and the reference layer and the other layer need not be in contact with each other. In addition, unless otherwise specified, the direction in which the layers are stacked with respect to the base material is referred to as "upper", or when there is a resin composition layer, the direction from the base material to the resin composition layer is referred to as "upper". and the opposite direction is called "down". It should be noted that such setting of the vertical direction is for the sake of convenience in this specification, and in an actual aspect, the "upward" direction in this specification may differ from the vertically upward direction.
In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the composition may contain two or more compounds corresponding to each component contained in the composition. In addition, unless otherwise specified, the content of each component in the composition means the total content of all compounds corresponding to that component.
In this specification, the temperature is 23° C., the pressure is 101,325 Pa (1 atm), and the relative humidity is 50% RH, unless otherwise stated.
Combinations of preferred aspects are more preferred aspects herein.
(樹脂組成物)
 本発明の第一の態様に係る樹脂組成物は、環化樹脂の前駆体と、光、熱、酸、及び塩基の少なくとも一つの作用により塩基性化合物を発生させる構造、並びに、2つ以上の重合性基を有する塩基発生剤(以下、「第一の特定化合物」ともいう)と、光重合開始剤とを含む。
 本発明の第二の態様に係る樹脂組成物は、環化樹脂の前駆体と、下記式(1-1)~式(1-4)のいずれかで表される塩基発生剤(以下、「第二の特定化合物」ともいう)と、光重合開始剤とを含む。

 式(1-1)中、R11及びR12はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、R11及びR12は結合して環構造を形成してもよく、nは1以上の整数を表し、R13は1価の有機基を表し、下記条件1及び条件2の少なくとも1つを満たす。
 条件1:n個のR11及びn個のR12に合計2つ以上の重合性基を有する
 条件2:R13に合計2つ以上の重合性基を有する
 式(1-2)中、R21~R24はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、R21~R24は合計2つ以上の重合性基を有し、R21~R24の少なくとも2つは結合して環構造を形成してもよく、Aは対アニオンを表す。
 式(1-3)中、R31~R33はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、R31~R33は合計2つ以上の重合性基を有し、R31~R33の少なくとも2つは結合して環構造を形成してもよく、Aは対アニオンを表す。
 式(1-4)中、R41、R42、R43及びR44はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、R41及びR42は結合して環構造を形成してもよく、R43及びR44は結合して環構造を形成してもよく、R41~R44は合計2つ以上の重合性基を有する。
(resin composition)
The resin composition according to the first aspect of the present invention includes a precursor of a cyclized resin, a structure that generates a basic compound by the action of at least one of light, heat, acid, and base, and two or more It contains a base generator having a polymerizable group (hereinafter also referred to as "first specific compound") and a photopolymerization initiator.
The resin composition according to the second aspect of the present invention comprises a cyclized resin precursor and a base generator represented by any one of the following formulas (1-1) to (1-4) (hereinafter, " Also referred to as "second specific compound") and a photopolymerization initiator.

In formula (1-1), R 11 and R 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, R 11 and R 12 may combine to form a ring structure, n is 1 , R 13 represents a monovalent organic group, and satisfies at least one of conditions 1 and 2 below.
Condition 1: n R 11 and n R 12 have a total of two or more polymerizable groups Condition 2: R 13 has a total of two or more polymerizable groups In formula (1-2), R 21 to R 24 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, R 21 to R 24 have a total of two or more polymerizable groups, and at least two of R 21 to R 24 are bonded may form a ring structure, and A 1 represents a counter anion.
In formula ( 1-3), R 31 to R 33 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group; At least two of R33 may combine to form a ring structure, and A2 represents a counter anion.
In formula (1-4), R 41 , R 42 , R 43 and R 44 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and R 41 and R 42 combine to form a ring structure may be combined, R 43 and R 44 may combine to form a ring structure, and R 41 to R 44 have a total of two or more polymerizable groups.
 本発明の第三の態様に係る樹脂組成物は、環化樹脂の前駆体と、下記式(X)で表される化合物(以下、「第三の特定化合物」ともいう)と、光重合開始剤とを含む。

 式(X)中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に1価の有機基を表し、R及びRが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、Lは2価の連結基を表し、Xはヒドロキシ基又はカルボキシ基を表し、Cyは環構造を表し、Rは2以上のエチレン性不飽和結合を有する基を含む構造を表す。
The resin composition according to the third aspect of the present invention comprises a precursor of a cyclized resin, a compound represented by the following formula (X) (hereinafter also referred to as “third specific compound”), and photopolymerization initiation agents.

In formula (X), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, R 1 and R 2 may combine to form a ring structure, and L 1 represents a divalent linking group. X represents a hydroxy group or a carboxy group, Cy represents a ring structure, and R3 represents a structure containing a group having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
 本発明において、特に限定しない限り、第一の態様に係る樹脂組成物と第二の態様に係る樹脂組成物と第三の態様に係る樹脂組成物とを合わせて単に「樹脂組成物」ともいう。
 また、特に限定しない限り、第一の特定化合物と、第二の特定化合物と、第三の特定化合物とのいずれかに該当する塩基発生剤を、単に「特定化合物」ともいう。
In the present invention, unless otherwise specified, the resin composition according to the first aspect, the resin composition according to the second aspect, and the resin composition according to the third aspect may be collectively referred to simply as a "resin composition." .
Moreover, unless otherwise specified, a base generator corresponding to any one of the first specific compound, the second specific compound, and the third specific compound may be simply referred to as a "specific compound."
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、露光及び現像に供される感光膜の形成に用いられることが好ましく、露光及び有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いた現像に供される膜の形成に用いられることが好ましい。
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、例えば、半導体デバイスの絶縁膜、再配線層用層間絶縁膜、ストレスバッファ膜等の形成に用いることができ、再配線層用層間絶縁膜の形成に用いられることが好ましい。
 特に、本発明の樹脂組成物が、再配線層用層間絶縁膜の形成に用いられることも、本発明の好ましい態様の1つである。
 また、本発明の樹脂組成物は、ネガ型現像に供される感光膜の形成に用いられることが好ましい。
 本発明において、ネガ型現像とは、露光及び現像において、現像により非露光部が除去される現像をいい、ポジ型現像とは、現像により露光部が除去される現像をいう。
 上記露光の方法、上記現像液、及び、上記現像の方法としては、例えば、後述する硬化物の製造方法の説明における露光工程において説明された露光方法、現像工程において説明された現像液及び現像方法が使用される。
The resin composition of the present invention is preferably used for forming a photosensitive film subjected to exposure and development, and is preferably used for forming a film subjected to exposure and development using a developer containing an organic solvent. preferable.
INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY The resin composition of the present invention can be used, for example, to form an insulating film for semiconductor devices, an interlayer insulating film for rewiring layers, a stress buffer film, and the like, and can be used to form an interlayer insulating film for rewiring layers. preferable.
In particular, it is also one of the preferable aspects of the present invention that the resin composition of the present invention is used for forming an interlayer insulating film for rewiring layers.
Moreover, the resin composition of the present invention is preferably used for forming a photosensitive film subjected to negative development.
In the present invention, negative development refers to development in which non-exposed areas are removed by development in exposure and development, and positive development refers to development in which exposed areas are removed by development.
The exposure method, the developer, and the development method include, for example, the exposure method described in the exposure step, the developer and the development method described in the development step in the description of the method for producing a cured product described later. is used.
 本発明の樹脂組成物によれば、破断伸びに優れた硬化膜が得られる。
 上記効果が得られるメカニズムは不明であるが、下記のように推測される。
According to the resin composition of the present invention, a cured film having excellent elongation at break can be obtained.
Although the mechanism by which the above effects are obtained is unknown, it is presumed as follows.
 従来から、環化樹脂の前駆体を含む樹脂組成物において、重合性化合物及び重合開始剤を用いて、得られる硬化物中に架橋構造を導入し、硬化物の耐薬品性を向上させることが行われている。ここで、硬化物における架橋密度を増大させるために、重合性化合物として多官能重合性化合物を用いることが検討されている。
 しかし、多官能重合性化合物を用いた場合、硬化物における架橋密度は増大させることができるものの、環化樹脂の前駆体の環化反応が阻害され、得られる硬化物の破断伸びが低下してしまう場合が有る。これは、架橋構造により前駆体における閉環反応部分の移動の自由度が下がってしまう、塩基発生剤を用いた場合であっても架橋構造により塩基性化合物の拡散が抑制されてしまう等の理由によるものと推測される。
 しかし、本発明における特定化合物は、重合性基を2つ以上有し、かつ、塩基性化合物を発生する化合物である。このような化合物を用いることにより、重合後に得られる重合体から塩基性化合物を発生することができ、膜中に均一に近い状態で塩基性化合物を発生することができるため、環化樹脂の前駆体の環化反応を効果的に促進することができる。その結果、破断伸びに優れた硬化物が得られると推測される。
 特に、特定化合物の重合後に、例えば現像液を用いた現像を行う場合には、重合後の特定化合物は高分子量かつ架橋構造となり現像液に溶出しにくくなるため、環化時に発生する塩基性化合物の量を増加させることができ、結果として破断伸びに優れた硬化物が得られると考えられる。
 更に、上述の通り重合後の特定化合物は現像液に溶出しにくくなるため、幅広い現像条件(例えば、現像液の種類、現像時間、現像温度等)において破断伸びに優れた硬化物が得られると考えられる。すなわち、本発明の樹脂組成物を用いて、露光現像を含む態様により硬化物を得る場合、現像条件に対するロバストネスが広いと考えらえる。
Conventionally, in a resin composition containing a precursor of a cyclized resin, a polymerizable compound and a polymerization initiator are used to introduce a crosslinked structure into the cured product to improve the chemical resistance of the cured product. It is done. Here, use of a polyfunctional polymerizable compound as the polymerizable compound is being studied in order to increase the crosslink density in the cured product.
However, when a polyfunctional polymerizable compound is used, although the crosslink density in the cured product can be increased, the cyclization reaction of the precursor of the cyclized resin is inhibited, and the elongation at break of the resulting cured product is reduced. There is a case to put away. This is because the crosslinked structure reduces the degree of freedom of movement of the ring-closure reaction moiety in the precursor, and the crosslinked structure inhibits the diffusion of the basic compound even when a base generator is used. It is assumed that
However, the specific compound in the present invention is a compound that has two or more polymerizable groups and generates a basic compound. By using such a compound, a basic compound can be generated from the polymer obtained after polymerization, and the basic compound can be generated in a nearly uniform state in the film. It can effectively promote the body cyclization reaction. As a result, it is presumed that a cured product having excellent elongation at break can be obtained.
In particular, after the polymerization of the specific compound, for example, when performing development using a developer, the specific compound after polymerization has a high molecular weight and a crosslinked structure and is difficult to dissolve in the developer, so the basic compound generated during cyclization can be increased, resulting in a cured product with excellent elongation at break.
Furthermore, as described above, the specific compound after polymerization is less likely to be eluted into the developer, so that a cured product with excellent elongation at break can be obtained under a wide range of development conditions (e.g., type of developer, development time, development temperature, etc.). Conceivable. That is, when a cured product is obtained using the resin composition of the present invention by an aspect including exposure and development, it is considered that the robustness against development conditions is wide.
 加えて、上記多官能重合性化合物を光重合開始剤と併用することにより、多官能重合性化合物を露光により重合して現像した後に、加熱等により環化樹脂の前駆体の環化反応を行うという態様を容易に実施することができる。このように、露光による重合と加熱等による環化反応を別プロセスで実施することにより、架橋密度と環化反応率を両方とも高めることができる。
 すなわち、本発明の樹脂組成物によれば、破断伸び及び耐薬品性の両方に優れる硬化物が得られると考えられる。
 更に、特定化合物は重合性基を2以上有するため、上述の通り硬化物における架橋密度も増大する。そのため、本発明の樹脂組成物から得られる硬化物は耐薬品性にも優れると考えられる。
In addition, by using the above polyfunctional polymerizable compound together with a photopolymerization initiator, after the polyfunctional polymerizable compound is polymerized by exposure and developed, the cyclization reaction of the precursor of the cyclization resin is performed by heating or the like. This aspect can be easily implemented. Thus, by carrying out the polymerization by exposure and the cyclization reaction by heating or the like in separate processes, both the crosslink density and the cyclization reaction rate can be increased.
That is, it is believed that the resin composition of the present invention provides a cured product that is excellent in both elongation at break and chemical resistance.
Furthermore, since the specific compound has two or more polymerizable groups, the crosslink density in the cured product increases as described above. Therefore, it is considered that the cured product obtained from the resin composition of the present invention is also excellent in chemical resistance.
 ここで、特許文献1及び2には、環化樹脂の前駆体、特定化合物及び光重合開始剤の全てを含む組成物については記載されていない。 Here, Patent Documents 1 and 2 do not describe a composition containing all of a cyclized resin precursor, a specific compound, and a photopolymerization initiator.
 以下、本発明の樹脂組成物に含まれる成分について詳細に説明する。 The components contained in the resin composition of the present invention are described in detail below.
<特定樹脂>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、環化樹脂の前駆体(特定樹脂)を含む。
 環化樹脂は、主鎖構造中にイミド環構造又はオキサゾール環構造を含む樹脂であることが好ましい。
 本発明において、主鎖とは、樹脂分子中で相対的に最も長い結合鎖を表す。
 環化樹脂としては、ポリイミド、ポリベンゾオキサゾール、ポリアミドイミド等が挙げられる。
 環化樹脂の前駆体とは、外部刺激により化学構造の変化を生じて環化樹脂となる樹脂をいい、熱により化学構造の変化を生じて環化樹脂となる樹脂が好ましく、熱により閉環反応を生じて環構造が形成されることにより環化樹脂となる樹脂がより好ましい。
 環化樹脂の前駆体としては、ポリイミド前駆体、ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体、ポリアミドイミド前駆体等が挙げられる。
 すなわち、本発明の樹脂組成物は、特定樹脂として、ポリイミド前駆体、ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体、及び、ポリアミドイミド前駆体よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の樹脂(特定樹脂)を含むことが好ましい。
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、特定樹脂として、ポリイミド前駆体を含むことが好ましい。
 また、特定樹脂は重合性基を有することが好ましく、ラジカル重合性基を含むことがより好ましい。
 特定樹脂がラジカル重合性基を有する場合、本発明の樹脂組成物は、後述のラジカル重合開始剤を含むことが好ましく、後述のラジカル重合開始剤を含み、かつ、後述のラジカル架橋剤を含むことがより好ましい。さらに必要に応じて、後述の増感剤を含むことができる。このような本発明の樹脂組成物からは、例えば、ネガ型感光膜が形成される。
 また、特定樹脂は、酸分解性基等の極性変換基を有していてもよい。
 特定樹脂が酸分解性基を有する場合、本発明の樹脂組成物は、後述の光酸発生剤を含むことが好ましい。このような本発明の樹脂組成物からは、例えば、化学増幅型であるポジ型感光膜又はネガ型感光膜が形成される。
<Specific resin>
The resin composition of the present invention contains a precursor (specific resin) of a cyclized resin.
The cyclized resin is preferably a resin containing an imide ring structure or an oxazole ring structure in its main chain structure.
In the present invention, the main chain represents the relatively longest connecting chain in the resin molecule.
Examples of cyclized resins include polyimide, polybenzoxazole, and polyamideimide.
The precursor of the cyclized resin refers to a resin that undergoes a change in chemical structure by an external stimulus to become a cyclized resin, preferably a resin that undergoes a change in chemical structure by heat to become a cyclized resin. A resin that becomes a cyclized resin by forming a ring structure is more preferable.
Precursors of the cyclized resin include polyimide precursors, polybenzoxazole precursors, polyamideimide precursors, and the like.
That is, the resin composition of the present invention may contain, as the specific resin, at least one resin (specific resin) selected from the group consisting of polyimide precursors, polybenzoxazole precursors, and polyamideimide precursors. preferable.
The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polyimide precursor as the specific resin.
Moreover, the specific resin preferably has a polymerizable group, and more preferably contains a radically polymerizable group.
When the specific resin has a radically polymerizable group, the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a radical polymerization initiator described later, and contains a radical polymerization initiator described later and a radical cross-linking agent described later. is more preferred. Further, if necessary, a sensitizer described later can be included. For example, a negative photosensitive film is formed from the resin composition of the present invention.
Moreover, the specific resin may have a polarity conversion group such as an acid-decomposable group.
When the specific resin has an acid-decomposable group, the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a photoacid generator, which will be described later. From such a resin composition of the present invention, for example, a chemically amplified positive photosensitive film or negative photosensitive film is formed.
〔ポリイミド前駆体〕
 本発明で用いるポリイミド前駆体は、その種類等特に定めるものではないが、下記式(2)で表される繰返し単位を含むことが好ましい。

 式(2)中、A及びAは、それぞれ独立に、酸素原子又は-NH-を表し、R111は、2価の有機基を表し、R115は、4価の有機基を表し、R113及びR114は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。
[Polyimide precursor]
Although the type of the polyimide precursor used in the present invention is not particularly limited, it preferably contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2).

In formula (2), A 1 and A 2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or -NH-, R 111 represents a divalent organic group, R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group, R 113 and R 114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
 式(2)におけるA及びAは、それぞれ独立に、酸素原子又は-NH-を表し、酸素原子が好ましい。
 式(2)におけるR111は、2価の有機基を表す。2価の有機基としては、直鎖又は分岐の脂肪族基、環状の脂肪族基及び芳香族基を含む基が例示され、炭素数2~20の直鎖又は分岐の脂肪族基、炭素数3~20の環状の脂肪族基、炭素数3~20の芳香族基、又は、これらの組み合わせからなる基が好ましく、炭素数6~20の芳香族基を含む基がより好ましい。上記直鎖又は分岐の脂肪族基は鎖中の炭化水素基がヘテロ原子を含む基で置換されていてもよく、上記環状の脂肪族基および芳香族基は環員の炭化水素基がヘテロ原子を含む基で置換されていてもよい。本発明の好ましい実施形態として、-Ar-および-Ar-L-Ar-で表される基であることが例示され、特に好ましくは-Ar-L-Ar-で表される基である。但し、Arは、それぞれ独立に、芳香族基であり、Lは、単結合、又は、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~10の脂肪族炭化水素基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO-若しくは-NHCO-、あるいは、上記の2つ以上の組み合わせからなる基である。これらの好ましい範囲は、上述のとおりである。
A 1 and A 2 in formula (2) each independently represent an oxygen atom or —NH—, preferably an oxygen atom.
R 111 in formula (2) represents a divalent organic group. Examples of the divalent organic group include straight-chain or branched aliphatic groups, groups containing cyclic aliphatic groups and aromatic groups, straight-chain or branched aliphatic groups having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, A cyclic aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a group consisting of a combination thereof is preferable, and a group containing an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable. In the straight-chain or branched aliphatic group, the hydrocarbon group in the chain may be substituted with a group containing a heteroatom, and in the cyclic aliphatic group and the aromatic group, the ring-membered hydrocarbon group is a heteroatom. may be substituted with a group containing Groups represented by -Ar- and -Ar-L-Ar- are exemplified as preferred embodiments of the present invention, and groups represented by -Ar-L-Ar- are particularly preferred. However, Ar is each independently an aromatic group, L is a single bond or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO -, -S-, -SO 2 - or -NHCO-, or a group consisting of a combination of two or more of the above. Preferred ranges for these are as described above.
 R111は、ジアミンから誘導されることが好ましい。ポリイミド前駆体の製造に用いられるジアミンとしては、直鎖又は分岐の脂肪族、環状の脂肪族又は芳香族ジアミンなどが挙げられる。ジアミンは、1種のみ用いてもよいし、2種以上用いてもよい。
 具体的には、炭素数2~20の直鎖又は分岐の脂肪族基、炭素数3~20の環状の脂肪族基、炭素数3~20の芳香族基、又は、これらの組み合わせからなる基を含むジアミンであることが好ましく、炭素数6~20の芳香族基を含むジアミンであることがより好ましい。上記直鎖又は分岐の脂肪族基は鎖中の炭化水素基がヘテロ原子を含む基で置換されていてもよく上記環状の脂肪族基および芳香族基は環員の炭化水素基がヘテロ原子を含む基で置換されていてもよい。芳香族基を含む基の例としては、下記が挙げられる。
R 111 is preferably derived from a diamine. Diamines used in the production of polyimide precursors include linear or branched aliphatic, cyclic aliphatic or aromatic diamines. Only one type of diamine may be used, or two or more types may be used.
Specifically, a linear or branched aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclic aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a group consisting of a combination thereof is preferably a diamine containing, more preferably a diamine containing an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. In the straight-chain or branched aliphatic group, the hydrocarbon group in the chain may be substituted with a group containing a heteroatom. may be substituted with a group containing Examples of groups containing aromatic groups include:

 式中、Aは単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、単結合、又は、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~10の脂肪族炭化水素基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-SO-、-NHCO-、又は、これらの組み合わせから選択される基であることが好ましく、単結合、又は、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~3のアルキレン基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、若しくは、-SO-から選択される基であることがより好ましく、-CH-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-C(CF-、又は、-C(CH-であることが更に好ましい。
 式中、*は他の構造との結合部位を表す。

In the formula, A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, a single bond, or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms optionally substituted with a fluorine atom, -O-, -C (= O)-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -NHCO-, or preferably a group selected from a combination thereof, and has 1 carbon atom optionally substituted with a single bond or a fluorine atom -3 alkylene groups, -O-, -C(=O)-, -S-, or -SO 2 - is more preferred, and -CH 2 -, -O-, - More preferably, it is S-, -SO 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, or -C(CH 3 ) 2 -.
In the formula, * represents a binding site with other structures.
 ジアミンとしては、具体的には、1,2-ジアミノエタン、1,2-ジアミノプロパン、1,3-ジアミノプロパン、1,4-ジアミノブタン又は1,6-ジアミノヘキサン;1,2-又は1,3-ジアミノシクロペンタン、1,2-、1,3-又は1,4-ジアミノシクロヘキサン、1,2-、1,3-又は1,4-ビス(アミノメチル)シクロヘキサン、ビス-(4-アミノシクロヘキシル)メタン、ビス-(3-アミノシクロヘキシル)メタン、4,4’-ジアミノ-3,3’-ジメチルシクロヘキシルメタン又はイソホロンジアミン;m-又はp-フェニレンジアミン、ジアミノトルエン、4,4’-又は3,3’-ジアミノビフェニル、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、3,3-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、4,4’-又は3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、4,4’-又は3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、4,4’-又は3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルスルフィド、4,4’-又は3,3’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジメトキシ-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス(3-ヒドロキシ-4-アミノフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(3-ヒドロキシ-4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)スルホン、ビス(4-アミノ-3-ヒドロキシフェニル)スルホン、4,4’-ジアミノパラテルフェニル、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ビフェニル、ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン、ビス[4-(3-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン、ビス[4-(2-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、9,10-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)アントラセン、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ベンゼン、3,3’-ジエチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、4,4’-ジアミノオクタフルオロビフェニル、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、9,9-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)-10-ヒドロアントラセン、3,3’,4,4’-テトラアミノビフェニル、3,3’,4,4’-テトラアミノジフェニルエーテル、1,4-ジアミノアントラキノン、1,5-ジアミノアントラキノン、3,3-ジヒドロキシ-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、9,9’-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)フルオレン、4,4’-ジメチル-3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、3,3’,5,5’-テトラメチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、2,4-又は2,5-ジアミノクメン、2,5-ジメチル-p-フェニレンジアミン、アセトグアナミン、2,3,5,6-テトラメチル-p-フェニレンジアミン、2,4,6-トリメチル-m-フェニレンジアミン、ビス(3-アミノプロピル)テトラメチルジシロキサン、ビス(p-アミノフェニル)オクタメチルペンタシロキサン、2,7-ジアミノフルオレン、2,5-ジアミノピリジン、1,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)エタン、ジアミノベンズアニリド、ジアミノ安息香酸のエステル、1,5-ジアミノナフタレン、ジアミノベンゾトリフルオライド、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)オクタフルオロブタン、1,5-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)デカフルオロペンタン、1,7-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)テトラデカフルオロヘプタン、2,2-ビス[4-(3-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(2-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)-3,5-ジメチルフェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)-3,5-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、p-ビス(4-アミノ-2-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ベンゼン、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノ-2-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ビフェニル、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノ-3-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ビフェニル、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノ-2-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ジフェニルスルホン、4,4’-ビス(3-アミノ-5-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ジフェニルスルホン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノ-3-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、3,3’,5,5’-テトラメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、4,4’-ジアミノ-2,2’-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)ビフェニル、2,2’,5,5’,6,6’-ヘキサフルオロトリジン及び4,4’-ジアミノクアテルフェニルから選ばれる少なくとも1種のジアミンが挙げられる。 Specific examples of diamines include 1,2-diaminoethane, 1,2-diaminopropane, 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,4-diaminobutane or 1,6-diaminohexane; ,3-diaminocyclopentane, 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane, bis-(4- aminocyclohexyl)methane, bis-(3-aminocyclohexyl)methane, 4,4′-diamino-3,3′-dimethylcyclohexylmethane or isophoronediamine; m- or p-phenylenediamine, diaminotoluene, 4,4′- or 3,3'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'- or 3,3'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'- or 3,3'-diamino diphenyl sulfone, 4,4'- or 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 4,4'- or 3,3'-diaminobenzophenone, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2 '-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethoxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl ) hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(3-amino -4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)sulfone, bis(4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl) ) sulfone, 4,4′-diaminoparaterphenyl, 4,4′-bis(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfone, bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy ) phenyl]sulfone, bis[4-(2-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfone, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 9,10-bis(4-aminophenyl)anthracene, 3,3′- dimethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(3-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenyl)benzene, 3,3′-diethyl-4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3′-dimethyl-4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4′-diaminooctafluorobiphenyl, 2,2-bis[4-(4 -aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 9,9-bis(4-aminophenyl)-10-hydroanthracene, 3,3′, 4,4'-tetraaminobiphenyl, 3,3',4,4'-tetraaminodiphenyl ether, 1,4-diaminoanthraquinone, 1,5-diaminoanthraquinone, 3,3-dihydroxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl , 9,9′-bis(4-aminophenyl)fluorene, 4,4′-dimethyl-3,3′-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 3,3′,5,5′-tetramethyl-4,4′-diamino diphenylmethane, 2,4- or 2,5-diaminocumene, 2,5-dimethyl-p-phenylenediamine, acetoguanamine, 2,3,5,6-tetramethyl-p-phenylenediamine, 2,4,6- trimethyl-m-phenylenediamine, bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane, bis(p-aminophenyl)octamethylpentasiloxane, 2,7-diaminofluorene, 2,5-diaminopyridine, 1,2-bis (4-aminophenyl)ethane, diaminobenzanilide, esters of diaminobenzoic acid, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, diaminobenzotrifluoride, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenyl)octafluorobutane, 1,5-bis(4-aminophenyl)decafluoropentane, 1,7-bis(4-aminophenyl)tetradecafluoroheptane, 2,2-bis[4-( 3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis[4-(2-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)-3,5- dimethylphenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)-3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, p-bis(4-amino-2-trifluoro methylphenoxy)benzene, 4,4'-bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)biphenyl, 4,4'-bis(4-amino-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy)biphenyl, 4,4'- Bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)diphenylsulfone, 4,4′-bis(3-amino-5-trifluoromethylphenoxy)diphenylsulfone, 2,2-bis[4-(4-amino- 3-trifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 3,3′,5,5′-tetramethyl-4,4′-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4′-diamino-2,2′-bis(trifluoro methyl)biphenyl, 2,2',5,5',6,6'-hexafluorotolyzine and at least one diamine selected from 4,4'-diaminoquaterphenyl.
 また、国際公開第2017/038598号の段落0030~0031に記載のジアミン(DA-1)~(DA-18)も好ましい。 Also preferred are the diamines (DA-1) to (DA-18) described in paragraphs 0030 to 0031 of International Publication No. 2017/038598.
 また、国際公開第2017/038598号の段落0032~0034に記載の2つ以上のアルキレングリコール単位を主鎖にもつジアミンも好ましく用いられる。 Also preferably used are diamines having two or more alkylene glycol units in the main chain described in paragraphs 0032 to 0034 of International Publication No. 2017/038598.
 R111は、得られる有機膜の柔軟性の観点から、-Ar-L-Ar-で表されることが好ましい。但し、Arは、それぞれ独立に、芳香族基であり、Lは、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~10の脂肪族炭化水素基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO-又は-NHCO-、あるいは、上記の2つ以上の組み合わせからなる基である。Arは、フェニレン基が好ましく、Lは、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1又は2の脂肪族炭化水素基、-O-、-CO-、-S-又は-SO-が好ましい。ここでの脂肪族炭化水素基は、アルキレン基が好ましい。 R 111 is preferably represented by -Ar-L-Ar- from the viewpoint of the flexibility of the resulting organic film. However, Ar is each independently an aromatic group, L is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S- , —SO 2 — or —NHCO—, or a group consisting of a combination of two or more of the above. Ar is preferably a phenylene group, L is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms optionally substituted with a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S- or -SO 2 - . The aliphatic hydrocarbon group here is preferably an alkylene group.
 また、R111は、i線透過率の観点から、下記式(51)又は式(61)で表される2価の有機基であることが好ましい。特に、i線透過率、入手のし易さの観点から、式(61)で表される2価の有機基であることがより好ましい。
 式(51)

 式(51)中、R50~R57は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子又は1価の有機基であり、R50~R57の少なくとも1つは、フッ素原子、メチル基又はトリフルオロメチル基であり、*はそれぞれ独立に、式(2)中の窒素原子との結合部位を表す。
 R50~R57の1価の有機基としては、炭素数1~10(好ましくは炭素数1~6)の無置換のアルキル基、炭素数1~10(好ましくは炭素数1~6)のフッ化アルキル基等が挙げられる。

 式(61)中、R58及びR59は、それぞれ独立に、フッ素原子、メチル基、又はトリフルオロメチル基であり、*はそれぞれ独立に、式(2)中の窒素原子との結合部位を表す。
 式(51)又は(61)の構造を与えるジアミンとしては、2,2’-ジメチルベンジジン、2,2’-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2’-ビス(フルオロ)-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、4,4’-ジアミノオクタフルオロビフェニル等が挙げられる。これらは1種で又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
From the viewpoint of i-line transmittance, R 111 is preferably a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (51) or (61). In particular, from the viewpoint of i-line transmittance and availability, a divalent organic group represented by Formula (61) is more preferable.
Equation (51)

In formula (51), R 50 to R 57 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group, and at least one of R 50 to R 57 is a fluorine atom, a methyl group or a trifluoro It is a methyl group, and each * independently represents a binding site to the nitrogen atom in formula (2).
The monovalent organic groups represented by R 50 to R 57 include unsubstituted alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms), A fluorinated alkyl group and the like can be mentioned.

In formula (61), R 58 and R 59 are each independently a fluorine atom, a methyl group, or a trifluoromethyl group, and * is each independently a binding site to the nitrogen atom in formula (2) represent.
Diamines that give the structure of formula (51) or (61) include 2,2′-dimethylbenzidine, 2,2′-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4,4′-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2′-bis (Fluoro)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diaminooctafluorobiphenyl and the like. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 式(2)におけるR115は、4価の有機基を表す。4価の有機基としては、芳香環を含む4価の有機基が好ましく、下記式(5)又は式(6)で表される基がより好ましい。
式(5)又は式(6)中、*はそれぞれ独立に、他の構造との結合部位を表す。

 式(5)中、R112は単結合又は2価の連結基であり、単結合、又は、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~10の脂肪族炭化水素基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO-、及び-NHCO-、ならびに、これらの組み合わせから選択される基であることが好ましく、単結合、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~3のアルキレン基、-O-、-CO-、-S-及び-SO-から選択される基であることがより好ましく、-CH-、-C(CF-、-C(CH-、-O-、-CO-、-S-及び-SO-からなる群から選択される2価の基であることが更に好ましい。
R 115 in formula (2) represents a tetravalent organic group. As the tetravalent organic group, a tetravalent organic group containing an aromatic ring is preferable, and a group represented by the following formula (5) or (6) is more preferable.
In formula (5) or (6), each * independently represents a binding site to another structure.

In formula (5), R 112 is a single bond or a divalent linking group, a single bond, or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms optionally substituted with a fluorine atom, —O—, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 -, and -NHCO-, and preferably a group selected from a combination thereof, having 1 to 1 carbon atoms optionally substituted by a single bond or a fluorine atom 3 alkylene group, -O-, -CO-, -S- and -SO 2 -, and -CH 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -C( It is more preferably a divalent group selected from the group consisting of CH 3 ) 2 -, -O-, -CO-, -S- and -SO 2 -.
 R115は、具体的には、テトラカルボン酸二無水物から無水物基の除去後に残存するテトラカルボン酸残基などが挙げられる。ポリイミド前駆体は、R115に該当する構造として、テトラカルボン酸二無水物残基を、1種のみ含んでもよいし、2種以上含んでもよい。
 テトラカルボン酸二無水物は、下記式(O)で表されることが好ましい。

 式(O)中、R115は、4価の有機基を表す。R115の好ましい範囲は式(2)におけるR115と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。
Specifically, R 115 includes a tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after removal of an anhydride group from a tetracarboxylic dianhydride. The polyimide precursor may contain only one type of tetracarboxylic dianhydride residue as a structure corresponding to R115 , or may contain two or more types thereof.
The tetracarboxylic dianhydride is preferably represented by the following formula (O).

In formula (O), R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group. The preferred range of R 115 is synonymous with R 115 in formula (2), and the preferred range is also the same.
 テトラカルボン酸二無水物の具体例としては、ピロメリット酸二無水物(PMDA)、3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ジフェニルスルフィドテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ジフェニルスルホンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ジフェニルメタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,2’,3,3’-ジフェニルメタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,3,3’,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,3,3’,4’-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、4,4’-オキシジフタル酸二無水物、2,3,6,7-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,4,5,7-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,2-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)プロパン二無水物、2,2-ビス(2,3-ジカルボキシフェニル)プロパン二無水物、2,2-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン二無水物、1,3-ジフェニルヘキサフルオロプロパン-3,3,4,4-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,4,5,6-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,2’,3,3’-ジフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,4,9,10-ペリレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,2,4,5-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,4,5,8-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,8,9,10-フェナントレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,1-ビス(2,3-ジカルボキシフェニル)エタン二無水物、1,1-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)エタン二無水物、1,2,3,4-ベンゼンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、ならびに、これらの炭素数1~6のアルキル及び炭素数1~6のアルコキシ誘導体が挙げられる。 Specific examples of tetracarboxylic dianhydrides include pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA), 3,3′,4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3′,4,4′- Diphenyl sulfide tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3′,4,4′-diphenylsulfonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3′,4,4′-benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3′ ,4,4′-diphenylmethanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2′,3,3′-diphenylmethanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3′,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3′,4′-benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4′-oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 2,3,6,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5 ,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)propane dianhydride, 2 , 2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane dianhydride, 1,3-diphenylhexafluoropropane-3,3,4,4-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5, 6-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2′,3,3′-diphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,4,9,10-perylenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,4, 5-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,8-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,8,9,10-phenanthrenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,1-bis(2, 3-dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydride, 1,1-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-benzenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, and these C1-6 alkyl and C1-6 alkoxy derivatives are included.
また、国際公開第2017/038598号の段落0038に記載のテトラカルボン酸二無水物(DAA-1)~(DAA-5)も好ましい例として挙げられる。 Further, tetracarboxylic dianhydrides (DAA-1) to (DAA-5) described in paragraph 0038 of WO 2017/038598 are also preferred examples.
 式(2)において、R111とR115の少なくとも一方がOH基を有することも可能である。より具体的には、R111として、ビスアミノフェノール誘導体の残基が挙げられる。 In formula (2), it is also possible that at least one of R 111 and R 115 has an OH group. More specifically, R 111 includes residues of bisaminophenol derivatives.
 式(2)におけるR113及びR114は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。1価の有機基としては、直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基、環状アルキル基、芳香族基、又はポリアルキレンオキシ基を含むことが好ましい。また、R113及びR114の少なくとも一方が重合性基を含むことが好ましく、両方が重合性基を含むことがより好ましい。R113及びR114の少なくとも一方が2以上の重合性基を含むことも好ましい。重合性基としては、熱、ラジカル等の作用により、架橋反応することが可能な基であって、ラジカル重合性基が好ましい。重合性基の具体例としては、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基、アルコキシメチル基、ヒドロキシメチル基、アシルオキシメチル基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、ベンゾオキサゾリル基、ブロックイソシアネート基、アミノ基が挙げられる。ポリイミド前駆体が有するラジカル重合性基としては、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基が好ましい。
 エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基としては、ビニル基、アリル基、イソアリル基、2-メチルアリル基、ビニル基と直接結合した芳香環を有する基(例えば、ビニルフェニル基など)、(メタ)アクリルアミド基、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基、下記式(III)で表される基などが挙げられ、下記式(III)で表される基が好ましい。
R 113 and R 114 in formula (2) each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. The monovalent organic group preferably includes a linear or branched alkyl group, a cyclic alkyl group, an aromatic group, or a polyalkyleneoxy group. At least one of R 113 and R 114 preferably contains a polymerizable group, more preferably both contain a polymerizable group. It is also preferred that at least one of R 113 and R 114 contains two or more polymerizable groups. The polymerizable group is a group capable of undergoing a cross-linking reaction by the action of heat, radicals, or the like, and is preferably a radically polymerizable group. Specific examples of the polymerizable group include a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, an alkoxymethyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, an acyloxymethyl group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, a benzoxazolyl group, a blocked isocyanate group, and an amino group. be done. As the radically polymerizable group possessed by the polyimide precursor, a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferred.
Groups having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, an allyl group, an isoallyl group, a 2-methylallyl group, a group having an aromatic ring directly bonded to a vinyl group (e.g., a vinylphenyl group), and a (meth)acrylamide group. , a (meth)acryloyloxy group, a group represented by the following formula (III), and the like, and a group represented by the following formula (III) is preferable.
 式(III)において、R200は、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基又はメチロール基を表し、水素原子又はメチル基が好ましい。
 式(III)において、*は他の構造との結合部位を表す。
 式(III)において、R201は、炭素数2~12のアルキレン基、-CHCH(OH)CH-、シクロアルキレン基又はポリアルキレンオキシ基を表す。
 好適なR201の例は、エチレン基、プロピレン基、トリメチレン基、テトラメチレン基、ペンタメチレン基、ヘキサメチレン基、オクタメチレン基、ドデカメチレン基等のアルキレン基、1,2-ブタンジイル基、1,3-ブタンジイル基、-CHCH(OH)CH-、ポリアルキレンオキシ基が挙げられ、エチレン基、プロピレン基等のアルキレン基、-CHCH(OH)CH-、シクロヘキシル基、ポリアルキレンオキシ基がより好ましく、エチレン基、プロピレン基等のアルキレン基、又はポリアルキレンオキシ基が更に好ましい。
 本発明において、ポリアルキレンオキシ基とは、アルキレンオキシ基が2以上直接結合した基をいう。ポリアルキレンオキシ基に含まれる複数のアルキレンオキシ基におけるアルキレン基は、それぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 ポリアルキレンオキシ基が、アルキレン基が異なる複数種のアルキレンオキシ基を含む場合、ポリアルキレンオキシ基におけるアルキレンオキシ基の配列は、ランダムな配列であってもよいし、ブロックを有する配列であってもよいし、交互等のパターンを有する配列であってもよい。
 上記アルキレン基の炭素数(アルキレン基が置換基を有する場合、置換基の炭素数を含む)は、2以上であることが好ましく、2~10であることがより好ましく、2~6であることがより好ましく、2~5であることが更に好ましく、2~4であることが一層好ましく、2又は3であることが特に好ましく、2であることが最も好ましい。
 また、上記アルキレン基は、置換基を有していてもよい。好ましい置換基としては、アルキル基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子等が挙げられる。
 また、ポリアルキレンオキシ基に含まれるアルキレンオキシ基の数(ポリアルキレンオキシ基の繰返し数)は、2~20が好ましく、2~10がより好ましく、2~6が更に好ましい。
 ポリアルキレンオキシ基としては、溶剤溶解性及び耐溶剤性の観点からは、ポリエチレンオキシ基、ポリプロピレンオキシ基、ポリトリメチレンオキシ基、ポリテトラメチレンオキシ基、又は、複数のエチレンオキシ基と複数のプロピレンオキシ基とが結合した基が好ましく、ポリエチレンオキシ基又はポリプロピレンオキシ基がより好ましく、ポリエチレンオキシ基が更に好ましい。上記複数のエチレンオキシ基と複数のプロピレンオキシ基とが結合した基において、エチレンオキシ基とプロピレンオキシ基とはランダムに配列していてもよいし、ブロックを形成して配列していてもよいし、交互等のパターン状に配列していてもよい。これらの基におけるエチレンオキシ基等の繰返し数の好ましい態様は上述の通りである。
In formula (III), R 200 represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group or a methylol group, preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
In formula (III), * represents a binding site with another structure.
In formula (III), R 201 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, —CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2 —, a cycloalkylene group or a polyalkyleneoxy group.
Suitable examples of R 201 include ethylene, propylene, trimethylene, tetramethylene, pentamethylene, hexamethylene, octamethylene, alkylene groups such as dodecamethylene, 1,2-butanediyl, 1, 3-butanediyl group, —CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2 —, polyalkyleneoxy group, ethylene group, alkylene group such as propylene group, —CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2 —, cyclohexyl group, polyalkylene An oxy group is more preferred, and an alkylene group such as an ethylene group, a propylene group, or a polyalkyleneoxy group is even more preferred.
In the present invention, a polyalkyleneoxy group refers to a group in which two or more alkyleneoxy groups are directly bonded. The alkylene groups in the plurality of alkyleneoxy groups contained in the polyalkyleneoxy group may be the same or different.
When the polyalkyleneoxy group contains multiple types of alkyleneoxy groups with different alkylene groups, the arrangement of the alkyleneoxy groups in the polyalkyleneoxy group may be a random arrangement or a block arrangement. Alternatively, it may be arranged in a pattern such as an alternating pattern.
The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group (including the number of carbon atoms in the substituent when the alkylene group has a substituent) is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 2 to 10, and 2 to 6. is more preferred, 2 to 5 is more preferred, 2 to 4 is even more preferred, 2 or 3 is particularly preferred, and 2 is most preferred.
Moreover, the said alkylene group may have a substituent. Preferred substituents include alkyl groups, aryl groups, and halogen atoms.
The number of alkyleneoxy groups contained in the polyalkyleneoxy group (repeating number of polyalkyleneoxy groups) is preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 10, and even more preferably 2 to 6.
As the polyalkyleneoxy group, from the viewpoint of solvent solubility and solvent resistance, a polyethyleneoxy group, a polypropyleneoxy group, a polytrimethyleneoxy group, a polytetramethyleneoxy group, or a plurality of ethyleneoxy groups and a plurality of propylene A group to which an oxy group is bonded is preferable, a polyethyleneoxy group or a polypropyleneoxy group is more preferable, and a polyethyleneoxy group is still more preferable. In the group in which a plurality of ethyleneoxy groups and a plurality of propyleneoxy groups are bonded, the ethyleneoxy groups and the propyleneoxy groups may be arranged randomly, or may be arranged to form blocks. , may be arranged in a pattern such as alternately. Preferred embodiments of the number of repetitions of ethyleneoxy groups and the like in these groups are as described above.
 式(2)において、R113が水素原子である場合、又は、R114が水素原子である場合、ポリイミド前駆体はエチレン性不飽和結合を有する3級アミン化合物と対塩を形成していてもよい。このようなエチレン性不飽和結合を有する3級アミン化合物の例としては、N,N-ジメチルアミノプロピルメタクリレートが挙げられる。 In formula (2), when R 113 is a hydrogen atom, or when R 114 is a hydrogen atom, the polyimide precursor may form a tertiary amine compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond and a counter salt. good. Examples of such tertiary amine compounds having ethylenically unsaturated bonds include N,N-dimethylaminopropyl methacrylate.
 式(2)において、R113及びR114の少なくとも一方が、酸分解性基等の極性変換基であってもよい。酸分解性基としては、酸の作用で分解して、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基等のアルカリ可溶性基を生じるものであれば特に限定されないが、アセタール基、ケタール基、シリル基、シリルエーテル基、第三級アルキルエステル基等が好ましく、露光感度の観点からは、アセタール基又はケタール基がより好ましい。
 酸分解性基の具体例としては、tert-ブトキシカルボニル基、イソプロポキシカルボニル基、テトラヒドロピラニル基、テトラヒドロフラニル基、エトキシエチル基、メトキシエチル基、エトキシメチル基、トリメチルシリル基、tert-ブトキシカルボニルメチル基、トリメチルシリルエーテル基などが挙げられる。露光感度の観点からは、エトキシエチル基、又は、テトラヒドロフラニル基が好ましい。
In formula (2), at least one of R 113 and R 114 may be a polarity conversion group such as an acid-decomposable group. The acid-decomposable group is not particularly limited as long as it is decomposed by the action of an acid to generate an alkali-soluble group such as a phenolic hydroxy group or a carboxyl group. , a tertiary alkyl ester group and the like are preferable, and from the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, an acetal group or a ketal group is more preferable.
Specific examples of acid-decomposable groups include tert-butoxycarbonyl, isopropoxycarbonyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, ethoxyethyl, methoxyethyl, ethoxymethyl, trimethylsilyl, and tert-butoxycarbonylmethyl. groups, trimethylsilyl ether groups, and the like. From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, an ethoxyethyl group or a tetrahydrofuranyl group is preferred.
 また、ポリイミド前駆体は、構造中にフッ素原子を有することも好ましい。ポリイミド前駆体中のフッ素原子含有量は、10質量%以上が好ましく、また、20質量%以下が好ましい。 Also, the polyimide precursor preferably has a fluorine atom in its structure. The content of fluorine atoms in the polyimide precursor is preferably 10% by mass or more, and preferably 20% by mass or less.
 また、基板との密着性を向上させる目的で、ポリイミド前駆体は、シロキサン構造を有する脂肪族基と共重合していてもよい。具体的には、ジアミンとして、ビス(3-アミノプロピル)テトラメチルジシロキサン、ビス(p-アミノフェニル)オクタメチルペンタシロキサンなどを用いる態様が挙げられる。 In addition, for the purpose of improving adhesion to the substrate, the polyimide precursor may be copolymerized with an aliphatic group having a siloxane structure. Specifically, there is an embodiment using bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane, bis(p-aminophenyl)octamethylpentasiloxane, or the like as the diamine.
 式(2)で表される繰返し単位は、式(2-A)で表される繰返し単位であることが好ましい。すなわち、本発明で用いるポリイミド前駆体の少なくとも1種が、式(2-A)で表される繰返し単位を有する前駆体であることが好ましい。ポリイミド前駆体が式(2-A)で表される繰返し単位を含むことにより、露光ラチチュードの幅をより広げることが可能になる。
式(2-A)

 式(2-A)中、A及びAは、酸素原子を表し、R111及びR112は、それぞれ独立に、2価の有機基を表し、R113及びR114は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、R113及びR114の少なくとも一方は、重合性基を含む基であり、両方が重合性基を含む基であることが好ましい。
The repeating unit represented by formula (2) is preferably a repeating unit represented by formula (2-A). That is, at least one polyimide precursor used in the present invention is preferably a precursor having a repeating unit represented by formula (2-A). By including the repeating unit represented by the formula (2-A) in the polyimide precursor, it becomes possible to further widen the width of the exposure latitude.
Formula (2-A)

In formula (2-A), A 1 and A 2 represent an oxygen atom, R 111 and R 112 each independently represent a divalent organic group, R 113 and R 114 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, at least one of R 113 and R 114 is a group containing a polymerizable group, and both are preferably groups containing a polymerizable group.
 A、A、R111、R113及びR114は、それぞれ独立に、式(2)におけるA、A、R111、R113及びR114と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。
112は、式(5)におけるR112と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。
A 1 , A 2 , R 111 , R 113 and R 114 are each independently synonymous with A 1 , A 2 , R 111 , R 113 and R 114 in formula (2), and preferred ranges are also the same. .
R 112 has the same definition as R 112 in formula (5), and the preferred range is also the same.
 ポリイミド前駆体は、式(2)で表される繰返し単位を1種含んでいてもよいが、2種以上で含んでいてもよい。また、式(2)で表される繰返し単位の構造異性体を含んでいてもよい。また、ポリイミド前駆体は、上記式(2)の繰返し単位のほかに、他の種類の繰返し単位をも含んでよいことはいうまでもない。 The polyimide precursor may contain one type of repeating unit represented by formula (2), but may contain two or more types. It may also contain structural isomers of the repeating unit represented by formula (2). It goes without saying that the polyimide precursor may also contain other types of repeating units in addition to the repeating units of formula (2) above.
 本発明におけるポリイミド前駆体の一実施形態として、式(2)で表される繰返し単位の含有量が、全繰返し単位の50モル%以上である態様が挙げられる。上記合計含有量は、70モル%以上であることがより好ましく、90モル%以上であることが更に好ましく、90モル%超であることが特に好ましい。上記合計含有量の上限は、特に限定されず、末端を除くポリイミド前駆体における全ての繰返し単位が、式(2)で表される繰返し単位であってもよい。 As one embodiment of the polyimide precursor in the present invention, the content of the repeating unit represented by formula (2) is 50 mol% or more of the total repeating units. The total content is more preferably 70 mol % or more, still more preferably 90 mol % or more, and particularly preferably more than 90 mol %. The upper limit of the total content is not particularly limited, and all repeating units in the polyimide precursor excluding terminals may be repeating units represented by formula (2).
 ポリイミド前駆体の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、好ましくは5,000~100,000であり、より好ましくは10,000~50,000であり、更に好ましくは15,000~40,000である。また、数平均分子量(Mn)は、好ましくは2,000~40,000であり、より好ましくは3,000~30,000であり、更に好ましくは4,000~20,000である。
 上記ポリイミド前駆体の分子量の分散度は、1.5以上が好ましく、1.8以上がより好ましく、2.0以上であることが更に好ましい。ポリイミド前駆体の分子量の分散度の上限値は特に定めるものではないが、例えば、7.0以下が好ましく、6.5以下がより好ましく、6.0以下が更に好ましい。
 本明細書において、分子量の分散度とは、重量平均分子量/数平均分子量により算出される値である。
 また、樹脂組成物が特定樹脂として複数種のポリイミド前駆体を含む場合、少なくとも1種のポリイミド前駆体の重量平均分子量、数平均分子量、及び、分散度が上記範囲であることが好ましい。また、上記複数種のポリイミド前駆体を1つの樹脂として算出した重量平均分子量、数平均分子量、及び、分散度が、それぞれ、上記範囲内であることも好ましい。
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide precursor is preferably 5,000 to 100,000, more preferably 10,000 to 50,000, still more preferably 15,000 to 40,000. Also, the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 2,000 to 40,000, more preferably 3,000 to 30,000, still more preferably 4,000 to 20,000.
The polyimide precursor preferably has a molecular weight distribution of 1.5 or more, more preferably 1.8 or more, and even more preferably 2.0 or more. Although the upper limit of the polyimide precursor's molecular weight dispersity is not particularly defined, it is preferably 7.0 or less, more preferably 6.5 or less, and even more preferably 6.0 or less.
In the present specification, the molecular weight dispersity is a value calculated by weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight.
Moreover, when the resin composition contains a plurality of polyimide precursors as the specific resin, the weight average molecular weight, number average molecular weight, and degree of dispersion of at least one polyimide precursor are preferably within the above ranges. It is also preferable that the weight-average molecular weight, the number-average molecular weight, and the degree of dispersion calculated from the multiple types of polyimide precursors as one resin are within the ranges described above.
〔ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体〕
 ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体としては、国際公開第2021/172420号の段落0049~0074に記載の化合物を用いることができる。この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
[Polybenzoxazole precursor]
As the polybenzoxazole precursor, compounds described in paragraphs 0049 to 0074 of WO2021/172420 can be used. The contents of which are incorporated herein.
〔ポリアミドイミド前駆体〕
 ポリアミドイミド前駆体としては、国際公開第2021/172420号の段落0075~0093に記載の化合物を用いることができる。この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
[Polyamideimide precursor]
As the polyamideimide precursor, compounds described in paragraphs 0075 to 0093 of WO2021/172420 can be used. The contents of which are incorporated herein.
〔ポリイミド前駆体等の製造方法〕
 ポリイミド前駆体等は、例えば、低温中でテトラカルボン酸二無水物とジアミンを反応させる方法、低温中でテトラカルボン酸二無水物とジアミンを反応させてポリアミック酸を得、縮合剤又はアルキル化剤を用いてエステル化する方法、テトラカルボン酸二無水物とアルコールとによりジエステルを得て、その後ジアミンと縮合剤の存在下で反応させる方法、テトラカルボン酸二無水物とアルコールとによりジエステルを得、その後残りのジカルボン酸をハロゲン化剤を用いて酸ハロゲン化し、ジアミンと反応させる方法、などの方法を利用して得ることができる。上記製造方法のうち、テトラカルボン酸二無水物とアルコールとによりジエステルを得、その後残りのジカルボン酸をハロゲン化剤を用いて酸ハロゲン化し、ジアミンと反応させる方法がより好ましい。
 上記縮合剤としては、例えばジシクロヘキシルカルボジイミド、ジイソプロピルカルボジイミド、1-エトキシカルボニル-2-エトキシ-1,2-ジヒドロキノリン、1,1-カルボニルジオキシ-ジ-1,2,3-ベンゾトリアゾール、N,N’-ジスクシンイミジルカーボネート、無水トリフルオロ酢酸等が挙げられる。
 上記アルキル化剤としては、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミドジメチルアセタール、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミドジエチルアセタール、N,N-ジアルキルホルムアミドジアルキルアセタール、オルトギ酸トリメチル、オルトギ酸トリエチル等が挙げられる。
 上記ハロゲン化剤としては、塩化チオニル、塩化オキサリル、オキシ塩化リン等が挙げられる。
 ポリイミド前駆体等の製造方法では、反応に際し、有機溶剤を用いることが好ましい。有機溶剤は1種でもよいし、2種以上でもよい。
 有機溶剤としては、原料に応じて適宜定めることができるが、ピリジン、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル(ジグリム)、N-メチルピロリドン、N-エチルピロリドン、プロピオン酸エチル、ジメチルアセトアミド、ジメチルホルムアミド、テトラヒドロフラン、γ-ブチロラクトン等が例示される。
 ポリイミド前駆体等の製造方法では、反応に際し、塩基性化合物を添加することが好ましい。塩基性化合物は1種でもよいし、2種以上でもよい。
 塩基性化合物は、原料に応じて適宜定めることができるが、トリエチルアミン、ジイソプロピルエチルアミン、ピリジン、1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5.4.0]ウンデカ-7-エン、N,N-ジメチル-4-アミノピリジン等が例示される。
[Method for producing polyimide precursor, etc.]
Polyimide precursors and the like, for example, a method of reacting a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and a diamine at a low temperature, a method of reacting a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and a diamine at a low temperature to obtain a polyamic acid, a condensing agent or an alkylating agent A method of esterification using a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and an alcohol to obtain a diester, then a method of reacting in the presence of a diamine and a condensing agent, a method of reacting a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and an alcohol to obtain a diester, After that, the remaining dicarboxylic acid can be acid-halogenated using a halogenating agent and reacted with a diamine. Among the above production methods, the method of obtaining a diester from a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and an alcohol, then acid-halogenating the remaining dicarboxylic acid with a halogenating agent, and reacting it with a diamine is more preferred.
Examples of the condensing agent include dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, diisopropylcarbodiimide, 1-ethoxycarbonyl-2-ethoxy-1,2-dihydroquinoline, 1,1-carbonyldioxy-di-1,2,3-benzotriazole, N, N'-disuccinimidyl carbonate, trifluoroacetic anhydride and the like can be mentioned.
Examples of the alkylating agent include N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal, N,N-dimethylformamide diethyl acetal, N,N-dialkylformamide dialkyl acetal, trimethyl orthoformate and triethyl orthoformate.
Examples of the halogenating agent include thionyl chloride, oxalyl chloride, phosphorus oxychloride and the like.
In the method for producing a polyimide precursor or the like, it is preferable to use an organic solvent in the reaction. One type of organic solvent may be used, or two or more types may be used.
The organic solvent can be appropriately determined according to the raw material, but pyridine, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (diglyme), N-methylpyrrolidone, N-ethylpyrrolidone, ethyl propionate, dimethylacetamide, dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, γ-butyrolactone, and the like. are exemplified.
In the method for producing a polyimide precursor or the like, it is preferable to add a basic compound during the reaction. One type of basic compound may be used, or two or more types may be used.
The basic compound can be appropriately determined depending on the raw material, but triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, pyridine, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene, N,N-dimethyl-4-amino Pyridine and the like are exemplified.
-末端封止剤-
 ポリイミド前駆体等の製造方法に際し、保存安定性をより向上させるため、ポリイミド前駆体等の樹脂末端に残存するカルボン酸無水物、酸無水物誘導体、或いは、アミノ基を封止することが好ましい。樹脂末端に残存するカルボン酸無水物、及び酸無水物誘導体を封止する際、末端封止剤としては、国際公開第2021100768号の段落0131に記載の末端封止剤が挙げられる。この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
-Terminal blocking agent-
In the production method of polyimide precursors, etc., in order to further improve the storage stability, it is preferable to seal the carboxylic anhydride, acid anhydride derivative, or amino group remaining at the end of the resin such as polyimide precursors. When blocking the carboxylic acid anhydride and acid anhydride derivative remaining at the end of the resin, the terminal blocking agent includes the terminal blocking agent described in paragraph 0131 of WO2021100768. The contents of which are incorporated herein.
-固体析出-
 ポリイミド前駆体等の製造に際し、固体を析出する工程を含んでいてもよい。具体的には、反応液中に共存している脱水縮合剤の吸水副生物を必要に応じて濾別した後、水、脂肪族低級アルコール、又はその混合液等の貧溶媒に、得られた重合体成分を投入し、重合体成分を析出させることで、固体として析出させ、乾燥させることでポリイミド前駆体等を得ることができる。精製度を向上させるために、ポリイミド前駆体等を再溶解、再沈析出、乾燥等の操作を繰返してもよい。さらに、イオン交換樹脂を用いてイオン性不純物を除去する工程を含んでいてもよい。
-Solid precipitation-
A step of depositing a solid may be included in the production of the polyimide precursor or the like. Specifically, after filtering off the water absorption by-products of the dehydration condensation agent coexisting in the reaction solution as necessary, water, aliphatic lower alcohol, or a poor solvent such as a mixture thereof, the obtained A polyimide precursor or the like can be obtained by adding a polymer component and depositing the polymer component, depositing it as a solid, and drying it. In order to improve the degree of purification, operations such as re-dissolving, re-precipitation, drying, etc. of the polyimide precursor may be repeated. Furthermore, a step of removing ionic impurities using an ion exchange resin may be included.
〔含有量〕
 本発明の樹脂組成物における特定樹脂の含有量は、樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し20質量%以上であることが好ましく、30質量%以上であることがより好ましく、40質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、50質量%以上であることが一層好ましい。また、本発明の樹脂組成物における樹脂の含有量は、樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し、99.5質量%以下であることが好ましく、99質量%以下であることがより好ましく、98質量%以下であることが更に好ましく、97質量%以下であることが一層好ましく、95質量%以下であることがより一層好ましい。
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、特定樹脂を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
〔Content〕
The content of the specific resin in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, and 40% by mass or more with respect to the total solid content of the resin composition. is more preferable, and 50% by mass or more is even more preferable. Further, the content of the resin in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 99.5% by mass or less, more preferably 99% by mass or less, more preferably 98% by mass, based on the total solid content of the resin composition. % or less, more preferably 97 mass % or less, and even more preferably 95 mass % or less.
The resin composition of the present invention may contain only one type of specific resin, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are included, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
 また、本発明の樹脂組成物は、少なくとも2種の樹脂を含むことも好ましい。
 具体的には、本発明の樹脂組成物は、特定樹脂と、後述する他の樹脂とを合計で2種以上含んでもよいし、特定樹脂を2種以上含んでいてもよいが、特定樹脂を2種以上含むことが好ましい。
 本発明の樹脂組成物が特定樹脂を2種以上含む場合、例えば、ポリイミド前駆体であって、二無水物由来の構造(上述の式(2)でいうR115)が異なる2種以上のポリイミド前駆体を含むことが好ましい。
Also, the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains at least two resins.
Specifically, the resin composition of the present invention may contain a total of two or more of the specific resin and other resins described later, or may contain two or more of the specific resins. It is preferable to include two or more kinds.
When the resin composition of the present invention contains two or more specific resins, for example, two or more polyimides that are polyimide precursors and have different dianhydride-derived structures (R 115 in the above formula (2)) It preferably contains a precursor.
<他の樹脂>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、上述した特定樹脂と、特定樹脂とは異なる他の樹脂(以下、単に「他の樹脂」ともいう)とを含んでもよい。
 他の樹脂としては、フェノール樹脂、ポリアミド、エポキシ樹脂、ポリシロキサン、シロキサン構造を含む樹脂、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、(メタ)アクリルアミド樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、ブチラール樹脂、スチリル樹脂、ポリエーテル樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂等が挙げられる。
 例えば、(メタ)アクリル樹脂を更に加えることにより、塗布性に優れた樹脂組成物が得られ、また、耐溶剤性に優れたパターン(硬化物)が得られる。
 例えば、後述する重合性化合物に代えて、又は、後述する重合性化合物に加えて、重量平均分子量が20,000以下の重合性基価の高い(例えば、樹脂1gにおける重合性基の含有モル量が1×10-3モル/g以上である)(メタ)アクリル樹脂を樹脂組成物に添加することにより、樹脂組成物の塗布性、パターン(硬化物)の耐溶剤性等を向上させることができる。
<Other resins>
The resin composition of the present invention may contain the specific resin described above and other resins different from the specific resin (hereinafter also simply referred to as "other resins").
Other resins include phenolic resins, polyamides, epoxy resins, polysiloxanes, resins containing siloxane structures, (meth)acrylic resins, (meth)acrylamide resins, urethane resins, butyral resins, styryl resins, polyether resins, and polyester resins. etc.
For example, by further adding a (meth)acrylic resin, a resin composition having excellent applicability can be obtained, and a pattern (cured product) having excellent solvent resistance can be obtained.
For example, instead of the polymerizable compound described later, or in addition to the polymerizable compound described later, a high polymerizable group value having a weight average molecular weight of 20,000 or less (for example, the molar amount of the polymerizable group in 1 g of the resin is 1×10 −3 mol/g or more), the coating properties of the resin composition and the solvent resistance of the pattern (cured product) can be improved. can.
 本発明の樹脂組成物が他の樹脂を含む場合、他の樹脂の含有量は、樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し、0.01質量%以上であることが好ましく、0.05質量%以上であることがより好ましく、1質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、2質量%以上であることが一層好ましく、5質量%以上であることがより一層好ましく、10質量%以上であることが更に一層好ましい。
 また、本発明の樹脂組成物における、他の樹脂の含有量は、樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し、80質量%以下であることが好ましく、75質量%以下であることがより好ましく、70質量%以下であることが更に好ましく、60質量%以下であることが一層好ましく、50質量%以下であることがより一層好ましい。
 また、本発明の樹脂組成物の好ましい一態様として、他の樹脂の含有量が低含有量である態様とすることもできる。上記態様において、他の樹脂の含有量は、樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し、20質量%以下であることが好ましく、15質量%以下であることがより好ましく、10質量%以下であることが更に好ましく、5質量%以下であることが一層好ましく、1質量%以下であることがより一層好ましい。上記含有量の下限は特に限定されず、0質量%以上であればよい。
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、他の樹脂を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
When the resin composition of the present invention contains other resins, the content of the other resins is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, and 0.05% by mass or more, relative to the total solid content of the resin composition. More preferably, it is more preferably 1% by mass or more, even more preferably 2% by mass or more, even more preferably 5% by mass or more, and further preferably 10% by mass or more. More preferred.
In addition, the content of other resins in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 75% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the resin composition. It is more preferably 60% by mass or less, even more preferably 50% by mass or less.
In addition, as a preferred embodiment of the resin composition of the present invention, the content of other resins may be low. In the above aspect, the content of the other resin is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less, and 10% by mass or less with respect to the total solid content of the resin composition. is more preferable, 5% by mass or less is even more preferable, and 1% by mass or less is even more preferable. The lower limit of the content is not particularly limited as long as it is 0% by mass or more.
The resin composition of the present invention may contain only one kind of other resin, or may contain two or more kinds thereof. When two or more types are included, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<特定化合物>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、特定化合物を含む。
<Specific compound>
The resin composition of the present invention contains a specific compound.
 本発明の第一の態様に係る樹脂組成物に含まれる上記塩基発生剤(第一の特定化合物)は、光、熱、酸、及び塩基の少なくとも一つの作用により塩基性化合物を発生させる構造、並びに、2つ以上の重合性基を有する塩基発生剤である。 The base generator (first specific compound) contained in the resin composition according to the first aspect of the present invention has a structure that generates a basic compound by the action of at least one of light, heat, acid, and base, and a base generator having two or more polymerizable groups.
 第一の特定化合物は、熱の作用により塩基性化合物を発生させる構造を有することが好ましい。
 第二の特定化合物及び第三の特定化合物は、それぞれ、光、熱、酸、及び塩基の少なくとも一つの作用により塩基性化合物を発生させる構造を有することが好ましく、熱の作用により塩基性化合物を発生させる構造を有することがより好ましい。
 第一の特定化合物が、熱の作用により塩基性化合物を発生させる構造を有する場合、第一の特定化合物は、後述する式(1-1)~式(1-4)で表される構造、又は、式(X)で表される構造であることが好ましい。
 特定化合物が、熱の作用により塩基性化合物を発生させる構造を有する場合、250℃の加熱によって塩基性化合物を発生することが好ましく、220℃の加熱によって塩基性化合物を発生することがより好ましく、200℃の加熱によって塩基性化合物を発生することが更に好ましく、190℃の加熱によって塩基性化合物を発生することが特に好ましく、180℃の加熱によって塩基性化合物を発生することが最も好ましい。塩基性化合物を発生する温度の下限は特に限定されないが、組成物の保存安定性等の観点からは、例えば、100℃以上であることが好ましい。
 ある化合物Aがある温度X℃で塩基性化合物を発生させる構造を有する否かは、下記方法により判断される。
 1モルの化合物Aを密閉容器中1気圧下、上記X℃、3時間の加熱後に、HPLC(高速液体クロマトグラフィ)などの方法で分解量を定量し、0.01モル以上の塩基性化合物が発生する場合、化合物AはX℃の加熱により塩基性化合物を発生すると判定する。発生した化合物が塩基性化合物であるか否かは、例えば、H-NMRを用いることにより確認される。
 上記塩基性化合物の発生量は0.1モル以上であることが好ましく、0.5モル以上であることがより好ましい。上記塩基性化合物の発生量の上限は特に限定されないが、例えば1000モル以下とすることができる。
The first specific compound preferably has a structure that generates a basic compound by the action of heat.
Each of the second specific compound and the third specific compound preferably has a structure that generates a basic compound by the action of at least one of light, heat, acid, and base, and the basic compound is generated by the action of heat. It is more preferable to have a structure to generate.
When the first specific compound has a structure that generates a basic compound by the action of heat, the first specific compound is a structure represented by formulas (1-1) to (1-4) described later, Alternatively, it is preferably a structure represented by formula (X).
When the specific compound has a structure that generates a basic compound by the action of heat, the basic compound is preferably generated by heating at 250°C, more preferably by heating at 220°C. It is more preferable to generate the basic compound by heating at 200°C, particularly preferably to generate the basic compound by heating to 190°C, and most preferably to generate the basic compound by heating at 180°C. Although the lower limit of the temperature at which the basic compound is generated is not particularly limited, it is preferably 100° C. or higher from the viewpoint of the storage stability of the composition.
Whether or not a certain compound A has a structure that generates a basic compound at a certain temperature X° C. is judged by the following method.
1 mol of compound A is placed in a sealed container under 1 atm and heated at X° C. for 3 hours, and then the amount of decomposition is determined by a method such as HPLC (high performance liquid chromatography), and 0.01 mol or more of a basic compound is generated. If so, it is determined that Compound A generates a basic compound upon heating at X°C. Whether or not the generated compound is a basic compound can be confirmed by using 1 H-NMR, for example.
The amount of the basic compound generated is preferably 0.1 mol or more, more preferably 0.5 mol or more. Although the upper limit of the amount of the basic compound generated is not particularly limited, it can be, for example, 1000 mol or less.
 第一の特定化合物が、光の作用により塩基性化合物を発生させる構造を有する場合、第一の特定化合物は、後述する式(1-1)~式(1-4)で表される構造、又は、式(X)で表される構造であることが好ましい。また、公知の光分解性基により塩基性基(例えば、アミノ基)が保護された構造であってもよい。
 特定化合物が、光の作用により塩基性化合物を発生させる構造を有する否かは、以下の方法により判定することができる。
 特定化合物を溶剤に溶解した組成物Aを調製し、1気圧下、25℃の条件下で、波長190~800nmの光を露光照度25W/cmの条件下で30秒間照射した後に、HPLC(高速液体クロマトグラフィ)などの方法で分解量を定量し、特定化合物の全モル量に対して0.01モル%以上の塩基性化合物が発生する場合、特定化合物は光の作用により塩基性化合物を発生すると判定する。上記塩基性化合物の発生量は0.1モル%以上であることが好ましく、0.5モル%以上であることがより好ましい。上記塩基性化合物の発生量の上限は特に限定されないが、例えば1000モル%以下とすることができる。
 樹脂組成物が溶剤を含む場合、上記組成物A中の特定化合物の濃度は樹脂組成物中の濃度と同様とし、また、上記組成物中の溶剤種は樹脂組成物中に含まれる溶剤と同様とすることができる。また、樹脂組成物が溶剤を含まない場合、組成物A中の特定化合物の濃度は組成物Aの全質量に対して1.0質量%程度とすることができ、溶剤種はN-メチル-2-ピロリドンなどを用いることができる。
When the first specific compound has a structure that generates a basic compound by the action of light, the first specific compound has a structure represented by formulas (1-1) to (1-4) described later, Alternatively, it is preferably a structure represented by formula (X). It may also have a structure in which a basic group (for example, an amino group) is protected by a known photodegradable group.
Whether or not a specific compound has a structure that generates a basic compound by the action of light can be determined by the following method.
A composition A was prepared by dissolving a specific compound in a solvent, and after irradiation with light having a wavelength of 190 to 800 nm at an exposure intensity of 25 W/cm 2 for 30 seconds under the conditions of 1 atm and 25° C., HPLC ( Quantify the amount of decomposition by a method such as high-performance liquid chromatography), and if 0.01 mol% or more of a basic compound is generated with respect to the total molar amount of the specific compound, the specific compound generates a basic compound by the action of light. Then judge. The amount of the basic compound generated is preferably 0.1 mol % or more, more preferably 0.5 mol % or more. Although the upper limit of the amount of the basic compound generated is not particularly limited, it can be, for example, 1000 mol % or less.
When the resin composition contains a solvent, the concentration of the specific compound in the composition A is the same as the concentration in the resin composition, and the solvent species in the composition is the same as the solvent contained in the resin composition. can be Further, when the resin composition does not contain a solvent, the concentration of the specific compound in composition A can be about 1.0% by mass with respect to the total mass of composition A, and the solvent species is N-methyl- 2-pyrrolidone and the like can be used.
 特定化合物が、塩基の作用により塩基性化合物を発生する構造を有する場合、特定化合物は、塩基性基(好ましくはアミノ基)が塩基分解性保護基により保護された構造を有することが好ましい。
 塩基分解性保護基としては、例えば塩基で脱保護される公知のアミノ基の保護基を使用することができる。このような保護基によりアミノ基が保護された基としては、カルバメート構造を有する基が好ましく、9-フルオレニルメチルカルバメート基、1,1-ジメチル-2-シアノメチルカルバメート基、パラニトロベンジルカルバメート基、又は、2,4-ジクロロベンジルカルバメート基がより好ましい。
 また特定化合物が、塩基の作用により塩基性化合物を発生する構造を有する場合、特定化合物は熱の作用により塩基性化合物を生じる化合物でもある場合が有る。
 特定化合物が、塩基の作用により塩基性化合物を発生するか否かは、以下の方法により判定することができる。
 特定化合物の溶液に塩基性化合物を添加した後に、滴定してアミン価を測定することで判定する。
 具体的には、特定化合物を溶剤に溶解した組成物Aを調製し、1気圧下、25℃の条件下で組成物Aにピペリジン又はトリエチルアミンを1mol/Lとなるように添加し、上記塩基のうち1種類の転化により特定化合物の全モル量に対して0.01モル%以上の塩基性化合物が発生する場合、特定化合物は塩基の作用により塩基性化合物を発生すると判定する。上記塩基性化合物の発生量は0.1モル%以上であることが好ましく、0.5モル%以上であることがより好ましい。上記塩基性化合物の発生量の上限は特に限定されないが、例えば1000モル%以下とすることができる。上記塩基性化合物の発生量は、公知の方法により滴定してアミン価を測定することにより測定できる。
 樹脂組成物が溶剤を含む場合、上記組成物A中の特定化合物の濃度は樹脂組成物中の濃度と同様とし、また、上記組成物中の溶剤種は樹脂組成物中に含まれる溶剤と同様とすることができる。また、樹脂組成物が溶剤を含まない場合、組成物A中の特定化合物の濃度は組成物Aの全質量に対して1.0質量%程度とすることができ、溶剤種はN-メチル-2-ピロリドンなどを用いることができる。
When the specific compound has a structure that generates a basic compound by the action of a base, the specific compound preferably has a structure in which a basic group (preferably an amino group) is protected by a base-decomposable protecting group.
As the base-labile protective group, for example, a known amino group-protective group that can be deprotected with a base can be used. The group in which the amino group is protected by such a protecting group is preferably a group having a carbamate structure, such as a 9-fluorenylmethylcarbamate group, a 1,1-dimethyl-2-cyanomethylcarbamate group, and a paranitrobenzylcarbamate group. or a 2,4-dichlorobenzylcarbamate group are more preferred.
Moreover, when the specific compound has a structure that generates a basic compound by the action of a base, the specific compound may also be a compound that generates a basic compound by the action of heat.
Whether or not a specific compound generates a basic compound by the action of a base can be determined by the following method.
After adding a basic compound to the solution of a specific compound, it titrates and determines by measuring an amine value.
Specifically, a composition A is prepared by dissolving a specific compound in a solvent, piperidine or triethylamine is added to composition A at 1 mol / L under the conditions of 1 atm and 25 ° C., and the base is added. If 0.01 mol % or more of a basic compound is generated with respect to the total molar amount of the specific compound by one kind of conversion, it is determined that the specific compound generates a basic compound by the action of a base. The amount of the basic compound generated is preferably 0.1 mol % or more, more preferably 0.5 mol % or more. Although the upper limit of the amount of the basic compound generated is not particularly limited, it can be, for example, 1000 mol % or less. The amount of the basic compound generated can be measured by titration by a known method to measure the amine value.
When the resin composition contains a solvent, the concentration of the specific compound in the composition A is the same as the concentration in the resin composition, and the solvent species in the composition is the same as the solvent contained in the resin composition. can be Further, when the resin composition does not contain a solvent, the concentration of the specific compound in composition A can be about 1.0% by mass with respect to the total mass of composition A, and the solvent species is N-methyl- 2-pyrrolidone and the like can be used.
 特定化合物が、酸の作用により塩基性化合物を発生する構造を有する場合、特定化合物は、塩基性基(好ましくはアミノ基)が酸分解性保護基により保護された構造を有することが好ましい。
 酸分解性保護基としては、例えば酸で脱保護される公知のアミノ基の保護基を使用することができる。このような保護基によりアミノ基が保護された基としては、カルバメート構造を有する基が好ましく、炭素数が5~10である3級アルコキシ基に由来するカルバメート基がより好ましい。
 その他、t-ブトキシカルボニル基によりアミノ基が保護された構造も好ましく用いることができる。
 また特定化合物が、酸の作用により塩基性化合物を発生する構造を有する場合、特定化合物は熱の作用により塩基性化合物を生じる化合物でもある場合が有る。
 特定化合物が、酸の作用により塩基性化合物を発生するか否かは、以下の方法により判定することができる。
 特定化合物の溶液に酸を添加した後に、滴定して酸価を測定し、添加した酸のうちどれだけが発生した塩基性化合物により中和されたかを測定することで判定する。
 具体的には、特定化合物を溶剤に溶解した組成物Aを調製し、1気圧下、25℃の条件下で組成物Aにパラトルエンスルホン酸を1mol/Lとなるように添加し、特定化合物の全モル量に対して0.01モル%以上の塩基性化合物が発生する場合、特定化合物は塩基の作用により塩基性化合物を発生すると判定する。上記塩基性化合物の発生量は0.1モル%以上であることが好ましく、0.5モル%以上であることがより好ましい。上記塩基性化合物の発生量の上限は特に限定されないが、例えば1000モル%以下とすることができる。上記塩基性化合物の発生量は、公知の方法により滴定して酸価を測定することにより測定できる。
 樹脂組成物が溶剤を含む場合、上記組成物A中の特定化合物の濃度は樹脂組成物中の濃度と同様とし、また、上記組成物中の溶剤種は樹脂組成物中に含まれる溶剤と同様とすることができる。また、樹脂組成物が溶剤を含まない場合、組成物A中の特定化合物の濃度は組成物Aの全質量に対して1.0質量%程度とすることができ、溶剤種はN-メチル-2-ピロリドンなどを用いることができる。
When the specific compound has a structure that generates a basic compound by the action of acid, the specific compound preferably has a structure in which the basic group (preferably amino group) is protected by an acid-decomposable protecting group.
As the acid-decomposable protective group, for example, a known amino group protective group that can be deprotected with an acid can be used. As the group in which the amino group is protected by such a protecting group, a group having a carbamate structure is preferable, and a carbamate group derived from a tertiary alkoxy group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable.
In addition, a structure in which an amino group is protected with a t-butoxycarbonyl group can also be preferably used.
Moreover, when the specific compound has a structure that generates a basic compound by the action of acid, the specific compound may also be a compound that generates the basic compound by the action of heat.
Whether or not a specific compound generates a basic compound by the action of an acid can be determined by the following method.
Acid value is determined by titration after adding acid to a solution of a particular compound and determining how much of the added acid is neutralized by the generated basic compound.
Specifically, a composition A is prepared by dissolving a specific compound in a solvent, and para-toluenesulfonic acid is added to composition A at 1 mol / L under the conditions of 1 atm and 25 ° C., and the specific compound When 0.01 mol % or more of a basic compound is generated with respect to the total molar amount of , it is determined that the specific compound generates a basic compound by the action of a base. The amount of the basic compound generated is preferably 0.1 mol % or more, more preferably 0.5 mol % or more. Although the upper limit of the amount of the basic compound generated is not particularly limited, it can be, for example, 1000 mol % or less. The amount of the basic compound generated can be measured by titration by a known method to measure the acid value.
When the resin composition contains a solvent, the concentration of the specific compound in the composition A is the same as the concentration in the resin composition, and the solvent species in the composition is the same as the solvent contained in the resin composition. can be Further, when the resin composition does not contain a solvent, the concentration of the specific compound in composition A can be about 1.0% by mass with respect to the total mass of composition A, and the solvent species is N-methyl- 2-pyrrolidone and the like can be used.
 第一の特定化合物は2つ以上の重合性基を含む。
 重合性基としては、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、メトキシメチル基等のアルコキシメチル基、メチロール基等が挙げられる。
 第一の特定化合物に含まれる重合性基は、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基等の付加重合性の重合性基又はエポキシ基、オキセタニル基等の開環重合性の重合性基であることが好ましく、付加重合性の重合性基であることがより好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基であることがより好ましい。
 エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基としては、ビニル基、アリル基、イソアリル基、2-メチルアリル基、ビニル基と直接結合した芳香環を有する基(例えば、ビニルフェニル基など)、(メタ)アクリルアミド基、又は、(メタ)アクリロキシ基が好ましく、ビニルフェニル基又は(メタ)アクリロキシ基がより好ましく、(メタ)アクリロキシ基が更に好ましい。
 第一の特定化合物に含まれる2つ以上の重合性基は、構造がそれぞれ同一であっていてもよいし、異なっていてもよい。
 ここで、第一の特定化合物が2つ以上の(メタ)アクリロキシ基を含む態様も、本発明の好ましい態様の一つである。
 第一の特定化合物に含まれる重合性基の数は、2~10であることが好ましく、2~6であることがより好ましく、2~4であることが更に好ましい。
 また、第一の特定化合物が重合性基を2つのみ有する態様も、本発明の好ましい態様の一つである。
The first specified compound contains two or more polymerizable groups.
Examples of the polymerizable group include a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, an alkoxymethyl group such as a methoxymethyl group, and a methylol group.
The polymerizable group contained in the first specific compound is an addition-polymerizable group such as a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond or a ring-opening polymerizable group such as an epoxy group or an oxetanyl group. It is preferably an addition-polymerizable group, more preferably a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
Groups having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, an allyl group, an isoallyl group, a 2-methylallyl group, a group having an aromatic ring directly bonded to a vinyl group (e.g., vinylphenyl group), and a (meth)acrylamide group. Alternatively, a (meth)acryloxy group is preferred, a vinylphenyl group or a (meth)acryloxy group is more preferred, and a (meth)acryloxy group is even more preferred.
Two or more polymerizable groups contained in the first specific compound may have the same or different structures.
Here, the aspect in which the first specific compound contains two or more (meth)acryloxy groups is also one of the preferred aspects of the present invention.
The number of polymerizable groups contained in the first specific compound is preferably 2-10, more preferably 2-6, even more preferably 2-4.
Moreover, the aspect in which the first specific compound has only two polymerizable groups is also one of the preferable aspects of the present invention.
 第一の特定化合物は、アミド基、カルバメート基、ウレア基、及び第四級アンモニウム基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも一つ以上の基を含むことが好ましい。
 また、第一の特定化合物は、上記アミド基、上記カルバメート基、又は、上記ウレア基の開裂により塩基性化合物を発生する化合物であることが好ましい。
The first specific compound preferably contains at least one or more groups selected from the group consisting of amide groups, carbamate groups, urea groups, and quaternary ammonium groups.
The first specific compound is preferably a compound that generates a basic compound by cleavage of the amide group, carbamate group, or urea group.
 本発明において、アミド基とは*-NRC(=O)-*で表される基であり、Rは水素原子又は一価の有機基を表し、水素原子又は炭化水素基が好ましく、炭化水素基がより好ましい。炭化水素基としては、アルキル基、芳香族炭化水素基等が挙げられ、アルキル基がより好ましい。アルキル基としては、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルキル基がより好ましい。また、Rは上記アミノ基の窒素原子側に結合する構造と結合して環構造を形成してもよい。
 *はいずれも炭素原子との結合部位であることが好ましく、いずれも-CR -との結合部位であることがより好ましい。Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。
 ここで、第一の特定化合物がアミド基を有する場合、上記アミド基の炭素原子と結合する側の構造に2つ以上の重合性基を有し、上記アミド基の窒素原子と結合する側の構造には上述の重合性基を有しないことも本発明の好ましい態様の一つである。
 第一の特定化合物がアミド基を有する場合、上記アミド基に含まれるRが結合した窒素原子と、それに隣接するカルボニル基における炭素原子との間で開裂してアミンを発生することが好ましい。
In the present invention, an amide group is a group represented by *-NR AC (=O)-*, R A represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, preferably a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, A hydrocarbon group is more preferred. The hydrocarbon group includes an alkyl group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group and the like, and an alkyl group is more preferable. As the alkyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable. RA may also form a ring structure by bonding with the structure bonded to the nitrogen atom side of the amino group.
Each of * is preferably a binding site to a carbon atom, and more preferably a binding site to -CR B 2 -. Each R B independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
Here, when the first specific compound has an amide group, it has two or more polymerizable groups in the structure on the side bonded to the carbon atom of the amide group, and the side bonded to the nitrogen atom of the amide group It is also one of the preferable aspects of the present invention that the structure does not have the polymerizable group described above.
When the first specific compound has an amide group, it is preferred to generate an amine by cleavage between the nitrogen atom to which RA contained in the amide group is bonded and the carbon atom in the adjacent carbonyl group.
 本発明において、カルバメート基とは*-NRC(=O)O-*で表される基であり、Rは上述の通りである。
 *はいずれも炭素原子との結合部位であることが好ましく、いずれも-CR -との結合部位であることがより好ましい。Rは上述の通りである。
 第一の特定化合物がカルバメート基を有する場合、上記カルバメート基に含まれるRが結合した窒素原子と、それに隣接するカルボニル基における炭素原子との間で開裂してアミンを発生することが好ましい。
In the present invention, a carbamate group is a group represented by *-NR A C(=O)O-*, and R A is as described above.
Each of * is preferably a binding site to a carbon atom, and more preferably a binding site to -CR B 2 -. RB is as described above.
When the first specific compound has a carbamate group, it is preferred to cleave between the nitrogen atom to which R A contained in the carbamate group is bound and the carbon atom in the adjacent carbonyl group to generate an amine.
 本発明において、ウレア基とは*-NRC(=O)NR-*で表される基であり、Rは上述の通りである。また、2つのRは同一であってもよいし異なっていてもよい。
 *はいずれも炭素原子との結合部位であることが好ましく、いずれも-CR -との結合部位であることがより好ましい。Rは上述の通りである。
 第一の特定化合物がウレア基を有する場合、上記ウレア基に含まれるRが結合した窒素原子のうち少なくとも一方と、それに隣接するカルボニル基における炭素原子との間で開裂してアミンを発生することが好ましい。
In the present invention, the urea group is a group represented by *-NR A C(=O)NR A -*, where R A is as described above. Also, two RAs may be the same or different.
Each of * is preferably a binding site to a carbon atom, and more preferably a binding site to -CR B 2 -. RB is as described above.
When the first specific compound has a urea group, at least one of the nitrogen atoms bonded to RA contained in the urea group and the carbon atom in the carbonyl group adjacent thereto is cleaved to generate an amine. is preferred.
 本発明において、第一の特定化合物がアミド基、カルバメート基及びウレア基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも一つ以上の基を含む場合、第一の特定化合物は、後述の式(1-1)で表される構造であることが好ましい。また、第一の特定化合物がウレア基を含む場合、後述の式(1-4)で表される構造であることが好ましい。 In the present invention, when the first specific compound contains at least one or more groups selected from the group consisting of an amide group, a carbamate group and a urea group, the first specific compound has the following formula (1-1) is preferably a structure represented by Further, when the first specific compound contains a urea group, it preferably has a structure represented by formula (1-4) described below.
 本発明において、第四級アンモニウム基とは窒素原子に4つの炭素原子が結合した構造を有する基であり、上記炭素原子はいずれも炭化水素基の一部であることが好ましい。
 本発明において、第一の特定化合物が第四級アンモニウム基を含む場合、第一の特定化合物は、後述の式(1-2)で表される構造であることが好ましい。
In the present invention, a quaternary ammonium group is a group having a structure in which four carbon atoms are bonded to a nitrogen atom, and all of the above carbon atoms are preferably part of a hydrocarbon group.
In the present invention, when the first specific compound contains a quaternary ammonium group, the first specific compound preferably has a structure represented by formula (1-2) below.
 また、絶縁信頼性の観点からは第一の特定化合物は非イオン性化合物であることが好ましい。非イオン性とは、組成物中での電荷が1meq/g未満であることをいう。また、組成物中での電荷の測定が困難である場合、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン中での電荷が1meq/g未満であることをいう。 Also, from the viewpoint of insulation reliability, the first specific compound is preferably a nonionic compound. Non-ionic means having a charge of less than 1 meq/g in the composition. When it is difficult to measure the charge in the composition, it means that the charge in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone is less than 1 meq/g.
〔式(1-1)~式(1-4)〕
 本発明の第二の態様に係る樹脂組成物に含まれる上記塩基発生剤(第二の特定化合物)は、下記式(1-1)~式(1-4)のいずれかで表される塩基発生剤であり、破断伸び及び耐薬品性の観点からは、下記式(1-1)で表される塩基発生剤であることが好ましい。
 すなわち、第二の特定化合物は非イオン性化合物であることが好ましい。
 第一の特定化合物は、下記式(1-1)~式(1-4)のいずれかで表される塩基発生剤であることが好ましい。
 第二の特定化合物に含まれる重合性基の好ましい態様は、上述の第一の特定化合物における重合性基の好ましい態様と同様である。

 式(1-1)中、R11及びR12はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、R11及びR12は結合して環構造を形成してもよく、nは1以上の整数を表し、R13は1価の有機基を表し、下記条件1及び条件2の少なくとも1つを満たす。
 条件1:n個のR11及びn個のR12に合計2つ以上の重合性基を有する
 条件2:R13に合計2つ以上の重合性基を有する
 式(1-2)中、R21~R24はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、R21~R24は合計2つ以上の重合性基を有し、R21~R24の少なくとも2つは結合して環構造を形成してもよく、Aは対アニオンを表す。
 式(1-3)中、R31~R33はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、R31~R33は合計2つ以上の重合性基を有し、R31~R33の少なくとも2つは結合して環構造を形成してもよく、Aは対アニオンを表す。
 式(1-4)中、R41、R42、R43及びR44はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、R41及びR42は結合して環構造を形成してもよく、R43及びR44は結合して環構造を形成してもよく、R41~R44は合計2つ以上の重合性基を有する。
[Formula (1-1) to Formula (1-4)]
The base generator (second specific compound) contained in the resin composition according to the second aspect of the present invention is a base represented by any one of the following formulas (1-1) to (1-4) From the viewpoint of elongation at break and chemical resistance, it is preferably a base generator represented by the following formula (1-1).
That is, the second specific compound is preferably a nonionic compound.
The first specific compound is preferably a base generator represented by any one of the following formulas (1-1) to (1-4).
Preferred aspects of the polymerizable group contained in the second specific compound are the same as the preferred aspects of the polymerizable group in the first specific compound described above.

In formula (1-1), R 11 and R 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, R 11 and R 12 may combine to form a ring structure, n is 1 , R 13 represents a monovalent organic group, and satisfies at least one of conditions 1 and 2 below.
Condition 1: n R 11 and n R 12 have a total of two or more polymerizable groups Condition 2: R 13 has a total of two or more polymerizable groups In formula (1-2), R 21 to R 24 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, R 21 to R 24 have a total of two or more polymerizable groups, and at least two of R 21 to R 24 are bonded may form a ring structure, and A 1 represents a counter anion.
In formula ( 1-3), R 31 to R 33 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group; At least two of R33 may combine to form a ring structure, and A2 represents a counter anion.
In formula (1-4), R 41 , R 42 , R 43 and R 44 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and R 41 and R 42 combine to form a ring structure may be combined, R 43 and R 44 may combine to form a ring structure, and R 41 to R 44 have a total of two or more polymerizable groups.
-R11及びR12
 式(1-1)中、R11及びR12の少なくとも一方が1価の有機基であることが好ましく、R11及びR12はそれぞれ独立に、1価の有機基であることがより好ましく、R11及びR12はそれぞれ独立に、置換基を有してもよい炭化水素基であるか、又は、式(1-1)中のR11及びR12が結合して、置換基を有してもよい含窒素脂肪族複素環構造を形成することが更に好ましい。
 R11又はR12が置換基を有してもよい炭化水素基である場合の炭化水素基としては、アルキル基、芳香族炭化水素基、又は、これらの組み合わせにより表される基がより好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基、炭素数6~20の芳香族炭化水素基、又は、これらの組み合わせにより表される基が更に好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が特に好ましい。
 上記アルキル基としては、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、環状のいずれであってもよいが、破断伸び向上の観点からは、分岐鎖状のアルキル基(例えば、イソプロピル基、イソブチル基、2-エチルへキシル基等)、又は、環状のアルキル基(例えば、シクロへキシル基等)が好ましい。
 上記炭化水素基における置換基としては、特に限定されないが、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、ヒドロキシ基等が挙げられる。
-R 11 and R 12 -
In formula (1-1), at least one of R 11 and R 12 is preferably a monovalent organic group, R 11 and R 12 are each independently more preferably a monovalent organic group, R 11 and R 12 are each independently a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, or R 11 and R 12 in formula (1-1) are bonded to have a substituent It is more preferable to form a nitrogen-containing aliphatic heterocyclic ring structure.
When R 11 or R 12 is a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, the hydrocarbon group is more preferably an alkyl group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or a group represented by a combination thereof. An alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a group represented by a combination thereof is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. From the viewpoint of improving elongation at break, a branched alkyl group (e.g., isopropyl group, isobutyl group, 2-ethyl hexyl group, etc.) or a cyclic alkyl group (eg, cyclohexyl group, etc.) is preferred.
Substituents in the above hydrocarbon groups are not particularly limited, but include halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, aryloxy groups, alkylcarbonyl groups, arylcarbonyl groups, hydroxy groups, and the like.
 また、式(1-1)中のR11及びR12は連結して環構造を形成してもよい。上記態様において、同一の窒素原子に結合したR11及びR12が連結して環構造を形成することが好ましい。
 形成される環構造としては、含窒素脂肪族複素環構造が好ましく、例えば、上記R11及びR12に直接結合した窒素原子を環員とするピロリジン環、ピペリジン環、モルホリン環、ノルトロピン環等が挙げられる。これらの環構造は更に置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、上記の炭化水素基における置換基と同様の基、及び、1価の炭化水素基が挙げられる。
Also, R 11 and R 12 in formula (1-1) may be linked to form a ring structure. In the above aspect, it is preferable that R 11 and R 12 bonded to the same nitrogen atom are linked to form a ring structure.
The ring structure to be formed is preferably a nitrogen - containing aliphatic heterocyclic ring structure. mentioned. These ring structures may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the same groups as the substituents in the above hydrocarbon group, and monovalent hydrocarbon groups.
 また、R11及びR12に合計2つ以上の重合性基を有する場合、R11に重合性基を2つ以上有してもよいし、R12に重合性基を2つ以上有してもよいし、R11及びR12に重合性基を1つずつ有してもよいし、R11及びR12の一方に重合性基を1つ、他方に2つ以上有してもよいし、R11及びR12の両方に重合性基2つ以上有してもよい。上記態様において、R11及びR12の少なくとも一方が、置換基として重合性基を有する基を有する炭化水素基であることが好ましい。上記炭化水素基の好ましい態様は上述のR11及びR12が炭化水素基である場合の好ましい態様と同様である。上記重合性基を有する基としては、1以上の重合性基と、1以上の炭化水素基と、-O-及び-C(=O)-よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の構造と、の組み合わせにより表される基が好ましい。また、重合性基を有する基としては、下記式(R-1)で表される基が好ましい。
 また、R11及びR12が連結して環構造を形成する場合、上記環構造が置換基として重合性基を有する基を有してもよい。上記環構造の好ましい態様は上述のR11及びR12が環構造を形成する場合の好ましい態様と同様である。上記重合性基を有する基としては、1以上の重合性基と、1以上の炭化水素基と、-O-及び-C(=O)-よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の構造と、の組み合わせにより表される基が好ましい。また、重合性基を有する基としては、下記式(R-1)で表される基が好ましい。

 式(R-1)中、Rはそれぞれ独立に重合性基を表し、nは2以上の整数を表し、Lはn+1価の連結基を表し、*は上述の炭化水素基又は環構造との結合部位を表す。
 式(R-1)中、Rの好ましい態様は、上述の第一の特定化合物における重合性基の好ましい態様と同様であり、特に(メタ)アクリロキシ基が好ましい。
 式(R-1)中、nは2~10の整数であることが好ましく、2~6の整数であることがより好ましく、2~4の整数であることが更に好ましい。また、nが2である態様も、本発明の好ましい態様の一つである。
 式(R-1)中、Lは1以上の炭化水素基と、-O-及び-C(=O)-よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の構造と、の組み合わせにより表される基が好ましい。
 式(R-1)で表される基の具体例としては、例えば下記の基が挙げられるが、これに限定されるものではない。下記具体例中、*は式(R-1)中の*と同義である。
Further, when R 11 and R 12 have a total of two or more polymerizable groups, R 11 may have two or more polymerizable groups, and R 12 may have two or more polymerizable groups. Alternatively, each of R 11 and R 12 may have one polymerizable group, or one of R 11 and R 12 may have one polymerizable group and the other may have two or more. , R 11 and R 12 may both have two or more polymerizable groups. In the above aspect, at least one of R 11 and R 12 is preferably a hydrocarbon group having a group having a polymerizable group as a substituent. Preferred aspects of the above hydrocarbon group are the same as the preferred aspects of the case where R 11 and R 12 are hydrocarbon groups. The group having a polymerizable group includes at least one polymerizable group, one or more hydrocarbon groups, and at least one structure selected from the group consisting of -O- and -C(=O)- is preferably a group represented by a combination of Moreover, as the group having a polymerizable group, a group represented by the following formula (R-1) is preferable.
Further, when R 11 and R 12 are linked to form a ring structure, the ring structure may have a group having a polymerizable group as a substituent. Preferred embodiments of the ring structure are the same as the preferred embodiments of the above-described R 11 and R 12 forming a ring structure. The group having a polymerizable group includes at least one polymerizable group, one or more hydrocarbon groups, and at least one structure selected from the group consisting of -O- and -C(=O)- is preferably a group represented by a combination of Moreover, as the group having a polymerizable group, a group represented by the following formula (R-1) is preferable.

In formula (R-1), R P each independently represents a polymerizable group, n represents an integer of 2 or more, L P represents an n+1 valent linking group, and * represents the above-described hydrocarbon group or ring structure. represents the binding site with
In formula (R-1), preferred embodiments of R 1 P are the same as the preferred embodiments of the polymerizable group in the first specific compound described above, and a (meth)acryloxy group is particularly preferred.
In formula (R-1), n is preferably an integer of 2-10, more preferably an integer of 2-6, even more preferably an integer of 2-4. An embodiment in which n is 2 is also one of the preferred embodiments of the present invention.
In formula (R-1), L P is represented by a combination of one or more hydrocarbon groups and at least one structure selected from the group consisting of -O- and -C(=O)- groups are preferred.
Specific examples of the group represented by formula (R-1) include, but are not limited to, the following groups. In the following specific examples, * has the same meaning as * in formula (R-1).
-n-
 式(1-1)中、nは1~10の整数であることが好ましく、1~4の整数であることがより好ましく、1又は2であることが更に好ましく、1であることが特に好ましい。
-n-
In formula (1-1), n is preferably an integer of 1 to 10, more preferably an integer of 1 to 4, even more preferably 1 or 2, particularly preferably 1 .
-R13
 式(1-1)中、R13は環構造を含む構造であることが好ましく、芳香環構造を含む構造であることがより好ましく、ベンゼン環構造を含む構造であることが更に好ましい。
 式(1-1)中、R13はヒドロキシ基及びカルボキシ基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基を含むことが好ましい。
 中でも、式(1-1)中、R13は環構造、並びに、ヒドロキシ基及びカルボキシ基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基を含むことが好ましく、ヒドロキシ基及びカルボキシ基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基が直接結合するか、又は、メチレンを介して結合した環構造を有することがより好ましい。
-R 13 -
In formula (1-1), R 13 preferably has a structure containing a ring structure, more preferably a structure containing an aromatic ring structure, and even more preferably a structure containing a benzene ring structure.
In formula (1-1), R 13 preferably contains at least one group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group and a carboxy group.
Among them, in formula (1-1), R 13 preferably contains a ring structure and at least one group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group and a carboxy group, and from the group consisting of a hydroxy group and a carboxy group. It is more preferable to have a ring structure in which at least one selected group is directly bonded or bonded via methylene.
 また、R13における式(1-1)中のカルボニル基との結合部位は、炭素原子、酸素原子又は-NR-であることが好ましく、炭素原子であることがより好ましい。上記炭素原子は、炭化水素基に含まれる炭素原子であることが好ましい。上記Rは水素原子又は1価の置換基を表し、水素原子又は炭化水素基であることが好ましく、水素原子、アルキル基又は芳香族炭化水素基であることがより好ましい。 The bonding site of R 13 to the carbonyl group in formula (1-1) is preferably a carbon atom, an oxygen atom or —NR N —, more preferably a carbon atom. The carbon atom is preferably a carbon atom contained in a hydrocarbon group. RN represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent, preferably a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
 式(1-1)中、nが1である場合、破断伸びの観点からは、R13は下記式(R-2)で表される基であることが好ましい。

 式(R-2)中、Lは2価の連結基を表し、Xはヒドロキシ基又はカルボキシ基を表し、Cyは環構造を表し、*は式(1-1)中のカルボニル基との結合部位を表す。
In formula (1-1), when n is 1, R 13 is preferably a group represented by the following formula (R-2) from the viewpoint of elongation at break.

In formula (R-2), L 1 represents a divalent linking group, X represents a hydroxy group or a carboxy group, Cy represents a ring structure, and * represents a carbonyl group in formula (1-1). represents the binding site.
 式(R-2)中、Lは炭化水素基、又は、1以上の炭化水素基と、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-S(=O)-及び-NR-よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1つの構造との組み合わせにより表される基であることが好ましく、炭化水素基、又は、1以上の炭化水素基と-O-、-S-及び-NR-よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1つの構造との組み合わせにより表される基であることがより好ましい。上記Rは水素原子又は1価の置換基を表し、水素原子又は炭化水素基であることが好ましく、水素原子、アルキル基又は芳香族炭化水素基であることがより好ましい。
 上記炭化水素基としては、脂肪族炭化水素基が好ましい。
 上記脂肪族炭化水素基としては、飽和脂肪族炭化水素基が好ましく、炭素数1~20の飽和脂肪族炭化水素基がより好ましく、炭素数1~10の飽和脂肪族炭化水素基が更に好ましく、炭素数1~4の飽和脂肪族炭化水素基が特に好ましい。
In formula (R-2), L 1 is a hydrocarbon group, or one or more hydrocarbon groups, -O-, -C(=O)-, -S-, -S(=O 2 )- and -NR N - is preferably a group represented by a combination of at least one structure selected from the group consisting of a hydrocarbon group, or one or more hydrocarbon groups and -O-, -S- and A group represented by a combination with at least one structure selected from the group consisting of —NR N — is more preferred. RN represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent, preferably a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
As the hydrocarbon group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferable.
The aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group, more preferably a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, A saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is particularly preferred.
 式(R-2)中、Cyは環構造を表し、ヘテロ環構造、脂肪族炭化水素環構造、芳香族炭化水素環構造のいずれであってもよいが、芳香族炭化水素環構造であることが好ましい。
 上記ヘテロ環構造としては、ヘテロ芳香環構造が好ましい。また、ヘテロ環構造に含まれるヘテロ原子としては、酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子等が挙げられる。
 上記脂肪族炭化水素環構造としては、飽和脂肪族炭化水素環構造であっても不飽和脂肪族炭化水素環構造であってもよいが、飽和脂肪族炭化水素環構造が好ましい。また、脂肪族炭化水素環構造としては、6員環であるか、6員環構造を含む複環構造であることが好ましい。
 上記芳香族炭化水素環構造としては、炭素6~20の芳香族炭化水素環構造が好ましく、ベンゼン環構造がより好ましい。また、上記芳香族炭化水素環構造は置換基を有していてもよいし、他の環構造と縮合環を形成していてもよい。
 中でも、Cyは置換基又は縮合環を有してもよい1,2-フェニレン基であることが好ましい。
In formula (R-2), Cy represents a ring structure and may be any of a heterocyclic ring structure, an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure, and an aromatic hydrocarbon ring structure, but it is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring structure. is preferred.
As the heterocyclic structure, a heteroaromatic ring structure is preferable. Moreover, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom, etc. are mentioned as a heteroatom contained in a heterocyclic structure.
The aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure may be either a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure or an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure, but a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure is preferred. Moreover, the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure is preferably a six-membered ring or a multi-ring structure containing a six-membered ring structure.
As the aromatic hydrocarbon ring structure, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring structure having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and a benzene ring structure is more preferable. Moreover, the aromatic hydrocarbon ring structure may have a substituent, or may form a condensed ring with another ring structure.
Among them, Cy is preferably a 1,2-phenylene group which may have a substituent or a condensed ring.
 式(R-2)中、Lにおける炭化水素基における水素原子、又は、Cyで表される環構造における水素原子は、重合性基を有する基により置換されていてもよい。重合性基を有する基としては、重合性基を2以上有する基が好ましく、上述の式(R-1)で表される基がより好ましい。
 中でも、Cyで表される環構造における水素原子が、重合性基を有する基により置換されていることが好ましく、重合性基を2以上有する基により置換されていることがより好ましく、上述の式(R-1)で表される基により置換されていることが更に好ましい。
In formula (R-2), the hydrogen atom in the hydrocarbon group in L 1 or the hydrogen atom in the ring structure represented by Cy may be substituted with a group having a polymerizable group. As the group having a polymerizable group, a group having two or more polymerizable groups is preferable, and a group represented by the above formula (R-1) is more preferable.
Among them, the hydrogen atom in the ring structure represented by Cy is preferably substituted with a group having a polymerizable group, more preferably substituted with a group having two or more polymerizable groups, the above formula More preferably, it is substituted with a group represented by (R-1).
 式(R-2)中のXはヒドロキシ基であることが好ましい。
 また、式(R-2)において、XとLとは環Cyにおける隣接位に存在することが好ましい。隣接位とは、環構造においてある置換基が結合する環員と、別の置換基とが結合する環員とが環構造における隣接する環員であることを意味しており、環構造がベンゼン環である場合、オルト位であることを意味する。
X in formula (R-2) is preferably a hydroxy group.
In formula (R-2), X and L1 are preferably present at adjacent positions on ring Cy. Adjacent position means that the ring member to which a substituent is attached in the ring structure and the ring member to which another substituent is attached are adjacent ring members in the ring structure, and the ring structure is benzene If it is a ring, it is meant to be in the ortho position.
 また、式(R-2)中のXがヒドロキシ基である場合、L及びCyにおけるXと*との間の連結鎖の最短経路上の原子数(連結鎖長)は、3~6であることが好ましく、3又は4であることがより好ましい。
 式(R-2)中のXがカルボキシ基である場合、L及びCyにおけるXと*との間の連結鎖の最短経路上の原子数(連結鎖長)は、2~5であることが好ましく、2又は3であることがより好ましい。
 また、Lは上記最短経路上に酸素原子又は硫黄原子を含むことも好ましい。
 例えば下記構造において、Lは-CH-O-であり、Cyはベンゼン環構造であり、上記連結鎖長は4である。また、下記構造において、Cyにおける水素原子は式(R-1)で表される基により置換されている。
Further, when X in formula (R-2) is a hydroxy group, the number of atoms (linkage chain length) on the shortest path of the linking chain between X and * in L 1 and Cy is 3 to 6. One is preferred, and three or four is more preferred.
When X in formula (R-2) is a carboxy group, the number of atoms (linked chain length) on the shortest route of the linked chain between X and * in L 1 and Cy should be 2 to 5. is preferred, and 2 or 3 is more preferred.
Also, L 1 preferably contains an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom on the shortest path.
For example, in the structure below, L 1 is —CH 2 —O—, Cy is a benzene ring structure, and the linking chain length is 4. In the structure below, the hydrogen atom in Cy is substituted with a group represented by formula (R-1).
 式(R-2)で表される基の具体例としては、例えば下記構造が挙げられるが、これに限定されるものではない。下記具体例中、*は式(R-2)中のXとの結合部位を、#は式(1-1)中の-C(=O)-との結合部位を、それぞれ表す。これらの構造中、炭化水素基における水素原子は、重合性基を有する基により置換されていてもよい。
Specific examples of the group represented by formula (R-2) include, but are not limited to, the following structures. In the following specific examples, * represents the bonding site with X in formula (R-2), and # represents the bonding site with -C(=O)- in formula (1-1). In these structures, a hydrogen atom in the hydrocarbon group may be substituted with a group having a polymerizable group.
 式(1-1)中、nが2以上である場合、R13は下記式(R-3)で表される基又は式(R-4)で表される基であることが好ましい。

 式(R-3)中、Lはn価の連結基を表し、Cyは環構造を表し、Xはヒドロキシ基又はカルボキシ基を表し、*は式(1-1)中のカルボニル基との結合部位を表し、nは上述の式(1-1)と同一の数を表す。
 式(R-4)中、Cyは環構造を表し、Xはヒドロキシ基又はカルボキシ基を表し、mは1以上の整数を表し、*は式(1-1)中のカルボニル基との結合部位を表し、nは上述の式(1-1)と同一の数を表す。
In formula (1-1), when n is 2 or more, R 13 is preferably a group represented by formula (R-3) or a group represented by formula (R-4) below.

In formula (R-3), L 2 represents an n-valent linking group, Cy represents a ring structure, X represents a hydroxy group or a carboxy group, and * represents a carbonyl group in formula (1-1). represents a binding site, and n represents the same number as in formula (1-1) above.
In formula (R-4), Cy represents a ring structure, X represents a hydroxy group or a carboxy group, m represents an integer of 1 or more, * is a bonding site with a carbonyl group in formula (1-1) and n represents the same number as in the above formula (1-1).
 式(R-3)中、Lは炭化水素基、又は、1以上の炭化水素基と、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-S(=O)-及び-NR-よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1つの構造との組み合わせにより表される基であることが好ましく、炭化水素基、又は、1以上の炭化水素基と-O-、-S-及び-NR-よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1つの構造との組み合わせにより表される基であることがより好ましい。上記Rは水素原子又は1価の置換基を表し、水素原子又は炭化水素基であることが好ましく、水素原子、アルキル基又は芳香族炭化水素基であることがより好ましい。
 上記炭化水素基としては、脂肪族炭化水素基が好ましい。
 上記脂肪族炭化水素基としては、飽和脂肪族炭化水素基が好ましく、炭素数1~20の飽和脂肪族炭化水素基がより好ましく、炭素数1~10の飽和脂肪族炭化水素基が更に好ましく、炭素数1~4の飽和脂肪族炭化水素基が特に好ましい。
 また、Lにおける炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、重合性基、又は、重合性基を有する基により置換されていてもよい、重合性基を有する基の具体例としては、上述の式(R-1)で表される基が挙げられる。
 式(R-3)中、Cyで表される環構造の好ましい態様は、上述の式(R-2)中のCyで表される環構造の好ましい態様と同様である。
 式(R-3)中、Xの好ましい態様は、上述の式(R-2)中のXの好ましい態様と同様である。
 式(R-3)中、nの好ましい態様は、上述の式(1-1)中のnの好ましい態様と同様である。
In formula (R-3), L 2 is a hydrocarbon group, or one or more hydrocarbon groups, -O-, -C(=O)-, -S-, -S(=O 2 )- and -NR N - is preferably a group represented by a combination of at least one structure selected from the group consisting of a hydrocarbon group, or one or more hydrocarbon groups and -O-, -S- and A group represented by a combination with at least one structure selected from the group consisting of —NR N — is more preferred. RN represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent, preferably a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
As the hydrocarbon group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferable.
The aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group, more preferably a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, A saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is particularly preferred.
Further, the hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group in L 2 may be substituted with a polymerizable group or a group having a polymerizable group. Specific examples of the group having a polymerizable group include the above-described formula A group represented by (R-1) can be mentioned.
Preferred embodiments of the ring structure represented by Cy in formula (R-3) are the same as the preferred embodiments of the ring structure represented by Cy in formula (R-2) described above.
Preferred embodiments of X in formula (R-3) are the same as the preferred embodiments of X in formula (R-2) described above.
Preferred embodiments of n in formula (R-3) are the same as the preferred embodiments of n in formula (1-1) above.
 式(R-4)中、Cyで表される環構造の好ましい態様は、上述の式(R-2)中のCyで表される環構造の好ましい態様と同様である。
 式(R-4)中、Xの好ましい態様は、上述の式(R-2)中のXの好ましい態様と同様である。
 式(R-4)中、nの好ましい態様は、上述の式(1-1)中のnの好ましい態様と同様である。
 式(R-4)中、mは1~10の整数であることが好ましく、1~4の整数であることがより好ましく、1又は2であることが更に好ましく、1であることが特に好ましい。また、mがnと同じ数であることも本発明の好ましい態様の一つである。
Preferred embodiments of the ring structure represented by Cy in formula (R-4) are the same as the preferred embodiments of the ring structure represented by Cy in formula (R-2) described above.
Preferred embodiments of X in formula (R-4) are the same as the preferred embodiments of X in formula (R-2) described above.
Preferred embodiments of n in formula (R-4) are the same as the preferred embodiments of n in formula (1-1) described above.
In formula (R-4), m is preferably an integer of 1 to 10, more preferably an integer of 1 to 4, still more preferably 1 or 2, particularly preferably 1 . It is also one of the preferred aspects of the present invention that m is the same number as n.
 式(R-3)又は式(R-4)で表される基の具体例としては、例えば下記構造が挙げられるが、これに限定されるものではない。下記具体例中、*は式(R-3)又は式(R-4)中のXとの結合部位を、#は式(1-1)中の-C(=O)-との結合部位を、それぞれ表す。これらの構造中、炭化水素基における水素原子は、重合性基を有する基により置換されていてもよい。
Specific examples of the group represented by formula (R-3) or formula (R-4) include, but are not limited to, the following structures. In the specific examples below, * is the binding site to X in formula (R-3) or formula (R-4), and # is the binding site to -C (=O)- in formula (1-1). , respectively. In these structures, a hydrogen atom in the hydrocarbon group may be substituted with a group having a polymerizable group.
 また、R13及び、式(1-1)中のR13と結合するカルボニル基は、酸分解性基又は塩基分解性基であってもよい。
 酸分解性基である態様としては、R13がt-ブトキシ基である態様が挙げられる。
 塩基分解性基である態様としては、R13が9-フルオレニルメチルオキシ基、1,1-ジメチル-2-シアノメチルオキシ基、パラニトロベンジルオキシ基、,4-ジクロロベンジルオキシ基等である態様が挙げられる。
Also, R 13 and the carbonyl group bonded to R 13 in formula (1-1) may be an acid-decomposable group or a base-decomposable group.
An embodiment in which R 13 is an acid-decomposable group includes an embodiment in which R 13 is a t-butoxy group.
In embodiments where R 13 is a base-decomposable group, R 13 is a 9-fluorenylmethyloxy group, 1,1-dimethyl-2-cyanomethyloxy group, paranitrobenzyloxy group, ,4-dichlorobenzyloxy group, and the like. A certain aspect is mentioned.
-条件1、条件2-
 式(1-1)で表される塩基発生剤は、上述の条件1のみを満たしてもよく、条件1及び条件2を満たしてもよいが、破断伸びの観点からは、条件2のみを満たすことが好ましい。
 また、式(1-1)で表される塩基発生剤は、R11及びR12が結合する窒素原子と、R13が結合する炭素原子との間で開裂して塩基性化合物を発生することが好ましい。
-Condition 1, Condition 2-
The base generator represented by formula (1-1) may satisfy only condition 1 described above, or may satisfy conditions 1 and 2, but from the viewpoint of elongation at break, it satisfies only condition 2. is preferred.
Further, the base generator represented by formula (1-1) generates a basic compound by cleaving between the nitrogen atom to which R 11 and R 12 are bonded and the carbon atom to which R 13 is bonded. is preferred.
〔式(1-2)〕
 式(1-2)中、R21~R24はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、少なくとも3つが1価の有機基であることがより好ましく、全てが1価の有機基であることが更に好ましい。
 ここで、重合性基はR21~R24のうち2以上に存在してもよいが、R21~R24のうち1つが、2つ以上の重合性基を有することも本発明の好ましい態様である。
 R21~R24のうち重合性基を有しない基としては、炭化水素基が好ましく、アルキル基がより好ましい。
 R21~R24のうち重合性基を有する基としては、1以上の重合性基と、1以上の炭化水素基と、-O-及び-C(=O)-よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の構造と、の組み合わせにより表される基が好ましく、2以上の重合性基と、1以上の炭化水素基と、-O-及び-C(=O)-よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の構造と、の組み合わせにより表される基がより好ましい。
 また、R21~R24のうち重合性基を有する基としては、1以上の炭化水素基と、-O-及び-C(=O)-よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の構造との組み合わせにより表される基において、上記炭化水素基の水素原子が上述の式(R-1)で表される基により置換された基が好ましい。
 Aはカルボン酸アニオン、フェノールアニオン、リン酸アニオン及び硫酸アニオンよりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種であることが好ましく、塩の安定性と熱分解性を両立させられるという理由からカルボン酸アニオンがより好ましい。カルボン酸アニオンの具体例としては、マレイン酸アニオン、フタル酸アニオン、N-フェニルイミノ二酢酸アニオンおよびシュウ酸アニオンが挙げられる。
[Formula (1-2)]
In formula (1-2), R 21 to R 24 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, more preferably at least three of them are monovalent organic groups, and all of them are monovalent organic more preferably a group.
Two or more of R 21 to R 24 may have polymerizable groups, and one of R 21 to R 24 may have two or more polymerizable groups, which is also a preferred embodiment of the present invention. is.
Among R 21 to R 24 , the group having no polymerizable group is preferably a hydrocarbon group, more preferably an alkyl group.
The group having a polymerizable group among R 21 to R 24 is selected from the group consisting of one or more polymerizable groups, one or more hydrocarbon groups, and -O- and -C(=O)- A group represented by a combination of at least one structure is preferred, and is selected from the group consisting of two or more polymerizable groups, one or more hydrocarbon groups, and -O- and -C(=O)- A group represented by a combination of and at least one structure is more preferred.
The group having a polymerizable group among R 21 to R 24 includes at least one hydrocarbon group and at least one structure selected from the group consisting of -O- and -C(=O)-. In the group represented by the combination of , a group in which a hydrogen atom of the above hydrocarbon group is substituted with a group represented by the above formula (R-1) is preferred.
A 1 is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of a carboxylate anion, a phenol anion, a phosphate anion and a sulfate anion. is more preferred. Specific examples of carboxylate anions include maleate, phthalate, N-phenyliminodiacetate and oxalate anions.
〔式(1-3)〕
 式(1-3)中、R31~R33はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、少なくとも2つが1価の有機基であることがより好ましく、全てが1価の有機基であることが更に好ましい。
 ここで、重合性基はR31~R33のうち2以上に存在してもよいが、R31~R33のうち1つが、2つ以上の重合性基を有することも本発明の好ましい態様である。
 R31~R33のうち重合性基を有しない基としては、炭化水素基が好ましく、アルキル基がより好ましい。
 R31~R33のうち重合性基を有する基としては、1以上の重合性基と、1以上の炭化水素基と、-O-及び-C(=O)-よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の構造と、の組み合わせにより表される基が好ましく、2以上の重合性基と、1以上の炭化水素基と、-O-及び-C(=O)-よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の構造と、の組み合わせにより表される基がより好ましい。
 また、R31~R33のうち重合性基を有する基としては、1以上の炭化水素基と、-O-及び-C(=O)-よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の構造との組み合わせにより表される基において、上記炭化水素基の水素原子が上述の式(R-1)で表される基により置換された基が好ましい。
 Aの好ましい態様は、上述の式(1-2)におけるAの好ましい態様と同様である。
[Formula (1-3)]
In formula (1-3), R 31 to R 33 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, more preferably at least two of them are monovalent organic groups, and all of them are monovalent organic more preferably a group.
Two or more of R 31 to R 33 may have polymerizable groups, and one of R 31 to R 33 may have two or more polymerizable groups, which is also a preferred embodiment of the present invention. is.
Among R 31 to R 33 , the group having no polymerizable group is preferably a hydrocarbon group, more preferably an alkyl group.
The group having a polymerizable group among R 31 to R 33 is selected from the group consisting of one or more polymerizable groups, one or more hydrocarbon groups, and -O- and -C(=O)- A group represented by a combination of at least one structure is preferred, and is selected from the group consisting of two or more polymerizable groups, one or more hydrocarbon groups, and -O- and -C(=O)- A group represented by a combination of and at least one structure is more preferred.
Further, among R 31 to R 33 , the group having a polymerizable group includes at least one hydrocarbon group and at least one structure selected from the group consisting of -O- and -C(=O)-. In the group represented by the combination of , a group in which a hydrogen atom of the above hydrocarbon group is substituted with a group represented by the above formula (R-1) is preferred.
Preferred embodiments of A 2 are the same as the preferred embodiments of A 1 in formula (1-2) above.
〔式(1-4)〕
 式(1-4)中、R41、R42、R43及びR44の好ましい態様は、上述の式(1-1)におけるR11及びR12の好ましい態様と同様である。
 また、R41及びR42が結合して形成される環構造の好ましい態様は、R11及びR12が結合して形成される環構造の好ましい態様と同様である。
 また、R43及びR44が結合して形成される環構造の好ましい態様は、R11及びR12が結合して形成される環構造の好ましい態様と同様である。
[Formula (1-4)]
Preferred embodiments of R 41 , R 42 , R 43 and R 44 in formula (1-4) are the same as preferred embodiments of R 11 and R 12 in formula (1-1) above.
Preferred embodiments of the ring structure formed by combining R 41 and R 42 are the same as the preferred embodiments of the ring structure formed by combining R 11 and R 12 .
Preferred embodiments of the ring structure formed by combining R 43 and R 44 are the same as the preferred embodiments of the ring structure formed by combining R 11 and R 12 .
〔式(X)〕
 本発明の第三の態様に係る樹脂組成物は、下記式(X)で表される化合物(第三の特定化合物)を含む。
 第一の特定化合物、及び、第2の特定化合物は、それぞれ、式(X)で表される化合物であることも好ましい態様である。

 式(X)中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に1価の有機基を表し、R及びRが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、Lは2価の連結基を表し、Xはヒドロキシ基又はカルボキシ基を表し、Cyは環構造を表し、Rは2以上のエチレン性不飽和結合を有する基を含む構造を表す。
 式(X)中、R及びRの好ましい態様は、式(1-1)中のR及びRの好ましい態様と同様である。
 式(X)中、L、Cy及びRの好ましい態様は、式(R-2)中のL、Cy及びRの好ましい態様と同様である。
 式(X)中、Rは上述の式(R-1)で表される基であって、重合性基がエチレン性不飽和結合を有する基である基ことが好ましい。式(R-1)で表される基、及び、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基の好ましい態様は上述の通りである。
[Formula (X)]
The resin composition according to the third aspect of the present invention contains a compound (third specific compound) represented by the following formula (X).
It is also a preferred embodiment that the first specific compound and the second specific compound are each a compound represented by Formula (X).

In formula (X), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, R 1 and R 2 may combine to form a ring structure, and L 1 represents a divalent linking group. X represents a hydroxy group or a carboxy group, Cy represents a ring structure, and R3 represents a structure containing a group having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
Preferred embodiments of R 1 and R 2 in formula (X) are the same as those of R 1 and R 2 in formula (1-1).
Preferred embodiments of L 1 , Cy and R 2 in formula (X) are the same as preferred embodiments of L 1 , Cy and R 2 in formula (R-2).
In formula (X), R 3 is preferably a group represented by formula (R-1) above, and the polymerizable group is a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. Preferred embodiments of the group represented by formula (R-1) and the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond are as described above.
〔塩基性化合物〕
 特定化合物から発生する塩基性化合物は、アミノ基を有する化合物であることが好ましい。
 上記塩基性化合物は、アミノ基を2以上有する化合物であってもよいが、アミノ基を1つのみ有する化合物であることが好ましい。
 上記アミノ基は、2級アミノ基であることが好ましい。
 また、上記アミノ基を有する化合物である塩基性化合物は脂肪族アミンであってもよいし、芳香族アミンであってもよいが、脂肪族アミンであることが好ましい。芳香族アミンに比べて脂肪族アミンの方が塩基性が高いため、硬化促進効果が大きいと考えられる。
 また、上記塩基性化合物はピロリジン、ピペリジン、モルホリン、ノルトロピン、又は、これらの水素原子の一部が置換基に置換されたもの等の環状脂肪族アミンであることも好ましい。
 上記置換基としては、特に限定されないが、アルキル基、芳香族炭化水素基、ヒドロキシアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基、炭素数6~20の芳香族炭化水素基、炭素数1~10のヒドロキシアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、フェニル基又は炭素数2~4のヒドロキシアルキル基が更に好ましい。
 脂肪族アミンとは、アミノ基の窒素原子に結合する炭素原子の全てが脂肪族炭化水素基に含まれる炭素原子であるものをいい、芳香族アミンとは、アミノ基の窒素原子に結合する炭素原子のうち少なくとも一つが芳香族基に環員として含まれる炭素原子であるものをいう。また、環状脂肪族アミンとは、脂肪族アミンであってアミノ基の窒素原子が脂肪族環構造に含まれるものをいう。
[Basic compound]
The basic compound generated from the specific compound is preferably a compound having an amino group.
The basic compound may be a compound having two or more amino groups, but is preferably a compound having only one amino group.
The amino group is preferably a secondary amino group.
The basic compound, which is a compound having an amino group, may be an aliphatic amine or an aromatic amine, but is preferably an aliphatic amine. Since aliphatic amines are more basic than aromatic amines, they are considered to have a greater curing acceleration effect.
Moreover, the basic compound is preferably pyrrolidine, piperidine, morpholine, nortropine, or cycloaliphatic amines such as those in which some of the hydrogen atoms are substituted with substituents.
The substituent is not particularly limited, but is preferably an alkyl group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or a hydroxyalkyl group. A hydroxyalkyl group of up to 10 is more preferred, and an alkyl group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a phenyl group or a hydroxyalkyl group of 2 to 4 carbon atoms is even more preferred.
Aliphatic amine refers to those in which all of the carbon atoms bonded to the nitrogen atom of the amino group are carbon atoms contained in an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and aromatic amine refers to carbon atoms bonded to the nitrogen atom of the amino group. At least one of the atoms is a carbon atom contained as a ring member in an aromatic group. Moreover, the cycloaliphatic amine means an aliphatic amine in which the nitrogen atom of the amino group is contained in the alicyclic structure.
 特定化合物から発生する塩基性化合物は、破断伸びの観点からは、重合性基を有しないことも好ましい。
 重合性基としては、上述の特定化合物に含まれる重合性基が挙げられる。
From the viewpoint of elongation at break, the basic compound generated from the specific compound preferably does not have a polymerizable group.
Examples of the polymerizable group include polymerizable groups contained in the specific compound described above.
 また、特定化合物から発生する塩基性化合物は、アミノ基に含まれる窒素原子を環員として有する環構造を形成していてもよい。
 上記環構造は、脂肪族環構造であっても芳香族環構造であってもよいが、脂肪族環構造であることが好ましく、飽和脂肪族環構造であることがより好ましい。
 上記環構造は、5員環又は6員環であることが好ましい。また、上記環構造は単環であっても複環であってもよい。複環である場合、縮合環、架橋環、スピロ環などが挙げられる。
 上記環構造はケト基、エステル基、エーテル基、アミド基、イミド基、チオエーテル基及びケトオキシム基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基を環内に含む環構造、又は、ヒドロキシ基若しくはカルボキシ基が結合した環構造であることも好ましい。
 また、上記環構造に幾何異性体が存在する場合、得られる硬化物の破断伸びの観点からは、cis体の方が好ましい。
 trans体はcis体に比べて窒素原子周辺がわずかに嵩高くなる。これにより、cis体の方が発生する塩基性化合物における活性部位の窒素原子に基質化合物が近づきやすくなり、イミド化促進効果が向上すると考えられる。一方で、樹脂と反応しない程度の十分な嵩高さは有するため、パターン矩形性も維持されると考えられる。よって、cis体はtrans体に比べて他性能を維持しつつ、破断伸びに優れると推測される。
Moreover, the basic compound generated from the specific compound may form a ring structure having a nitrogen atom contained in an amino group as a ring member.
The ring structure may be either an aliphatic ring structure or an aromatic ring structure, preferably an aliphatic ring structure, and more preferably a saturated aliphatic ring structure.
The ring structure is preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring. Moreover, the above ring structure may be monocyclic or polycyclic. When it is a double ring, it includes a condensed ring, a bridged ring, a spiro ring and the like.
The ring structure is a ring structure containing at least one group selected from the group consisting of a keto group, an ester group, an ether group, an amide group, an imide group, a thioether group and a ketoxime group, or a hydroxy group or a carboxy A ring structure in which groups are bonded is also preferred.
Moreover, when the above ring structure has geometrical isomers, the cis isomer is preferable from the viewpoint of the breaking elongation of the resulting cured product.
The trans form is slightly bulkier around the nitrogen atom than the cis form. This makes it easier for the substrate compound to approach the nitrogen atom at the active site in the basic compound generated by the cis-form, thereby improving the effect of promoting imidization. On the other hand, since it has sufficient bulkiness to the extent that it does not react with the resin, it is considered that the pattern rectangularity is also maintained. Therefore, it is presumed that the cis isomer is superior to the trans isomer in breaking elongation while maintaining other properties.
 特定化合物から発生する塩基性化合物の分子量は、70~1,000が好ましく、80~800がより好ましく、85~500が更に好ましい。
 特定化合物から発生する塩基性化合物は、共役酸のpKaが0以上である塩基性化合物が好ましく、3以上である塩基性化合物がより好ましく、6以上である塩基性化合物がより好ましい。上記共役酸のpKaの上限は特に限定されないが、30以下であることが好ましい。
 pKaとは、酸から水素イオンが放出される解離反応を考え、その平衡定数Kaをその負の常用対数pKaによって表したものである。本明細書において、pKaは、特に断らない限り、ACD/ChemSketch(登録商標)による計算値とする。
 上記共役酸のpKaが複数存在する場合、少なくとも1つが上記範囲内であることが好ましい。
The molecular weight of the basic compound generated from the specific compound is preferably 70-1,000, more preferably 80-800, and even more preferably 85-500.
The basic compound generated from the specific compound is preferably a basic compound in which the pKa of the conjugate acid is 0 or more, more preferably 3 or more, and more preferably 6 or more. Although the upper limit of the pKa of the conjugate acid is not particularly limited, it is preferably 30 or less.
The pKa is a dissociation reaction in which hydrogen ions are released from an acid, and its equilibrium constant Ka is represented by its negative common logarithm pKa. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, pKa is a value calculated by ACD/ChemSketch (registered trademark).
When the above conjugate acid has multiple pKa's, at least one is preferably within the above range.
 特定化合物から発生する塩基性化合物の具体例としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、下記構造の塩基性化合物等が挙げられる。

 また、上記構造におけるジメチルピペリジン及びジメチルモルホリンにはcis体とtrans体が存在するが、いずれであってもよい。ここで、得られる硬化物の破断伸びの観点からは、cis体の方が好ましい。
 trans体はcis体に比べて窒素原子周辺がわずかに嵩高くなる。これにより、cis体の方が活性部位の窒素原子に基質化合物が近づきやすくなり、イミド化促進効果が向上すると推測される。よって、cis体はtrans体に比べて他性能を維持しつつ、破断伸びに優れると考えられる。
 また、上記具体例に無い構造であって、幾何異性体が存在するものについても、cis体の方が窒素原子周辺が嵩高くなる場合、同様の理由からcis体の方が好ましい。
Specific examples of the basic compound generated from the specific compound are not particularly limited, but include, for example, basic compounds having the following structures.

In addition, dimethylpiperidine and dimethylmorpholine in the above structure have cis isomer and trans isomer, and either one may be used. Here, from the viewpoint of the breaking elongation of the cured product obtained, the cis form is more preferable.
The trans form is slightly bulkier around the nitrogen atom than the cis form. As a result, it is presumed that the cis form makes it easier for the substrate compound to approach the nitrogen atom in the active site, and improves the effect of promoting imidization. Therefore, it is considered that the cis form is superior to the trans form in breaking elongation while maintaining other properties.
In addition, in the case where the structure does not exist in the above specific examples and geometric isomers exist, the cis isomer is preferred for the same reason when the cis isomer is more bulky around the nitrogen atom.
〔分子量〕
 特定化合物の分子量は、200~2,000であることが好ましく、250~1,000であることがより好ましく、300~1,000であることが更に好ましい。
[Molecular weight]
The molecular weight of the specific compound is preferably 200 to 2,000, more preferably 250 to 1,000, even more preferably 300 to 1,000.
〔合成方法〕
 特定化合物は、例えば、後述する実施例に記載の方法により合成できる。また、その他公知の合成方法を用いて合成してもよく、合成方法は特に限定されるものではない。
[Synthesis method]
The specific compound can be synthesized, for example, by the method described in Examples below. Moreover, it may be synthesized using other known synthesis methods, and the synthesis method is not particularly limited.
 特定化合物の具体例としては、特に限定されないが、実施例で使用されたM-1~M-17が挙げられる。 Specific examples of specific compounds include, but are not limited to, M-1 to M-17 used in the examples.
 本発明の樹脂組成物の全固形分に対する、特定化合物の含有量は、0.1~30質量%であることが好ましい。下限は0.2質量%以上がより好ましく、0.5質量%以上が更に好ましく、2質量%以上が特に好ましい。上限は、25質量%以下であることがより好ましく、20質量%以下であることが更に好ましく、10質量%以下であることが特に好ましい。
 特定化合物は1種を単独で用いてもよいが、2種以上を併用して用いてもよい。2種以上を併用する場合にはその合計量が上記の範囲となることが好ましい。
 また、本発明の樹脂組成物における、特定樹脂100質量部に対する特定化合物の含有量は、0.1~30質量部が好ましく、0.5~20質量部がより好ましい。
The content of the specific compound is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. The lower limit is more preferably 0.2% by mass or more, still more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 2% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 25% by mass or less, even more preferably 20% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 10% by mass or less.
One of the specific compounds may be used alone, or two or more of them may be used in combination. When two or more are used in combination, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
The content of the specific compound in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 20 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the specific resin.
<有機金属錯体>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、耐薬品性の観点から、有機金属錯体を含むことも好ましい。
 有機金属錯体とは、金属原子を含む有機錯体化合物であればよいが、金属原子及び有機基を含む錯体化合物であることが好ましく、金属原子に対して有機基が配位した化合物であることがより好ましく、メタロセン化合物であることが更に好ましい。
 本発明において、メタロセン化合物とは、置換基を有してもよいシクロペンタジエニルアニオン誘導体2個をη5-配位子として有する有機金属錯体をいう。
 上記有機基としては、特に限定されないが、炭化水素基、又は、炭化水素基とヘテロ原子との組み合わせからなる基が好ましい。ヘテロ原子としては、酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子が好ましい。
 本発明では、有機基の少なくとも1つは環状基であることが好ましく、少なくとも2つは環状基であることがより好ましい。
 上記環状基は、5員環の環状基及び6員環の環状基から選択されることが好ましく、5員環の環状基であることがより好ましい。
 上記環状基は、炭化水素環でも複素環でもよいが、炭化水素環が好ましい。
 5員環の環状基としては、シクロペンタジエニル基が好ましい。
 また、本発明で用いる有機金属錯体は、1分子中に2~4個の環状基を含むことが好ましい。
<Organometallic complex>
From the viewpoint of chemical resistance, the resin composition of the present invention also preferably contains an organometallic complex.
The organometallic complex may be an organic complex compound containing a metal atom, but is preferably a complex compound containing a metal atom and an organic group, and is preferably a compound in which an organic group is coordinated to a metal atom. More preferably, it is a metallocene compound.
In the present invention, the metallocene compound refers to an organometallic complex having two optionally substituted cyclopentadienyl anion derivatives as η5-ligands.
The organic group is not particularly limited, but is preferably a hydrocarbon group or a group composed of a combination of a hydrocarbon group and a heteroatom. Preferred heteroatoms are oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen atoms.
In the present invention, at least one of the organic groups is preferably a cyclic group, more preferably at least two are cyclic groups.
The cyclic group is preferably selected from a 5-membered cyclic group and a 6-membered cyclic group, more preferably a 5-membered cyclic group.
The cyclic group may be either a hydrocarbon ring or a heterocyclic ring, but is preferably a hydrocarbon ring.
As the five-membered cyclic group, a cyclopentadienyl group is preferred.
Moreover, the organometallic complex used in the present invention preferably contains 2 to 4 cyclic groups in one molecule.
 有機金属錯体に含まれる金属としては、特に限定されないが、第4族元素に該当する金属であることが好ましく、チタン、ジルコニウム及びハフニウムよりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の金属であることがより好ましく、チタン及びジルコニウムよりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の金属であることが更に好ましく、チタンであることが特に好ましい。 The metal contained in the organometallic complex is not particularly limited, but is preferably a metal corresponding to a Group 4 element, and at least one metal selected from the group consisting of titanium, zirconium and hafnium. More preferably, it is at least one metal selected from the group consisting of titanium and zirconium, and particularly preferably titanium.
 有機金属錯体は、金属原子を2つ以上含んでもよいし、金属原子を1つのみ含んでもよいが、金属原子を1つのみ含むことが好ましい。有機金属錯体が金属原子を2つ以上含む場合、1種のみの金属原子を含んでもよいし、2種以上の金属原子を含んでもよい。 The organometallic complex may contain two or more metal atoms or may contain only one metal atom, but preferably contains only one metal atom. When the organometallic complex contains two or more metal atoms, it may contain only one kind of metal atom, or may contain two or more kinds of metal atoms.
 有機金属錯体は、フェロセン化合物、チタノセン化合物、ジルコノセン化合物又はハフノセン化合物であることが好ましく、チタノセン化合物、ジルコノセン化合物又はハフノセン化合物であることがより好ましく、チタノセン化合物、又は、ジルコノセン化合物であることが更に好ましく、チタノセン化合物であることが特に好ましい。 The organometallic complex is preferably a ferrocene compound, a titanocene compound, a zirconocene compound or a hafnocene compound, more preferably a titanocene compound, a zirconocene compound or a hafnocene compound, and even more preferably a titanocene compound or a zirconocene compound. , titanocene compounds are particularly preferred.
 有機金属錯体が光ラジカル重合開始能を有する態様も、本発明の好ましい態様の1つである。
 本発明において、光ラジカル重合開始能を有するとは、光の照射によりラジカル重合を開始させることのできるフリーラジカルを発生させることができることを意味する。例えば、ラジカル架橋剤と有機金属錯体とを含む組成物に対して、有機金属錯体が光を吸収する波長域であって、ラジカル架橋剤が光を吸収しない波長域の光を照射した時に、ラジカル架橋剤の消失の有無を確認することにより光ラジカル重合開始能の有無を確認することができる。消失の有無を確認するには、ラジカル架橋剤の種類に応じて適宜の方法を選択できるが、例えばIR測定(赤外分光測定)又はHPLC測定(高速液体クロマトグラフィ)により確認すればよい。
 有機金属錯体が光ラジカル重合開始能を有する場合、有機金属錯体はメタロセン化合物であることが好ましく、チタノセン化合物、ジルコノセン化合物又はハフノセン化合物であることがより好ましく、チタノセン化合物、又は、ジルコノセン化合物であることが更に好ましく、チタノセン化合物であることが特に好ましい。
 有機金属錯体が光ラジカル重合開始能を有しない場合、有機金属錯体は、チタノセン化合物、テトラアルコキシチタン化合物、チタンアシレート化合物、チタンキレート化合物、ジルコノセン化合物及びハフノセン化合物よりなる群から選択された少なくとも1種の化合物であることが好ましく、チタノセン化合物、ジルコノセン化合物及びハフノセン化合物よりなる群から選択された少なくとも1種の化合物であることがより好ましく、チタノセン化合物及びジルコノセン化合物よりなる群から選択された少なくとも1種の化合物であることが更に好ましく、チタノセン化合物であることが特に好ましい。
An embodiment in which the organometallic complex has photoradical polymerization initiation ability is also one of preferred embodiments of the present invention.
In the present invention, having the ability to initiate photoradical polymerization means being able to generate free radicals capable of initiating radical polymerization by irradiation with light. For example, when a composition containing a radical cross-linking agent and an organometallic complex is irradiated with light in a wavelength range in which the organometallic complex absorbs light and the radical cross-linking agent does not absorb light, radicals By confirming the presence or absence of disappearance of the cross-linking agent, the presence or absence of photoradical polymerization initiation ability can be confirmed. In order to confirm the presence or absence of disappearance, an appropriate method can be selected according to the type of the radical cross-linking agent.
When the organometallic complex has photoradical polymerization initiation ability, the organometallic complex is preferably a metallocene compound, more preferably a titanocene compound, a zirconocene compound or a hafnocene compound, and a titanocene compound or a zirconocene compound. is more preferred, and a titanocene compound is particularly preferred.
When the organometallic complex does not have photoradical polymerization initiation ability, the organometallic complex is at least one selected from the group consisting of titanocene compounds, tetraalkoxytitanium compounds, titanium acylate compounds, titanium chelate compounds, zirconocene compounds and hafnocene compounds. more preferably at least one compound selected from the group consisting of titanocene compounds, zirconocene compounds and hafnocene compounds, and at least one compound selected from the group consisting of titanocene compounds and zirconocene compounds More preferred are compounds of the species, and particularly preferred are titanocene compounds.
 有機金属錯体の分子量は、50~2,000が好ましく、100~1,000がより好ましい。 The molecular weight of the organometallic complex is preferably 50 to 2,000, more preferably 100 to 1,000.
 有機金属錯体としては、下記式(P)で表される化合物が好ましく挙げられる。

 式(P)中、Mは、金属原子であり、Rはそれぞれ独立に、置換基である。
 上記Rは、それぞれ独立に、芳香族基、アルキル基、ハロゲン原子及びアルキルスルホニルオキシ基から選択されることが好ましい。
Preferred examples of the organometallic complex include compounds represented by the following formula (P).

In formula (P), M is a metal atom, and each R is independently a substituent.
It is preferable that each R is independently selected from an aromatic group, an alkyl group, a halogen atom and an alkylsulfonyloxy group.
 式(P)中、Mが表す金属原子としては、鉄原子、チタン原子、ジルコニウム原子又はハフニウム原子が好ましく、チタン原子、ジルコニウム原子又はハフニウム原子がより好ましく、チタン原子又はジルコニウム原子が更に好ましく、チタン原子が特に好ましい。
 式(P)中のRにおける芳香族基としては、炭素数6~20の芳香族基が挙げられ、炭素数6~20の芳香族炭化水素基が好ましく、フェニル基、1-ナフチル基、又は、2-ナフチル基等が挙げられる。
 式(P)中のRにおけるアルキル基としては、炭素数1~20のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基がより好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、オクチル基、イソプロピル基、t-ブチル基、イソペンチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、2-メチルヘキシル基、シクロペンチル基等が挙げられる。
 上記Rにおけるハロゲン原子としては、F、Cl、Br、Iが挙げられる。
 上記Rにおけるアルキルスルホニルオキシ基を構成するアルキル基としては、炭素数1~20のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基がより好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、オクチル基、イソプロピル基、t-ブチル基、イソペンチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、2-メチルヘキシル基、シクロペンチル基等が挙げられる。
 上記Rは、更に置換基を有していてもよい。置換基の例としては、ハロゲン原子(F、Cl、Br、I)、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、アミノ基、シアノ基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、モノアルキルアミノ基、ジアルキルアミノ基、モノアリールアミノ基及びジアリールアミノ基等が挙げられる。
In formula (P), the metal atom represented by M is preferably an iron atom, a titanium atom, a zirconium atom or a hafnium atom, more preferably a titanium atom, a zirconium atom or a hafnium atom, still more preferably a titanium atom or a zirconium atom, and titanium Atoms are particularly preferred.
The aromatic group for R in formula (P) includes an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a 1-naphthyl group, or , 2-naphthyl group and the like.
The alkyl group for R in formula (P) is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an octyl group, and an isopropyl group. , t-butyl group, isopentyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, 2-methylhexyl group, cyclopentyl group and the like.
Halogen atoms for R include F, Cl, Br and I.
The alkyl group constituting the alkylsulfonyloxy group in R above is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an octyl group, isopropyl group, t-butyl group, isopentyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, 2-methylhexyl group, cyclopentyl group and the like.
The above R may further have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms (F, Cl, Br, I), hydroxy groups, carboxy groups, amino groups, cyano groups, aryl groups, alkoxy groups, aryloxy groups, acyl groups, alkoxycarbonyl groups, aryloxy carbonyl group, acyloxy group, monoalkylamino group, dialkylamino group, monoarylamino group, diarylamino group and the like.
 有機金属錯体の具体例としては、特に限定されるものではないが、テトライソプロポキシチタン、テトラキス(2-エチルヘキシルオキシ)チタン、ジイソプロポキシビス(エチルアセトアセテート)チタン、ジイソプロポキシビス(アセチルアセトナト)チタン、テトラアセチルアセトネートチタン、ビス(η5-2,4-シクロペンタジエン-1-イル)ビス(2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(1H-ピロール-1-イル)フェニル)チタニウム、ペンタメチルシクロペンタジエニルチタニウムトリメトキサイド、ビス(η5-2,4-シクロペンタジエン-1-イル)ビス(2,6-ジフルオロフェニル)チタニウム及び、下記化合物が例示される。
Specific examples of the organometallic complex include, but are not particularly limited to, tetraisopropoxytitanium, tetrakis(2-ethylhexyloxy)titanium, diisopropoxybis(ethylacetoacetate)titanium, diisopropoxybis(acetylacetoacetate)titanium, and diisopropoxybis(acetylacetoacetate). Nath) titanium, tetraacetylacetonate titanium, bis(η5-2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluoro-3-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)phenyl) titanium, pentamethyl Examples include cyclopentadienyltitanium trimethoxide, bis(η5-2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluorophenyl)titanium, and the following compounds.
 その他、国際公開第2018/025738号の段落0078~0088に記載の化合物も使用することができるが、これに限定されるものではない。 In addition, compounds described in paragraphs 0078 to 0088 of International Publication No. 2018/025738 can also be used, but are not limited thereto.
 有機金属錯体の含有量は、本発明の樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し、0.1~30質量%が好ましい。下限は、1.0質量%以上がより好ましく、1.5質量%以上が更に好ましく、3.0質量%以上が特に好ましい。上限は、25質量%以下がより好ましい。
 有機金属錯体は、1種又は2種以上を用いることができる。2種以上を用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
The content of the organometallic complex is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass based on the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. The lower limit is more preferably 1.0% by mass or more, still more preferably 1.5% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 3.0% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 25% by mass or less.
1 type(s) or 2 or more types can be used for an organometallic complex. When two or more kinds are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<重合性化合物>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、重合性化合物を含むことが好ましい。
 ここで、本発明の樹脂組成物は、後述する光重合開始剤及び重合性化合物を含むことも好ましい。
 また、ここでいう重合性化合物には、上述の特定化合物に該当する化合物は含まれないものとする。
 重合性化合物としては、ラジカル架橋剤、又は、他の架橋剤が挙げられる。
<Polymerizable compound>
The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerizable compound.
Here, the resin composition of the present invention also preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator and a polymerizable compound, which will be described later.
In addition, the polymerizable compound as used herein does not include the compound corresponding to the specific compound described above.
Polymerizable compounds include radical cross-linking agents or other cross-linking agents.
〔ラジカル架橋剤〕
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、ラジカル架橋剤を含むことが好ましい。
 ラジカル架橋剤は、ラジカル重合性基を有する化合物である。ラジカル重合性基としては、エチレン性不飽和結合を含む基が好ましい。上記エチレン性不飽和結合を含む基としては、ビニル基、アリル基、ビニルフェニル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、マレイミド基、(メタ)アクリルアミド基などのエチレン性不飽和結合を有する基が挙げられる。
 これらの中でも、上記エチレン性不飽和結合を含む基としては、(メタ)アクリロイル基、(メタ)アクリルアミド基、ビニルフェニル基が好ましく、反応性の観点からは、(メタ)アクリロイル基がより好ましい。
[Radical cross-linking agent]
The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a radical cross-linking agent.
A radical cross-linking agent is a compound having a radically polymerizable group. As the radically polymerizable group, a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferred. Examples of the group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond include groups containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond such as a vinyl group, an allyl group, a vinylphenyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, a maleimide group, and a (meth)acrylamide group.
Among these, the group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferably a (meth)acryloyl group, a (meth)acrylamide group, or a vinylphenyl group, and more preferably a (meth)acryloyl group from the viewpoint of reactivity.
 ラジカル架橋剤は、エチレン性不飽和結合を1個以上有する化合物であることが好ましいが、2個以上有する化合物であることがより好ましい。ラジカル架橋剤は、エチレン性不飽和結合を3個以上有していてもよい。
 上記エチレン性不飽和結合を2個以上有する化合物としては、エチレン性不飽和結合を2~15個有する化合物が好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合を2~10個有する化合物がより好ましく、2~6個有する化合物が更に好ましい。
 また、得られるパターン(硬化物)の膜強度の観点からは、本発明の樹脂組成物は、エチレン性不飽和結合を2個有する化合物と、上記エチレン性不飽和結合を3個以上有する化合物とを含むことも好ましい。
The radical cross-linking agent is preferably a compound having one or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds, more preferably a compound having two or more. The radical cross-linking agent may have 3 or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
The compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds is preferably a compound having 2 to 15 ethylenically unsaturated bonds, more preferably a compound having 2 to 10 ethylenically unsaturated bonds, and 2 to 6. More preferred are compounds having
Further, from the viewpoint of the film strength of the resulting pattern (cured product), the resin composition of the present invention contains a compound having two ethylenically unsaturated bonds and a compound having three or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds. It is also preferred to include
 ラジカル架橋剤の分子量は、2,000以下が好ましく、1,500以下がより好ましく、900以下が更に好ましい。ラジカル架橋剤の分子量の下限は、100以上が好ましい。 The molecular weight of the radical cross-linking agent is preferably 2,000 or less, more preferably 1,500 or less, and even more preferably 900 or less. The lower limit of the molecular weight of the radical cross-linking agent is preferably 100 or more.
 ラジカル架橋剤の具体例としては、国際公開第2021/172420号の段落0232~0238に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of radical cross-linking agents include compounds described in paragraphs 0232 to 0238 of International Publication No. 2021/172420.
 ラジカル架橋剤の市販品としては、例えば、国際公開第2021/112189号公報の段落0211に記載の化合物が挙げられる。この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Examples of commercially available radical cross-linking agents include compounds described in paragraph 0211 of International Publication No. 2021/112189. The contents of which are incorporated herein.
 その他、ラジカル架橋剤としては、国際公開第2021/172420号の段落0241~0243に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 In addition, examples of radical cross-linking agents include compounds described in paragraphs 0241 to 0243 of International Publication No. 2021/172420.
 樹脂組成物は、パターンの解像性と膜の伸縮性の観点から、2官能のメタアクリレート又はアクリレートを用いることが好ましい。
 具体的な化合物としては、トリエチレングリコールジアクリレート、トリエチレングリコールジメタクリレート、テトラエチレングリコールジメタクリレート、テトラエチレングリコールジアクリレート、PEG(ポリエチレングリコール)200ジアクリレート、PEG200ジメタクリレート、PEG600ジアクリレート、PEG600ジメタクリレート、ポリテトラエチレングリコールジアクリレート、ポリテトラエチレングリコールジメタクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジアクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジメタクリレート、3-メチル-1,5-ペンタンジオールジアクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート、1,6ヘキサンジオールジメタクリレート、ジメチロール-トリシクロデカンジアクリレート、ジメチロール-トリシクロデカンジメタクリレート、ビスフェノールAのEO(エチレンオキシド)付加物ジアクリレート、ビスフェノールAのEO付加物ジメタクリレート、ビスフェノールAのPO(プロピレンオキシド)付加物ジアクリレート、ビスフェノールAのPO付加物ジメタクリレート、2-ヒドロキシー3-アクリロイロキシプロピルメタクリレート、イソシアヌル酸EO変性ジアクリレート、イソシアヌル酸変性ジメタクリレート、その他ウレタン結合を有する2官能アクリレート、ウレタン結合を有する2官能メタクリレートを使用することができる。これらは必要に応じ、2種以上を混合し使用することができる。
 なお、例えばPEG200ジアクリレートとは、ポリエチレングリコールジアクリレートであって、ポリエチレングリコール鎖の式量が200程度のものをいう。
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、パターン(硬化物)の弾性率制御に伴う反り抑制の観点から、ラジカル架橋剤として、単官能ラジカル架橋剤を好ましく用いることができる。単官能ラジカル架橋剤としては、n-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ブトキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、カルビトール(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、N-メチロール(メタ)アクリルアミド、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート等の(メタ)アクリル酸誘導体、N-ビニルピロリドン、N-ビニルカプロラクタム等のN-ビニル化合物類、アリルグリシジルエーテル等が好ましく用いられる。単官能ラジカル架橋剤としては、露光前の揮発を抑制するため、常圧下で100℃以上の沸点を持つ化合物も好ましい。
 その他、2官能以上のラジカル架橋剤としては、ジアリルフタレート、トリアリルトリメリテート等のアリル化合物類が挙げられる。
From the viewpoint of pattern resolution and film stretchability, the resin composition preferably uses a bifunctional methacrylate or acrylate.
Specific compounds include triethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, PEG (polyethylene glycol) 200 diacrylate, PEG200 dimethacrylate, PEG600 diacrylate, and PEG600 diacrylate. methacrylate, polytetraethylene glycol diacrylate, polytetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol diacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate, 1,6 hexanediol dimethacrylate, dimethylol-tricyclodecane diacrylate, dimethylol-tricyclodecane dimethacrylate, bisphenol A EO (ethylene oxide) adduct diacrylate, bisphenol A EO adduct dimethacrylate, bisphenol A PO ( Propylene oxide) adduct diacrylate, PO adduct dimethacrylate of bisphenol A, 2-hydroxy-3-acryloyloxypropyl methacrylate, isocyanuric acid EO-modified diacrylate, isocyanuric acid-modified dimethacrylate, other bifunctional acrylates having urethane bonds, Bifunctional methacrylates with urethane bonds can be used. These can be used in combination of two or more as needed.
For example, PEG200 diacrylate is a polyethylene glycol diacrylate having a polyethylene glycol chain formula weight of about 200.
In the resin composition of the present invention, a monofunctional radical cross-linking agent can be preferably used as the radical cross-linking agent from the viewpoint of suppressing warpage associated with the elastic modulus control of the pattern (cured product). Monofunctional radical cross-linking agents include n-butyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, butoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, carbitol (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, ) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, N-methylol (meth) acrylamide, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, etc. (meth) Acrylic acid derivatives, N-vinyl compounds such as N-vinylpyrrolidone and N-vinylcaprolactam, and allyl glycidyl ether are preferably used. As the monofunctional radical cross-linking agent, a compound having a boiling point of 100° C. or higher under normal pressure is also preferable in order to suppress volatilization before exposure.
Other di- or higher functional radical cross-linking agents include allyl compounds such as diallyl phthalate and triallyl trimellitate.
 また、ラジカル架橋剤としては、ウレア結合、及び、ウレタン結合よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも一方を有するラジカル架橋剤(以下、「架橋剤U」ともいう。)も好ましい。
 本発明において、ウレア結合とは、*-NR-C(=O)-NR-*で表される結合であり、Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、*はそれぞれ、炭素原子との結合部位を表す。
 本発明において、ウレタン結合とは*-O-C(=O)-NR-*で表される結合であり、Rは水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、*はそれぞれ、炭素原子との結合部位を表す。
 樹脂組成物が架橋剤Uを含むことにより、耐薬品性、解像性等が向上する場合が有る。
 上記効果が得られるメカニズムは不明だが、例えば、加熱等による硬化時に架橋剤Uの一部が熱分解することにより、アミンなどが発生し、上記アミン等がポリイミド前駆体等の環化樹脂の前駆体の環化を促進すると考えられる。
 架橋剤Uはウレア結合又はウレタン結合を1つのみ有してもよいし、1以上のウレア結合と1以上のウレタン結合とを有してもよいし、ウレタン結合を有さず2以上のウレア結合を有してもよいし、ウレア結合を有さず2以上のウレタン結合を有してもよい。
 架橋剤Uにおけるウレア結合及びウレタン結合の合計数は、1以上であり、1~10であることが好ましく、1~4であることがより好ましく、1又は2であることが更に好ましい。
 また、架橋剤Uがウレタン結合を有しない場合、架橋剤Uにおけるウレア結合の数は1以上であり、1~10であることが好ましく、1~4であることがより好ましく、1又は2であることが更に好ましい。
 また、架橋剤Uがウレア結合を有しない場合、架橋剤Uにおけるウレタン結合の数は1以上であり、1~10であることが好ましく、1~4であることがより好ましく、1又は2であることが更に好ましい。
As the radical cross-linking agent, a radical cross-linking agent having at least one selected from the group consisting of a urea bond and a urethane bond (hereinafter also referred to as "crosslinking agent U") is also preferable.
In the present invention, the urea bond is a bond represented by *-NR N -C(=O)-NR N -*, each R N independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, Each * represents a bonding site with a carbon atom.
In the present invention, the urethane bond is a bond represented by *-OC(=O)-NR N -*, where R N represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and * is a carbon atom. represents the binding site with
Including the cross-linking agent U in the resin composition may improve chemical resistance, resolution, and the like.
Although the mechanism by which the above effect is obtained is unknown, for example, when part of the cross-linking agent U is thermally decomposed during curing by heating or the like, an amine or the like is generated, and the amine or the like is a precursor of a cyclized resin such as a polyimide precursor. It is thought to promote body cyclization.
The cross-linking agent U may have only one urea bond or urethane bond, may have one or more urea bonds and one or more urethane bonds, or may have two or more urea bonds without urethane bonds. It may have a bond, or it may have two or more urethane bonds without a urea bond.
The total number of urea bonds and urethane bonds in the cross-linking agent U is 1 or more, preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 4, even more preferably 1 or 2.
Further, when the cross-linking agent U does not have a urethane bond, the number of urea bonds in the cross-linking agent U is 1 or more, preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 4, 1 or 2 It is even more preferable to have
Further, when the cross-linking agent U does not have a urea bond, the number of urethane bonds in the cross-linking agent U is 1 or more, preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 4, 1 or 2 It is even more preferable to have
 架橋剤Uにおけるラジカル重合性基は、特に限定されないが、ビニル基、アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、(メタ)アクリロキシ基、(メタ)アクリルアミド基、ビニルフェニル基、マレイミド基等が挙げられ、(メタ)アクリロキシ基、(メタ)アクリルアミド基、ビニルフェニル基、又は、マレイミド基が好ましく、(メタ)アクリロキシ基がより好ましい。
 架橋剤Uがラジカル重合性基を2以上有する場合、それぞれのラジカル重合性基の構造は同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。
 架橋剤Uにおけるラジカル重合性基の数は、1つのみであってもよいし、2以上であってもよく、1~10が好ましく、1~6が更に好ましく、1~4が特に好ましい。
The radically polymerizable group in the cross-linking agent U is not particularly limited, but includes a vinyl group, an allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, a (meth)acryloxy group, a (meth)acrylamide group, a vinylphenyl group, a maleimide group, and the like. A (meth)acryloxy group, a (meth)acrylamide group, a vinylphenyl group, or a maleimide group is preferable, and a (meth)acryloxy group is more preferable.
When the cross-linking agent U has two or more radically polymerizable groups, the structure of each radically polymerizable group may be the same or different.
The number of radically polymerizable groups in the cross-linking agent U may be only one, or may be two or more, preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 6, and particularly preferably 1 to 4.
 架橋剤Uは、ヒドロキシ基、アルキレンオキシ基、アミド基及びシアノ基の少なくとも1つを有することも好ましい。
 得られる硬化膜の耐薬品性の観点から、ヒドロキシ基は、アルコール性ヒドロキシ基であってもフェノール性ヒドロキシ基であってもよいが、アルコール性ヒドロキシ基であることが好ましい。
 得られる硬化膜の耐薬品性の観点から、アルキレンオキシ基としては、炭素数2~20のアルキレンオキシ基が好ましく、炭素数2~10のアルキレンオキシ基がより好ましく、炭素数2~4のアルキレンオキシ基がより好ましく、エチレン基又はプロピレン基が更に好ましく、エチレン基が特に好ましい。
 アルキレンオキシ基は、ポリアルキレンオキシ基として架橋剤Uに含まれてもよい。この場合のアルキレンオキシ基の繰返し数は、2~10であることが好ましく、2~6であることがより好ましい。
 アミド基は、-C(=O)-NR-により表される結合をいう。Rは上述の通りである。架橋剤Uがアミド基を有する場合、架橋剤Uは、例えば、R-C(=O)-NR-*で表される基、又は、*-C(=O)-NR-Rで表される基として含むことができる。Rは水素原子又は1価の置換基を表し、水素原子又は炭化水素基であることが好ましく、水素原子、アルキル基又は芳香族炭化水素基であることがより好ましい。
 架橋剤Uは、ヒドロキシ基、アルキレンオキシ基(ただし、ポリアルキレンオキシ基を構成する場合は、ポリアルキレンオキシ基)、アミド基及びシアノ基よりなる群から選ばれた構造を、分子内に2以上有してもよいが、分子内に1つのみ有する態様も、本発明の好ましい態様の1つである。
The crosslinker U also preferably has at least one of a hydroxy group, an alkyleneoxy group, an amide group and a cyano group.
From the viewpoint of the chemical resistance of the resulting cured film, the hydroxy group may be either an alcoholic hydroxy group or a phenolic hydroxy group, but an alcoholic hydroxy group is preferred.
From the viewpoint of chemical resistance of the resulting cured film, the alkyleneoxy group is preferably an alkyleneoxy group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyleneoxy group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and an alkyleneoxy group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms. An oxy group is more preferred, an ethylene group or a propylene group is even more preferred, and an ethylene group is particularly preferred.
The alkyleneoxy group may be included in the crosslinker U as a polyalkyleneoxy group. In this case, the repeating number of the alkyleneoxy group is preferably 2-10, more preferably 2-6.
An amido group refers to a bond represented by -C(=O)-NR N -. RN is as described above. When the cross-linking agent U has an amide group, the cross-linking agent U is, for example, a group represented by R—C(=O)—NR N —*, or *—C(=O)—NR N —R can be included as a group represented. R represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent, preferably a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
The cross-linking agent U has two or more structures selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group, an alkyleneoxy group (however, when constituting a polyalkyleneoxy group, a polyalkyleneoxy group), an amide group and a cyano group. Although it may have it, the aspect which has only one in a molecule is also one of the preferable aspects of this invention.
 架橋剤Uは、特定樹脂との相溶性等の観点からは、芳香族基を含むことが好ましい。
 上記芳香族基は、架橋剤Uに含まれるウレア結合又はウレタン結合と直接結合することが好ましい。架橋剤Uがウレア結合又はウレタン結合を2以上含む場合、ウレア結合又はウレタン結合のうち1つと、芳香族基とが直接結合することが好ましい。
 芳香族基は、芳香族炭化水素基であっても、芳香族ヘテロ環基であってもよく、これらが縮合環を形成した構造でもよいが、芳香族炭化水素基であることが好ましい。
 上記芳香族炭化水素基としては、炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基が好ましく、炭素数6~20の芳香族炭化水素基がより好ましく、ベンゼン環構造から2以上の水素原子を除いた基が更に好ましい。
 上記芳香族ヘテロ環基としては、5員環又は6員環の芳香族ヘテロ環基が好ましい。このような芳香族ヘテロ環基における芳香族ヘテロ環としては、ピロール、イミダゾール、トリアゾール、テトラゾール、ピラゾール、フラン、チオフェン、オキサゾール、イソオキサゾール、チアゾール、ピリジン、ピラジン、ピリミジン、ピリダジン、トリアジン等が挙げられる。これらの環は、例えば、インドール、ベンゾイミダゾールのように更に他の環と縮合していてもよい。
 また、上記芳香族ヘテロ環基に含まれるヘテロ原子としては、窒素原子、酸素原子又は硫黄原子が好ましい。
 上記芳香族基は、例えば、2以上のラジカル重合性基を連結し、ウレア結合又はウレタン結合を含む連結基、又は、上述のヒドロキシ基、アルキレンオキシ基、アミド基及びシアノ基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1つと、架橋剤Uに含まれる少なくとも1つのラジカル重合性基とを連結する連結基に含まれることが好ましい。
The cross-linking agent U preferably contains an aromatic group from the viewpoint of compatibility with the specific resin.
The above aromatic group preferably bonds directly to the urea bond or urethane bond contained in the cross-linking agent U. When the cross-linking agent U contains two or more urea bonds or urethane bonds, it is preferable that one of the urea bonds or urethane bonds is directly bonded to the aromatic group.
The aromatic group may be an aromatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, or a condensed ring structure, but is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
As the aromatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable, and an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable, and two or more hydrogen atoms are removed from the benzene ring structure. groups are more preferred.
As the aromatic heterocyclic group, a 5- or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic group is preferable. Aromatic heterocycles in such aromatic heterocyclic groups include pyrrole, imidazole, triazole, tetrazole, pyrazole, furan, thiophene, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, triazine and the like. . These rings may be condensed with other rings such as indole and benzimidazole.
Moreover, the heteroatom contained in the aromatic heterocyclic group is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
The aromatic group, for example, connects two or more radically polymerizable groups and is selected from the group consisting of a linking group containing a urea bond or a urethane bond, or the above-described hydroxy group, alkyleneoxy group, amide group and cyano group. and at least one radically polymerizable group contained in the cross-linking agent U.
〔分子量〕
 架橋剤Uの分子量は、100~2,000であることが好ましく、150~1500であることが好ましく、200~900であることがより好ましい。
[Molecular weight]
The molecular weight of the cross-linking agent U is preferably 100-2,000, preferably 150-1500, more preferably 200-900.
 ラジカル架橋剤を含有する場合、その含有量は、本発明の樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0質量%超60質量%以下であることが好ましい。下限は5質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、50質量%以下であることがより好ましく、30質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。 When a radical cross-linking agent is contained, its content is preferably more than 0% by mass and 60% by mass or less with respect to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. More preferably, the lower limit is 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 50% by mass or less, and even more preferably 30% by mass or less.
 ラジカル架橋剤は1種を単独で用いてもよいが、2種以上を混合して用いてもよい。2種以上を併用する場合にはその合計量が上記の範囲となることが好ましい。 A single radical cross-linking agent may be used alone, or a mixture of two or more may be used. When two or more are used in combination, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
〔他の架橋剤〕
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、上述したラジカル架橋剤とは異なる、他の架橋剤を含むことも好ましい。
 本発明において、他の架橋剤とは、上述したラジカル架橋剤以外の架橋剤をいい、上述の光酸発生剤、又は、光塩基発生剤の感光により、組成物中の他の化合物又はその反応生成物との間で共有結合を形成する反応が促進される基を分子内に複数個有する化合物であることが好ましく、組成物中の他の化合物又はその反応生成物との間で共有結合を形成する反応が酸又は塩基の作用によって促進される基を分子内に複数個有する化合物が好ましい。
 上記酸又は塩基は、露光工程において、光酸発生剤又は光塩基発生剤から発生する酸又は塩基であることが好ましい。
 他の架橋剤としては、アシルオキシメチル基、メチロール基及びアルコキシメチル基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基を有する化合物が好ましく、アシルオキシメチル基、メチロール基及びアルコキシメチル基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基が窒素原子に直接結合した構造を有する化合物がより好ましい。
 他の架橋剤としては、例えば、メラミン、グリコールウリル、尿素、アルキレン尿素、ベンゾグアナミンなどのアミノ基含有化合物にホルムアルデヒド又はホルムアルデヒドとアルコールを反応させ、上記アミノ基の水素原子をアシルオキシメチル基、メチロール基又はアルコキシメチル基で置換した構造を有する化合物が挙げられる。これらの化合物の製造方法は特に限定されず、上記方法により製造された化合物と同様の構造を有する化合物であればよい。また、これらの化合物のメチロール基同士が自己縮合してなるオリゴマーであってもよい。
 上記のアミノ基含有化合物として、メラミンを用いた架橋剤をメラミン系架橋剤、グリコールウリル、尿素又はアルキレン尿素を用いた架橋剤を尿素系架橋剤、アルキレン尿素を用いた架橋剤をアルキレン尿素系架橋剤、ベンゾグアナミンを用いた架橋剤をベンゾグアナミン系架橋剤という。
 これらの中でも、本発明の樹脂組成物は、尿素系架橋剤及びメラミン系架橋剤よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の化合物を含むことが好ましく、後述するグリコールウリル系架橋剤及びメラミン系架橋剤よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の化合物を含むことがより好ましい。
[Other cross-linking agents]
It is also preferable that the resin composition of the present invention contains another cross-linking agent different from the radical cross-linking agent described above.
In the present invention, the other cross-linking agent refers to a cross-linking agent other than the above-described radical cross-linking agent, and the above-described photoacid generator or photobase generator reacts with other compounds in the composition or reacts with them. It is preferable that the compound has a plurality of groups in the molecule that promote the reaction forming covalent bonds with the product, and covalent bonds are formed with other compounds or reaction products thereof in the composition. Compounds having a plurality of groups in the molecule, the reaction of which is promoted by the action of an acid or base, are preferred.
The acid or base is preferably an acid or base generated from a photoacid generator or a photobase generator in the exposure step.
As other cross-linking agents, compounds having at least one group selected from the group consisting of acyloxymethyl groups, methylol groups and alkoxymethyl groups are preferred, and the compounds are preferably selected from the group consisting of acyloxymethyl groups, methylol groups and alkoxymethyl groups. More preferred is a compound having a structure in which at least one group is directly bonded to a nitrogen atom.
Other cross-linking agents include, for example, an amino group-containing compound such as melamine, glycoluril, urea, alkylene urea, and benzoguanamine, which is reacted with formaldehyde or formaldehyde and alcohol, and the hydrogen atom of the amino group is converted to an acyloxymethyl group, methylol group, or A compound having a structure substituted with an alkoxymethyl group can be mentioned. The method for producing these compounds is not particularly limited as long as they have the same structure as the compounds produced by the above methods. Oligomers formed by self-condensation of methylol groups of these compounds may also be used.
As the amino group-containing compound, a melamine-based crosslinking agent is a melamine-based crosslinking agent, a glycoluril, urea or alkyleneurea-based crosslinking agent is a urea-based crosslinking agent, and an alkyleneurea-based crosslinking agent is an alkyleneurea-based crosslinking agent. A cross-linking agent using benzoguanamine is called a benzoguanamine-based cross-linking agent.
Among these, the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one compound selected from the group consisting of urea-based cross-linking agents and melamine-based cross-linking agents. More preferably, it contains at least one compound selected from the group consisting of agents.
 本発明におけるアルコキシメチル基及びアシルオキシメチル基の少なくとも1つを含有する化合物としては、アルコキシメチル基又はアシルオキシメチル基が、直接芳香族基や下記ウレア構造の窒素原子上に、又は、トリアジン上に置換した化合物を構造例として挙げることができる。
 上記化合物が有するアルコキシメチル基又はアシルオキシメチル基は、炭素数2~5が好ましく、炭素数2又は3が好ましく、炭素数2がより好ましい。
 上記化合物が有するアルコキシメチル基及びアシルオキシメチル基の総数は1~10が好ましく、より好ましくは2~8、特に好ましくは3~6である。
 上記化合物の分子量は好ましくは1500以下であり、180~1200が好ましい。
As a compound containing at least one of an alkoxymethyl group and an acyloxymethyl group in the present invention, an alkoxymethyl group or an acyloxymethyl group is directly substituted on the nitrogen atom of an aromatic group or the following urea structure, or on a triazine. can be given as structural examples.
The alkoxymethyl group or acyloxymethyl group of the above compound preferably has 2 to 5 carbon atoms, preferably 2 or 3 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 carbon atoms.
The total number of alkoxymethyl groups and acyloxymethyl groups in the above compound is preferably 1-10, more preferably 2-8, and particularly preferably 3-6.
The molecular weight of the compound is preferably 1500 or less, preferably 180-1200.
 R100は、アルキル基又はアシル基を表す。
 R101及びR102は、それぞれ独立に、一価の有機基を表し、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
R 100 represents an alkyl group or an acyl group.
R 101 and R 102 each independently represent a monovalent organic group and may combine with each other to form a ring.
 アルコキシメチル基又はアシルオキシメチル基が直接芳香族基に置換した化合物としては、例えば下記一般式の様な化合物を挙げることができる。 Examples of compounds in which an alkoxymethyl group or an acyloxymethyl group is directly substituted by an aromatic group include compounds represented by the following general formula.
 式中、Xは単結合又は2価の有機基を示し、個々のR104はそれぞれ独立にアルキル基又はアシル基を示し、R103は、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、又は、酸の作用により分解し、アルカリ可溶性基を生じる基(例えば、酸の作用により脱離する基、-C(RCOORで表される基(Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表し、Rは酸の作用により脱離する基を表す。))を示す。
 R105は各々独立にアルキル基又はアルケニル基を示し、a、b及びcは各々独立に1~3であり、dは0~4であり、eは0~3であり、fは0~3であり、a+dは5以下であり、b+eは4以下であり、c+fは4以下である。
 酸の作用により分解し、アルカリ可溶性基を生じる基、酸の作用により脱離する基、-C(RCOORで表される基におけるRについては、例えば、-C(R36)(R37)(R38)、-C(R36)(R37)(OR39)、-C(R01)(R02)(OR39)等を挙げることができる。
 式中、R36~R39は、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基又はアルケニル基を表す。R36とR37とは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 上記アルキル基としては、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~5のアルキル基がより好ましい。
 上記アルキル基は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状のいずれであってもよい。
 上記シクロアルキル基としては、炭素数3~12のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数3~8のシクロアルキル基がより好ましい。
 上記シクロアルキル基は単環構造であってもよいし、縮合環等の多環構造であってもよい。
 上記アリール基は炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基であることが好ましく、フェニル基であることがより好ましい。
 上記アラルキル基としては、炭素数7~20のアラルキル基が好ましく、炭素数7~16のアラルキル基がより好ましい。
 上記アラルキル基はアルキル基により置換されたアリール基を意図しており、これらのアルキル基及びアリール基の好ましい態様は、上述のアルキル基及びアリール基の好ましい態様と同様である。
 上記アルケニル基は炭素数3~20のアルケニル基が好ましく、炭素数3~16のアルケニル基がより好ましい。
 また、これらの基は本発明の効果が得られる範囲内で、公知の置換基を更に有していてもよい。
In the formula, X represents a single bond or a divalent organic group, each R 104 independently represents an alkyl group or an acyl group, R 103 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group , or a group that decomposes under the action of an acid to produce an alkali-soluble group (e.g., a group that leaves under the action of an acid, a group represented by —C(R 4 ) 2 COOR 5 (R 4 is independently It represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and R 5 represents a group that leaves under the action of an acid.)).
R 105 each independently represents an alkyl group or alkenyl group, a, b and c are each independently 1 to 3, d is 0 to 4, e is 0 to 3, f is 0 to 3 , a+d is 5 or less, b+e is 4 or less, and c+f is 4 or less.
For R 5 in the group represented by —C(R 4 ) 2 COOR 5 , a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to produce an alkali-soluble group, a group that is eliminated by the action of an acid, and —C(R 36 )(R 37 )(R 38 ), —C(R 36 )(R 37 )(OR 39 ), —C(R 01 )(R 02 )(OR 39 ), and the like.
In the formula, R 36 to R 39 each independently represent an alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, aralkyl group or alkenyl group. R 36 and R 37 may combine with each other to form a ring.
As the alkyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferable.
The alkyl group may be linear or branched.
As the cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable, and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms is more preferable.
The cycloalkyl group may have a monocyclic structure or a polycyclic structure such as a condensed ring.
The aryl group is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably a phenyl group.
As the aralkyl group, an aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and an aralkyl group having 7 to 16 carbon atoms is more preferable.
The aralkyl group is intended to be an aryl group substituted with an alkyl group, and preferred embodiments of these alkyl and aryl groups are the same as the preferred embodiments of the alkyl and aryl groups described above.
The alkenyl group is preferably an alkenyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkenyl group having 3 to 16 carbon atoms.
Moreover, these groups may further have a known substituent within the range in which the effects of the present invention can be obtained.
 R01及びR02は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基又はアルケニル基を表す。 R 01 and R 02 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
 酸の作用により分解し、アルカリ可溶性基を生じる基、または酸の作用により脱離する基としては好ましくは、第3級アルキルエステル基、アセタール基、クミルエステル基、エノールエステル基等である。更に好ましくは、第3級アルキルエステル基、アセタール基である。 The group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to form an alkali-soluble group or the group that is eliminated by the action of an acid is preferably a tertiary alkyl ester group, an acetal group, a cumyl ester group, an enol ester group, or the like. More preferred are tertiary alkyl ester groups and acetal groups.
 アルコキシメチル基を有する化合物としては具体的に以下の構造を挙げることができる。アシルオキシメチル基を有する化合物は下記化合物のアルコキシメチル基をアシルオキシメチル基に変更した化合物を挙げることができる。アルコキシメチル基又はアシルオキシメチルを分子内に有する化合物としては以下の様な化合物を挙げることができるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of compounds having an alkoxymethyl group include the following structures. Examples of the compound having an acyloxymethyl group include compounds obtained by changing the alkoxymethyl group of the following compounds to an acyloxymethyl group. Compounds having an alkoxymethyl group or acyloxymethyl in the molecule include, but are not limited to, the following compounds.
 アルコキシメチル基及びアシルオキシメチル基の少なくとも1つを含有する化合物は、市販のものを用いても、公知の方法により合成したものを用いてもよい。
 耐熱性の観点で、アルコキシメチル基又はアシルオキシメチル基が、直接芳香環やトリアジン環上に置換した化合物が好ましい。
As the compound containing at least one of an alkoxymethyl group and an acyloxymethyl group, a commercially available one or a compound synthesized by a known method may be used.
From the viewpoint of heat resistance, compounds in which an alkoxymethyl group or an acyloxymethyl group is directly substituted on an aromatic ring or a triazine ring are preferred.
 メラミン系架橋剤の具体例としては、ヘキサメトキシメチルメラミン、ヘキサエトキシメチルメラミン、ヘキサプロポキシメチルメラミン、ヘキサブトキシブチルメラミンなどが挙げられる。 Specific examples of melamine-based cross-linking agents include hexamethoxymethylmelamine, hexaethoxymethylmelamine, hexapropoxymethylmelamine, and hexabutoxybutylmelamine.
 尿素系架橋剤の具体例としては、例えば、モノヒドロキシメチル化グリコールウリル、ジヒドロキシメチル化グリコールウリル、トリヒドロキシメチル化グリコールウリル、テトラヒドロキシメチル化グリコールウリル、モノメトキシメチル化グリコールウリル、ジメトキシメチル化グリコールウリル、トリメトキシメチル化グリコールウリル、テトラメトキシメチル化グリコールウリル、モノエトキシメチル化グリコールウリル、ジエトキシメチル化グリコールウリル、トリエトキシメチル化グリコールウリル、テトラエトキシメチル化グリコールウリル、モノプロポキシメチル化グリコールウリル、ジプロポキシメチル化グリコールウリル、トリプロポキシメチル化グリコールウリル、テトラプロポキシメチル化グリコールウリル、モノブトキシメチル化グリコールウリル、ジブトキシメチル化グリコールウリル、トリブトキシメチル化グリコールウリル、又は、テトラブトキシメチル化グリコールウリルなどのグリコールウリル系架橋剤;
 ビスメトキシメチル尿素、ビスエトキシメチル尿素、ビスプロポキシメチル尿素、ビスブトキシメチル尿素等の尿素系架橋剤、
 モノヒドロキシメチル化エチレン尿素又はジヒドロキシメチル化エチレン尿素、モノメトキシメチル化エチレン尿素、ジメトキシメチル化エチレン尿素、モノエトキシメチル化エチレン尿素、ジエトキシメチル化エチレン尿素、モノプロポキシメチル化エチレン尿素、ジプロポキシメチル化エチレン尿素、モノブトキシメチル化エチレン尿素、又は、ジブトキシメチル化エチレン尿素などのエチレン尿素系架橋剤、
 モノヒドロキシメチル化プロピレン尿素、ジヒドロキシメチル化プロピレン尿素、モノメトキシメチル化プロピレン尿素、ジメトキシメチル化プロピレン尿素、モノエトキシメチル化プロピレン尿素、ジエトキシメチル化プロピレン尿素、モノプロポキシメチル化プロピレン尿素、ジプロポキシメチル化プロピレン尿素、モノブトキシメチル化プロピレン尿素、又は、ジブトキシメチル化プロピレン尿素などのプロピレン尿素系架橋剤、
 1,3-ジ(メトキシメチル)4,5-ジヒドロキシ-2-イミダゾリジノン、1,3-ジ(メトキシメチル)-4,5-ジメトキシ-2-イミダゾリジノンなどが挙げられる。
Specific examples of urea-based cross-linking agents include monohydroxymethylated glycoluril, dihydroxymethylated glycoluril, trihydroxymethylated glycoluril, tetrahydroxymethylated glycoluril, monomethoxymethylated glycoluril, and dimethoxymethylated glycol. Uril, trimethoxymethylated glycoluril, tetramethoxymethylated glycoluril, monoethoxymethylated glycoluril, diethoxymethylated glycoluril, triethoxymethylated glycoluril, tetraethoxymethylated glycoluril, monopropoxymethylated glycoluril , dipropoxymethylated glycoluril, tripropoxymethylated glycoluril, tetrapropoxymethylated glycoluril, monobutoxymethylated glycoluril, dibutoxymethylated glycoluril, tributoxymethylated glycoluril, or tetrabutoxymethylated glycoluril glycoluril-based crosslinkers such as uril;
urea-based cross-linking agents such as bismethoxymethylurea, bisethoxymethylurea, bispropoxymethylurea, and bisbutoxymethylurea;
monohydroxymethylated ethyleneurea or dihydroxymethylated ethyleneurea, monomethoxymethylated ethyleneurea, dimethoxymethylated ethyleneurea, monoethoxymethylated ethyleneurea, diethoxymethylated ethyleneurea, monopropoxymethylated ethyleneurea, dipropoxymethyl ethylene urea-based cross-linking agents such as ethylene urea, monobutoxymethyl ethylene urea, or dibutoxymethyl ethylene urea;
Monohydroxymethylated propylene urea, dihydroxymethylated propylene urea, monomethoxymethylated propylene urea, dimethoxymethylated propylene urea, monoethoxymethylated propylene urea, diethoxymethylated propylene urea, monopropoxymethylated propylene urea, dipropoxymethyl propylene urea-based cross-linking agents such as propylene urea, monobutoxymethylated propylene urea, or dibutoxymethylated propylene urea;
1,3-di(methoxymethyl)4,5-dihydroxy-2-imidazolidinone, 1,3-di(methoxymethyl)-4,5-dimethoxy-2-imidazolidinone and the like.
 ベンゾグアナミン系架橋剤の具体例としては、例えばモノヒドロキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、ジヒドロキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、トリヒドロキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、テトラヒドロキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、モノメトキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、ジメトキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、トリメトキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、テトラメトキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、モノエトキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、ジエトキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、トリエトキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、テトラエトキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、モノプロポキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、ジプロポキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、トリプロポキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、テトラプロポキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、モノブトキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、ジブトキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、トリブトキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、テトラブトキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミンなどが挙げられる。 Specific examples of benzoguanamine-based cross-linking agents include monohydroxymethylated benzoguanamine, dihydroxymethylated benzoguanamine, trihydroxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetrahydroxymethylated benzoguanamine, monomethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, and trimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine. , tetramethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, monoethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, diethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, triethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetraethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, monopropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dipropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tripropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetra propoxymethylated benzoguanamine, monobutoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dibutoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tributoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetrabutoxymethylated benzoguanamine, and the like.
 その他、メチロール基及びアルコキシメチル基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基を有する化合物としては、芳香環(好ましくはベンゼン環)にメチロール基及びアルコキシメチル基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基が直接結合した化合物も好適に用いられる。
 このような化合物の具体例としては、ベンゼンジメタノール、ビス(ヒドロキシメチル)クレゾール、ビス(ヒドロキシメチル)ジメトキシベンゼン、ビス(ヒドロキシメチル)ジフェニルエーテル、ビス(ヒドロキシメチル)ベンゾフェノン、ヒドロキシメチル安息香酸ヒドロキシメチルフェニル、ビス(ヒドロキシメチル)ビフェニル、ジメチルビス(ヒドロキシメチル)ビフェニル、ビス(メトキシメチル)ベンゼン、ビス(メトキシメチル)クレゾール、ビス(メトキシメチル)ジメトキシベンゼン、ビス(メトキシメチル)ジフェニルエーテル、ビス(メトキシメチル)ベンゾフェノン、メトキシメチル安息香酸メトキシメチルフェニル、ビス(メトキシメチル)ビフェニル、ジメチルビス(メトキシメチル)ビフェニル、4,4’,4’’-エチリデントリス[2,6-ビス(メトキシメチル)フェノール]、5,5’-[2,2,2‐トリフルオロ‐1‐(トリフルオロメチル)エチリデン]ビス[2‐ヒドロキシ‐1,3‐ベンゼンジメタノール]、3,3’,5,5’-テトラキス(メトキシメチル)-1,1’-ビフェニル-4,4’-ジオール等が挙げられる。
In addition, the compound having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a methylol group and an alkoxymethyl group includes at least one group selected from the group consisting of a methylol group and an alkoxymethyl group on an aromatic ring (preferably a benzene ring). Compounds to which a seed group is directly attached are also preferably used.
Specific examples of such compounds include benzenedimethanol, bis(hydroxymethyl)cresol, bis(hydroxymethyl)dimethoxybenzene, bis(hydroxymethyl)diphenyl ether, bis(hydroxymethyl)benzophenone, hydroxymethylphenyl hydroxymethylbenzoate. , bis(hydroxymethyl)biphenyl, dimethylbis(hydroxymethyl)biphenyl, bis(methoxymethyl)benzene, bis(methoxymethyl)cresol, bis(methoxymethyl)dimethoxybenzene, bis(methoxymethyl)diphenyl ether, bis(methoxymethyl) Benzophenone, methoxymethylphenyl methoxymethylbenzoate, bis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl, dimethylbis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl, 4,4′,4″-ethylidene tris[2,6-bis(methoxymethyl)phenol], 5 ,5′-[2,2,2-trifluoro-1-(trifluoromethyl)ethylidene]bis[2-hydroxy-1,3-benzenedimethanol], 3,3′,5,5′-tetrakis ( methoxymethyl)-1,1'-biphenyl-4,4'-diol and the like.
 他の架橋剤としては市販品を用いてもよく、好適な市販品としては、46DMOC、46DMOEP(以上、旭有機材工業社製)、DML-PC、DML-PEP、DML-OC、DML-OEP、DML-34X、DML-PTBP、DML-PCHP、DML-OCHP、DML-PFP、DML-PSBP、DML-POP、DML-MBOC、DML-MBPC、DML-MTrisPC、DML-BisOC-Z、DML-BisOCHP-Z、DML-BPC、DMLBisOC-P、DMOM-PC、DMOM-PTBP、DMOM-MBPC、TriML-P、TriML-35XL、TML-HQ、TML-BP、TML-pp-BPF、TML-BPE、TML-BPA、TML-BPAF、TML-BPAP、TMOM-BP、TMOM-BPE、TMOM-BPA、TMOM-BPAF、TMOM-BPAP、HML-TPPHBA、HML-TPHAP、HMOM-TPPHBA、HMOM-TPHAP(以上、本州化学工業社製)、ニカラック(登録商標、以下同様)MX-290、ニカラックMX-280、ニカラックMX-270、ニカラックMX-279、ニカラックMW-100LM、ニカラックMX-750LM(以上、三和ケミカル社製)などが挙げられる。 Commercial products may be used as other cross-linking agents, and suitable commercial products include 46DMOC, 46DMOEP (manufactured by Asahi Organic Chemicals Industry Co., Ltd.), DML-PC, DML-PEP, DML-OC, and DML-OEP. , DML-34X, DML-PTBP, DML-PCHP, DML-OCHP, DML-PFP, DML-PSBP, DML-POP, DML-MBOC, DML-MBPC, DML-MTrisPC, DML-BisOC-Z, DML-BisOCHP -Z, DML-BPC, DMLBisOC-P, DMOM-PC, DMOM-PTBP, DMOM-MBPC, TriML-P, TriML-35XL, TML-HQ, TML-BP, TML-pp-BPF, TML-BPE, TML -BPA, TML-BPAF, TML-BPAP, TMOM-BP, TMOM-BPE, TMOM-BPA, TMOM-BPAF, TMOM-BPAP, HML-TPPHBA, HML-TPHAP, HMOM-TPPHBA, HMOM-TPHAP (Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Nikalac (registered trademark, hereinafter the same) MX-290, Nikalac MX-280, Nikalac MX-270, Nikalac MX-279, Nikalac MW-100LM, Nikalac MX-750LM (manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.) ) and the like.
 また、本発明の樹脂組成物は、他の架橋剤として、エポキシ化合物、オキセタン化合物、及び、ベンゾオキサジン化合物よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の化合物を含むことも好ましい。 In addition, the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one compound selected from the group consisting of epoxy compounds, oxetane compounds, and benzoxazine compounds as another cross-linking agent.
-エポキシ化合物(エポキシ基を有する化合物)-
 エポキシ化合物としては、一分子中にエポキシ基を2以上有する化合物であることが好ましい。エポキシ基は、200℃以下で架橋反応し、かつ、架橋に由来する脱水反応が起こらないため膜収縮が起きにくい。このため、エポキシ化合物を含有することは、本発明の樹脂組成物の低温硬化及び反りの抑制に効果的である。
- Epoxy compound (compound having an epoxy group) -
The epoxy compound is preferably a compound having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule. The epoxy group undergoes a cross-linking reaction at 200° C. or less and does not undergo a dehydration reaction resulting from the cross-linking, so film shrinkage does not easily occur. Therefore, containing an epoxy compound is effective for low-temperature curing and suppression of warpage of the resin composition of the present invention.
 エポキシ化合物は、ポリエチレンオキサイド基を含有することが好ましい。これにより、より弾性率が低下し、また反りを抑制することができる。ポリエチレンオキサイド基は、エチレンオキサイドの繰返し単位数が2以上のものを意味し、繰返し単位数が2~15であることが好ましい。  The epoxy compound preferably contains a polyethylene oxide group. As a result, the elastic modulus is further lowered, and warping can be suppressed. The polyethylene oxide group means that the number of repeating units of ethylene oxide is 2 or more, and the number of repeating units is preferably 2-15.
 エポキシ化合物の具体例としては、国際公開第2021/172420号の段落0256に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of epoxy compounds include compounds described in paragraph 0256 of International Publication No. 2021/172420.
 オキセタン化合物の具体例としては、国際公開第2021/172420号の段落0257に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of oxetane compounds include compounds described in paragraph 0257 of International Publication No. 2021/172420.
-ベンゾオキサジン化合物(ベンゾオキサゾリル基を有する化合物)-
 ベンゾオキサジン化合物は、開環付加反応に由来する架橋反応のため、硬化時に脱ガスが発生せず、更に熱収縮を小さくして反りの発生が抑えられることから好ましい。
-Benzoxazine compound (compound having a benzoxazolyl group)-
A benzoxazine compound is preferable because it is a cross-linking reaction derived from a ring-opening addition reaction, so that degassing does not occur during curing, and thermal shrinkage is reduced to suppress the occurrence of warping.
 ベンゾオキサジン化合物の好ましい例としては、国際公開第2021/172420号の段落0258~0259に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Preferred examples of benzoxazine compounds include compounds described in paragraphs 0258 to 0259 of WO2021/172420.
 他の架橋剤の含有量は、本発明の樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し0.1~30質量%であることが好ましく、0.1~20質量%であることがより好ましく、0.5~15質量%であることが更に好ましく、1.0~10質量%であることが特に好ましい。他の架橋剤は1種のみ含有していてもよいし、2種以上含有していてもよい。他の架橋剤を2種以上含有する場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 The content of the other cross-linking agent is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. It is more preferably 5 to 15% by mass, particularly preferably 1.0 to 10% by mass. Other cross-linking agents may be contained alone, or may be contained in two or more. When two or more other cross-linking agents are contained, the total is preferably within the above range.
〔光重合開始剤〕
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、光重合開始剤を含む。
 光重合開始剤は、光ラジカル重合開始剤であることが好ましい。光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、特に制限はなく、公知の光ラジカル重合開始剤の中から適宜選択することができる。例えば、紫外線領域から可視領域の光線に対して感光性を有する光ラジカル重合開始剤が好ましい。また、光励起された増感剤と何らかの作用を生じ、活性ラジカルを生成する活性剤であってもよい。
[Photopolymerization initiator]
The resin composition of the present invention contains a photopolymerization initiator.
The photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator. The radical photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known radical photopolymerization initiators. For example, a photoradical polymerization initiator having photosensitivity to light in the ultraviolet region to the visible region is preferred. It may also be an activator that produces an active radical by producing some action with a photoexcited sensitizer.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤は、波長約240~800nm(好ましくは330~500nm)の範囲内で少なくとも約50L・mol-1・cm-1のモル吸光係数を有する化合物を、少なくとも1種含有していることが好ましい。化合物のモル吸光係数は、公知の方法を用いて測定することができる。例えば、紫外可視分光光度計(Varian社製Cary-5 spectrophotometer)にて、酢酸エチル溶剤を用い、0.01g/Lの濃度で測定することが好ましい。 The radical photopolymerization initiator contains at least one compound having a molar extinction coefficient of at least about 50 L·mol −1 ·cm −1 within the wavelength range of about 240 to 800 nm (preferably 330 to 500 nm). is preferred. The molar extinction coefficient of a compound can be measured using known methods. For example, it is preferable to measure with an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian) using an ethyl acetate solvent at a concentration of 0.01 g/L.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、公知の化合物を任意に使用できる。例えば、ハロゲン化炭化水素誘導体(例えば、トリアジン骨格を有する化合物、オキサジアゾール骨格を有する化合物、トリハロメチル基を有する化合物など)、アシルホスフィンオキサイド等のアシルホスフィン化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール、オキシム誘導体等のオキシム化合物、有機過酸化物、チオ化合物、ケトン化合物、芳香族オニウム塩、ケトオキシムエーテル、アミノアセトフェノンなどのα-アミノケトン化合物、ヒドロキシアセトフェノンなどのα-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、アゾ系化合物、アジド化合物、メタロセン化合物、有機ホウ素化合物、鉄アレーン錯体などが挙げられる。これらの詳細については、特開2016-027357号公報の段落0165~0182、国際公開第2015/199219号の段落0138~0151の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、特開2014-130173号公報の段落0065~0111、特許第6301489号公報に記載された化合物、MATERIAL STAGE 37~60p,vol.19,No.3,2019に記載されたパーオキサイド系光重合開始剤、国際公開第2018/221177号に記載の光重合開始剤、国際公開第2018/110179号に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-043864号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-044030号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-167313号公報に記載の過酸化物系開始剤が挙げられ、これらの内容も本明細書に組み込まれる。 Any known compound can be used as the photoradical polymerization initiator. For example, halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (e.g., compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, compounds having a trihalomethyl group, etc.), acylphosphine compounds such as acylphosphine oxide, hexaarylbiimidazole, oxime derivatives, etc. oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ketoxime ethers, α-aminoketone compounds such as aminoacetophenone, α-hydroxyketone compounds such as hydroxyacetophenone, azo compounds, azide compounds, metallocene compounds, organic boron compounds, iron arene complexes, and the like. For details of these, paragraphs 0165 to 0182 of JP-A-2016-027357 and paragraphs 0138 to 0151 of WO 2015/199219 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein. In addition, paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of JP-A-2014-130173, compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6301489, MATERIAL STAGE 37-60p, vol. 19, No. 3, the peroxide photopolymerization initiator described in 2019, the photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. 2018/221177, the photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. 2018/110179, JP 2019-043864 The photopolymerization initiator described in JP-A-2019-044030, the photopolymerization initiator described in JP-A-2019-167313, and the peroxide-based initiator described in JP-A-2019-167313. incorporated into the specification.
 ケトン化合物としては、例えば、特開2015-087611号公報の段落0087に記載の化合物が例示され、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。市販品では、カヤキュア-DETX-S(日本化薬(株)製)も好適に用いられる。 Examples of ketone compounds include compounds described in paragraph 0087 of JP-A-2015-087611, the content of which is incorporated herein. As a commercial product, Kayacure-DETX-S (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) is also suitably used.
 本発明の一実施態様において、光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、ヒドロキシアセトフェノン化合物、アミノアセトフェノン化合物、及び、アシルホスフィン化合物を好適に用いることができる。より具体的には、例えば、特開平10-291969号公報に記載のアミノアセトフェノン系開始剤、特許第4225898号に記載のアシルホスフィンオキシド系開始剤を用いることができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 In one embodiment of the present invention, a hydroxyacetophenone compound, an aminoacetophenone compound, and an acylphosphine compound can be suitably used as the radical photopolymerization initiator. More specifically, for example, aminoacetophenone-based initiators described in JP-A-10-291969 and acylphosphine oxide-based initiators described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can be used. incorporated.
 α-ヒドロキシケトン系開始剤としては、Omnirad 184、Omnirad 1173、Omnirad 2959、Omnirad 127(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、IRGACURE 184(IRGACUREは登録商標)、DAROCUR 1173、IRGACURE 500、IRGACURE-2959、IRGACURE 127(商品名:いずれもBASF社製)を用いることができる。 α-ヒドロキシケトン系開始剤としては、Omnirad 184、Omnirad 1173、Omnirad 2959、Omnirad 127(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、IRGACURE 184(IRGACUREは登録商標)、DAROCUR 1173、IRGACURE 500、IRGACURE -2959 and IRGACURE 127 (trade names: both manufactured by BASF) can be used.
 α-アミノケトン系開始剤としては、Omnirad 907、Omnirad 369、Omnirad 369E、Omnirad 379EG(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、IRGACURE 907、IRGACURE 369、及び、IRGACURE 379(商品名:いずれもBASF社製)を用いることができる。 α-Aminoketone initiators include Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379EG (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), IRGACURE 907, IRGACURE 369, and IRGACURE 379 (trade names: all BASF company) can be used.
 アミノアセトフェノン系開始剤、アシルホスフィンオキシド系開始剤、メタロセン化合物としては、例えば、国際公開第2021/112189号の段落0161~0163に記載の化合物も好適に使用することができる。この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 As aminoacetophenone-based initiators, acylphosphine oxide-based initiators, and metallocene compounds, for example, compounds described in paragraphs 0161 to 0163 of International Publication No. 2021/112189 can also be suitably used. The contents of which are incorporated herein.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤として、より好ましくはオキシム化合物が挙げられる。オキシム化合物を用いることにより、露光ラチチュードをより効果的に向上させることが可能になる。オキシム化合物は、露光ラチチュード(露光マージン)が広く、かつ、光硬化促進剤としても働くため、特に好ましい。 The photoradical polymerization initiator is more preferably an oxime compound. By using an oxime compound, the exposure latitude can be improved more effectively. Oxime compounds are particularly preferred because they have a wide exposure latitude (exposure margin) and also act as photocuring accelerators.
 オキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2001-233842号公報に記載の化合物、特開2000-080068号公報に記載の化合物、特開2006-342166号公報に記載の化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.1653-1660)に記載の化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.156-162)に記載の化合物、Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology(1995年、pp.202-232)に記載の化合物、特開2000-066385号公報に記載の化合物、特表2004-534797号公報に記載の化合物、特開2017-019766号公報に記載の化合物、特許第6065596号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2015/152153号に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/051680号に記載の化合物、特開2017-198865号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/164127号の段落番号0025~0038に記載の化合物、国際公開第2013/167515号に記載の化合物などが挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Specific examples of the oxime compound include compounds described in JP-A-2001-233842, compounds described in JP-A-2000-080068, compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166, J. Am. C. S. Compounds described in Perkin II (1979, pp.1653-1660); C. S. Compounds described in Perkin II (1979, pp.156-162), compounds described in Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995, pp.202-232), compounds described in JP-A-2000-066385, Compounds described in JP-A-2004-534797, compounds described in JP-A-2017-019766, compounds described in Patent No. 6065596, compounds described in WO 2015/152153, WO 2017 / 051680, compounds described in JP-A-2017-198865, compounds described in paragraphs 0025 to 0038 of WO 2017/164127, compounds described in WO 2013/167515, etc. , the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 好ましいオキシム化合物としては、例えば、下記の構造の化合物や、3-ベンゾイルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-アセトキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-プロピオニルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、2-アセトキシイミノペンタン-3-オン、2-アセトキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンゾイルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、3-(4-トルエンスルホニルオキシ)イミノブタン-2-オン、及び2-エトキシカルボニルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オンなどが挙げられる。本発明の樹脂組成物においては、特に光ラジカル重合開始剤としてオキシム化合物(オキシム系の光ラジカル重合開始剤)を用いることが好ましい。オキシム系の光ラジカル重合開始剤は、分子内に >C=N-O-C(=O)- の連結基を有する。 Preferred oxime compounds include, for example, compounds having the following structures, 3-benzoyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 2-acetoxy iminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one , and 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one. In the resin composition of the present invention, it is particularly preferable to use an oxime compound (an oxime-based radical photopolymerization initiator) as the radical photopolymerization initiator. The oxime-based radical photopolymerization initiator has a >C=N-O-C(=O)- linking group in the molecule.
 市販品ではIRGACURE OXE 01、IRGACURE OXE 02、IRGACURE OXE 03、IRGACURE OXE 04(以上、BASF社製)、アデカオプトマーN-1919((株)ADEKA製、特開2012-014052号公報に記載の光ラジカル重合開始剤2)も好適に用いられる。また、TR-PBG-304、TR-PBG-305(常州強力電子新材料有限公司製)、アデカアークルズNCI-730、NCI-831及びアデカアークルズNCI-930((株)ADEKA製)も用いることができる。また、DFI-091(ダイトーケミックス(株)製)、SpeedCure PDO(SARTOMER ARKEMA製)を用いることができる。また、下記の構造のオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。
Commercially available products include IRGACURE OXE 01, IRGACURE OXE 02, IRGACURE OXE 03, IRGACURE OXE 04 (manufactured by BASF), Adeka Optomer N-1919 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd., the light described in JP 2012-014052 A radical polymerization initiator 2) is also preferably used. In addition, TR-PBG-304, TR-PBG-305 (manufactured by Changzhou Tenryu Electric New Materials Co., Ltd.), Adeka Arkles NCI-730, NCI-831 and Adeka Arkles NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.) are also used. be able to. Also, DFI-091 (manufactured by Daito Chemix Co., Ltd.) and SpeedCure PDO (manufactured by SARTOMER ARKEMA) can be used. Also, an oxime compound having the following structure can be used.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、例えば、国際公開第2021/112189号の段落0169~0171に記載のフルオレン環を有するオキシム化合物、カルバゾール環の少なくとも1つのベンゼン環がナフタレン環となった骨格を有するオキシム化合物、フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Examples of photoradical polymerization initiators include oxime compounds having a fluorene ring described in paragraphs 0169 to 0171 of International Publication No. 2021/112189, and oximes having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of a carbazole ring is a naphthalene ring. Compounds, oxime compounds having fluorine atoms can also be used. The contents of which are incorporated herein.
 また、光重合開始剤としては、国際公開第2021/020359号に記載の段落0208~0210に記載のニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物、ベンゾフラン骨格を有するオキシム化合物、カルバゾール骨格にヒドロキシ基を有する置換基が結合したオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Further, as the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a nitro group, an oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton, and a substituent having a hydroxy group on the carbazole skeleton described in paragraphs 0208 to 0210 of International Publication No. 2021/020359 are used. Bound oxime compounds can also be used. The contents of which are incorporated herein.
 光重合開始剤としては、芳香族環に電子求引性基が導入された芳香族環基ArOX1を有するオキシム化合物(以下、オキシム化合物OXともいう)を用いることもできる。上記芳香族環基ArOX1が有する電子求引性基としては、アシル基、ニトロ基、トリフルオロメチル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、シアノ基が挙げられ、アシル基およびニトロ基が好ましく、耐光性に優れた膜を形成しやすいという理由からアシル基であることがより好ましく、ベンゾイル基であることが更に好ましい。ベンゾイル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環基、複素環オキシ基、アルケニル基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基、アシル基またはアミノ基であることが好ましく、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環オキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基またはアミノ基であることがより好ましく、アルコキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基またはアミノ基であることが更に好ましい。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having an aromatic ring group Ar 2 OX1 in which an electron-withdrawing group is introduced into the aromatic ring (hereinafter also referred to as oxime compound OX) can be used. Examples of the electron-withdrawing group possessed by the aromatic ring group Ar OX1 include an acyl group, a nitro group, a trifluoromethyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, and a cyano group. An acyl group and a nitro group are preferred, an acyl group is more preferred, and a benzoyl group is even more preferred because a film having excellent light resistance can be easily formed. A benzoyl group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, cyano groups, nitro groups, hydroxy groups, alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, aryl groups, aryloxy groups, heterocyclic groups, heterocyclic oxy groups, alkenyl groups, alkylsulfanyl groups, arylsulfanyl groups, It is preferably an acyl group or an amino group, more preferably an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group or an amino group. A sulfanyl group or an amino group is more preferred.
 オキシム化合物OXは、式(OX1)で表される化合物および式(OX2)で表される化合物から選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましく、式(OX2)で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。

 式中、RX1は、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環基、複素環オキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、アシル基、アシルオキシ基、アミノ基、ホスフィノイル基、カルバモイル基またはスルファモイル基を表し、
 RX2は、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環基、複素環オキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、アシルオキシ基またはアミノ基を表し、
 RX3~RX14は、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表す。
 ただし、RX10~RX14のうち少なくとも一つは、電子求引性基である。
The oxime compound OX is preferably at least one selected from the compounds represented by the formula (OX1) and the compounds represented by the formula (OX2), more preferably the compound represented by the formula (OX2). preferable.

In the formula, R X1 is an alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic group, heterocyclicoxy group, alkylsulfanyl group, arylsulfanyl group, alkylsulfinyl group, arylsulfinyl group, alkylsulfonyl a group, an arylsulfonyl group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, an amino group, a phosphinoyl group, a carbamoyl group or a sulfamoyl group,
R X2 is an alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic group, heterocyclicoxy group, alkylsulfanyl group, arylsulfanyl group, alkylsulfinyl group, arylsulfinyl group, alkylsulfonyl group, aryl represents a sulfonyl group, an acyloxy group or an amino group,
R X3 to R X14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
However, at least one of R X10 to R X14 is an electron-withdrawing group.
 上記式において、RX12が電子求引性基であり、RX10、RX11、RX13、RX14は水素原子であることが好ましい。 In the above formula, R X12 is an electron-withdrawing group, and R X10 , R X11 , R X13 and R X14 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
 オキシム化合物OXの具体例としては、特許第4600600号公報の段落番号0083~0105に記載の化合物が挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Specific examples of the oxime compound OX include compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 0105 of Japanese Patent No. 4600600, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 最も好ましいオキシム化合物としては、特開2007-269779号公報に示される特定置換基を有するオキシム化合物や、特開2009-191061号公報に示されるチオアリール基を有するオキシム化合物などが挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The most preferable oxime compounds include oxime compounds having specific substituents shown in JP-A-2007-269779 and oxime compounds having a thioaryl group shown in JP-A-2009-191061. incorporated herein.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤は、露光感度の観点から、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、ベンジルジメチルケタール化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物、ホスフィンオキサイド化合物、メタロセン化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリールイミダゾールダイマー、オニウム塩化合物、ベンゾチアゾール化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、アセトフェノン化合物及びその誘導体、シクロペンタジエン-ベンゼン-鉄錯体及びその塩、ハロメチルオキサジアゾール化合物、3-アリール置換クマリン化合物よりなる群から選択される化合物が好ましい。 From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, photoradical polymerization initiators include trihalomethyltriazine compounds, benzyldimethylketal compounds, α-hydroxyketone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triaryl selected from the group consisting of imidazole dimers, onium salt compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds and derivatives thereof, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complexes and salts thereof, halomethyloxadiazole compounds, and 3-aryl-substituted coumarin compounds; are preferred.
 更に好ましい光ラジカル重合開始剤は、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物、ホスフィンオキサイド化合物、メタロセン化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリールイミダゾールダイマー、オニウム塩化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、アセトフェノン化合物であり、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、メタロセン化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリールイミダゾールダイマー、ベンゾフェノン化合物よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の化合物が一層好ましく、メタロセン化合物又はオキシム化合物を用いるのがより一層好ましい。 More preferred radical photopolymerization initiators are trihalomethyltriazine compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, onium salt compounds, benzophenone compounds, and acetophenone compounds. At least one compound selected from the group consisting of trihalomethyltriazine compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, and benzophenone compounds is more preferred, and metallocene compounds or oxime compounds are even more preferred. .
 また、光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、国際公開第2021/020359号に記載の段落0175~0179に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Also, as the radical photopolymerization initiator, compounds described in paragraphs 0175 to 0179 of International Publication No. 2021/020359 can be used. The contents of which are incorporated herein.
 また、光ラジカル重合開始剤は、国際公開第2015/125469号の段落0048~0055に記載の化合物を用いることもでき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 In addition, as the photoradical polymerization initiator, the compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0055 of WO 2015/125469 can also be used, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、2官能あるいは3官能以上の光ラジカル重合開始剤を用いてもよい。そのような光ラジカル重合開始剤を用いることにより、光ラジカル重合開始剤の1分子から2つ以上のラジカルが発生するため、良好な感度が得られる。また、非対称構造の化合物を用いた場合においては、結晶性が低下して溶剤などへの溶解性が向上して、経時で析出しにくくなり、樹脂組成物の経時安定性を向上させることができる。2官能あるいは3官能以上の光ラジカル重合開始剤の具体例としては、特表2010-527339号公報、特表2011-524436号公報、国際公開第2015/004565号、特表2016-532675号公報の段落番号0407~0412、国際公開第2017/033680号の段落番号0039~0055に記載されているオキシム化合物の2量体、特表2013-522445号公報に記載されている化合物(E)および化合物(G)、国際公開第2016/034963号に記載されているCmpd1~7、特表2017-523465号公報の段落番号0007に記載されているオキシムエステル類光開始剤、特開2017-167399号公報の段落番号0020~0033に記載されている光開始剤、特開2017-151342号公報の段落番号0017~0026に記載されている光重合開始剤(A)、特許第6469669号公報に記載されているオキシムエステル光開始剤などが挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 As the radical photopolymerization initiator, a difunctional or trifunctional or higher radical photopolymerization initiator may be used. By using such a radical photopolymerization initiator, two or more radicals are generated from one molecule of the radical photopolymerization initiator, so good sensitivity can be obtained. In addition, when a compound having an asymmetric structure is used, the crystallinity is lowered, the solubility in a solvent or the like is improved, and precipitation becomes difficult over time, and the stability over time of the resin composition can be improved. . Specific examples of bifunctional or trifunctional or higher photoradical polymerization initiators include Japanese Patent Publication No. 2010-527339, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2011-524436, International Publication No. 2015/004565, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 2016-532675. Paragraph numbers 0407 to 0412, dimers of oxime compounds described in paragraph numbers 0039 to 0055 of International Publication No. 2017/033680, compound (E) and compounds described in JP-A-2013-522445 ( G), Cmpd1 to 7 described in International Publication No. 2016/034963, oxime ester photoinitiators described in paragraph number 0007 of JP 2017-523465, JP 2017-167399 Photoinitiators described in paragraph numbers 0020 to 0033, photoinitiators (A) described in paragraph numbers 0017 to 0026 of JP-A-2017-151342, described in Japanese Patent No. 6469669 and oxime ester photoinitiators, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 光重合開始剤を含む場合、その含有量は、本発明の樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し0.1~30質量%であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.1~20質量%であり、更に好ましくは0.5~15質量%であり、一層好ましくは1.0~10質量%である。光重合開始剤は1種のみ含有していてもよいし、2種以上含有していてもよい。光重合開始剤を2種以上含有する場合は、合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
 なお、光重合開始剤は熱重合開始剤としても機能する場合があるため、オーブンやホットプレート等の加熱によって光重合開始剤による架橋を更に進行させられる場合がある。
When a photopolymerization initiator is included, its content is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. , more preferably 0.5 to 15% by mass, and still more preferably 1.0 to 10% by mass. Only one type of photopolymerization initiator may be contained, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more photopolymerization initiators are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
In addition, since the photopolymerization initiator may also function as a thermal polymerization initiator, the crosslinking by the photopolymerization initiator may be further advanced by heating with an oven, a hot plate, or the like.
〔増感剤〕
 樹脂組成物は、増感剤を含んでいてもよい。増感剤は、特定の活性放射線を吸収して電子励起状態となる。電子励起状態となった増感剤は、熱ラジカル重合開始剤、光ラジカル重合開始剤などと接触して、電子移動、エネルギー移動、発熱などの作用が生じる。これにより、熱ラジカル重合開始剤、光ラジカル重合開始剤は化学変化を起こして分解し、ラジカル、酸又は塩基を生成する。
 使用可能な増感剤として、ベンゾフェノン系、ミヒラーズケトン系、クマリン系、ピラゾールアゾ系、アニリノアゾ系、トリフェニルメタン系、アントラキノン系、アントラセン系、アントラピリドン系、ベンジリデン系、オキソノール系、ピラゾロトリアゾールアゾ系、ピリドンアゾ系、シアニン系、フェノチアジン系、ピロロピラゾールアゾメチン系、キサンテン系、フタロシアニン系、ベンゾピラン系、インジゴ系等の化合物を使用することができる。
 増感剤としては、例えば、ミヒラーズケトン、4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン、2,5-ビス(4’-ジエチルアミノベンザル)シクロペンタン、2,6-ビス(4’-ジエチルアミノベンザル)シクロヘキサノン、2,6-ビス(4’-ジエチルアミノベンザル)-4-メチルシクロヘキサノン、4,4’-ビス(ジメチルアミノ)カルコン、4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)カルコン、p-ジメチルアミノシンナミリデンインダノン、p-ジメチルアミノベンジリデンインダノン、2-(p-ジメチルアミノフェニルビフェニレン)-ベンゾチアゾール、2-(p-ジメチルアミノフェニルビニレン)ベンゾチアゾール、2-(p-ジメチルアミノフェニルビニレン)イソナフトチアゾール、1,3-ビス(4’-ジメチルアミノベンザル)アセトン、1,3-ビス(4’-ジエチルアミノベンザル)アセトン、3,3’-カルボニル-ビス(7-ジエチルアミノクマリン)、3-アセチル-7-ジメチルアミノクマリン、3-エトキシカルボニル-7-ジメチルアミノクマリン、3-ベンジロキシカルボニル-7-ジメチルアミノクマリン、3-メトキシカルボニル-7-ジエチルアミノクマリン、3-エトキシカルボニル-7-ジエチルアミノクマリン(7-(ジエチルアミノ)クマリン-3-カルボン酸エチル)、N-フェニル-N’-エチルエタノールアミン、N-フェニルジエタノールアミン、N-p-トリルジエタノールアミン、N-フェニルエタノールアミン、4-モルホリノベンゾフェノン、ジメチルアミノ安息香酸イソアミル、ジエチルアミノ安息香酸イソアミル、2-メルカプトベンズイミダゾール、1-フェニル-5-メルカプトテトラゾール、2-メルカプトベンゾチアゾール、2-(p-ジメチルアミノスチリル)ベンズオキサゾール、2-(p-ジメチルアミノスチリル)ベンゾチアゾール、2-(p-ジメチルアミノスチリル)ナフト(1,2-d)チアゾール、2-(p-ジメチルアミノベンゾイル)スチレン、ジフェニルアセトアミド、ベンズアニリド、N-メチルアセトアニリド、3‘,4’-ジメチルアセトアニリド等が挙げられる。
 また、他の増感色素を用いてもよい。
 増感色素の詳細については、特開2016-027357号公報の段落0161~0163の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
[Sensitizer]
The resin composition may contain a sensitizer. A sensitizer absorbs specific actinic radiation and enters an electronically excited state. The sensitizer in an electronically excited state comes into contact with a thermal radical polymerization initiator, a photoradical polymerization initiator, or the like, and causes electron transfer, energy transfer, heat generation, or the like. As a result, the thermal radical polymerization initiator and the photoradical polymerization initiator undergo chemical changes and are decomposed to generate radicals, acids or bases.
Usable sensitizers include benzophenones, Michler's ketones, coumarins, pyrazole azos, anilinoazos, triphenylmethanes, anthraquinones, anthracenes, anthrapyridones, benzylidenes, oxonols, and pyrazolotriazole azos. , pyridone azo, cyanine, phenothiazine, pyrrolopyrazole azomethine, xanthene, phthalocyanine, benzopyran, and indigo compounds.
Sensitizers include, for example, Michler's ketone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, 2,5-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzal)cyclopentane, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzal) Cyclohexanone, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzal)-4-methylcyclohexanone, 4,4'-bis(dimethylamino)chalcone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)chalcone, p-dimethylaminocinnamyl denindanone, p-dimethylaminobenzylideneindanone, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylbiphenylene)-benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylvinylene)benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylvinylene)iso naphthothiazole, 1,3-bis(4′-dimethylaminobenzal)acetone, 1,3-bis(4′-diethylaminobenzal)acetone, 3,3′-carbonyl-bis(7-diethylaminocoumarin), 3 -acetyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-ethoxycarbonyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-benzyloxycarbonyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-methoxycarbonyl-7-diethylaminocoumarin, 3-ethoxycarbonyl-7-diethylamino coumarin (ethyl 7-(diethylamino)coumarin-3-carboxylate), N-phenyl-N'-ethylethanolamine, N-phenyldiethanolamine, Np-tolyldiethanolamine, N-phenylethanolamine, 4-morpholinobenzophenone, isoamyl dimethylaminobenzoate, isoamyl diethylaminobenzoate, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, 1-phenyl-5-mercaptotetrazole, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyryl)benzoxazole, 2-(p-dimethyl) aminostyryl)benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyryl)naphtho(1,2-d)thiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminobenzoyl)styrene, diphenylacetamide, benzanilide, N-methylacetanilide, 3',4 '-dimethylacetanilide and the like.
Other sensitizing dyes may also be used.
For details of the sensitizing dye, the description in paragraphs 0161 to 0163 of JP-A-2016-027357 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 樹脂組成物が増感剤を含む場合、増感剤の含有量は、樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し、0.01~20質量%であることが好ましく、0.1~15質量%であることがより好ましく、0.5~10質量%であることが更に好ましい。増感剤は、1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。 When the resin composition contains a sensitizer, the content of the sensitizer is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, preferably 0.1 to 15% by mass, based on the total solid content of the resin composition. more preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass. The sensitizers may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
〔連鎖移動剤〕
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、連鎖移動剤を含有してもよい。連鎖移動剤は、例えば高分子辞典第三版(高分子学会編、2005年)683-684頁に定義されている。連鎖移動剤としては、例えば、分子内に-S-S-、-SO-S-、-N-O-、SH、PH、SiH、及びGeHを有する化合物群、RAFT(Reversible Addition Fragmentation chain Transfer)重合に用いられるチオカルボニルチオ基を有するジチオベンゾアート、トリチオカルボナート、ジチオカルバマート、キサンタート化合物等が用いられる。これらは、低活性のラジカルに水素を供与して、ラジカルを生成するか、若しくは、酸化された後、脱プロトンすることによりラジカルを生成しうる。特に、チオール化合物を好ましく用いることができる。
[Chain transfer agent]
The resin composition of the present invention may contain a chain transfer agent. The chain transfer agent is defined, for example, in Kobunshi Dictionary, 3rd edition (edited by Kobunshi Gakkai, 2005), pp. 683-684. Chain transfer agents include, for example, a group of compounds having —S—S—, —SO 2 —S—, —NO—, SH, PH, SiH, and GeH in the molecule, RAFT (Reversible Addition Fragmentation Chain Transfer ) Dithiobenzoate, trithiocarbonate, dithiocarbamate, xanthate compounds and the like having a thiocarbonylthio group used for polymerization are used. They can either donate hydrogen to less active radicals to generate radicals, or they can be oxidized and then deprotonated to generate radicals. In particular, thiol compounds can be preferably used.
 また、連鎖移動剤は、国際公開第2015/199219号の段落0152~0153に記載の化合物を用いることもでき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 In addition, the chain transfer agent can also use the compounds described in paragraphs 0152 to 0153 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 本発明の樹脂組成物が連鎖移動剤を有する場合、連鎖移動剤の含有量は、本発明の樹脂組成物の全固形分100質量部に対し、0.01~20質量部が好ましく、0.1~10質量部がより好ましく、0.5~5質量部が更に好ましい。連鎖移動剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。連鎖移動剤が2種以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 When the resin composition of the present invention contains a chain transfer agent, the content of the chain transfer agent is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. 1 to 10 parts by mass is more preferable, and 0.5 to 5 parts by mass is even more preferable. One type of chain transfer agent may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more chain transfer agents are used, the total is preferably within the above range.
<塩基発生剤>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、塩基発生剤を含んでもよい。ここで、塩基発生剤とは、物理的または化学的な作用によって塩基を発生することができる化合物である。本発明の樹脂組成物にとって好ましい塩基発生剤としては、熱塩基発生剤および光塩基発生剤が挙げられる。
 ただし、上述の特定化合物に該当する塩基発生剤は、ここでいう塩基発生剤には該当しないものとする。
 特に、樹脂組成物が環化樹脂の前駆体を含む場合、樹脂組成物は塩基発生剤を含むことが好ましい。樹脂組成物が熱塩基発生剤を含有することによって、例えば加熱により前駆体の環化反応を促進でき、硬化物の機械特性や耐薬品性が良好なものとなり、例えば半導体パッケージ中に含まれる再配線層用層間絶縁膜としての性能が良好となる。
 塩基発生剤としては、イオン型塩基発生剤でもよく、非イオン型塩基発生剤でもよい。塩基発生剤から発生する塩基としては、例えば、2級アミン、3級アミンが挙げられる。
 本発明に係る塩基発生剤について特に制限はなく、公知の塩基発生剤を用いることができる。公知の塩基発生剤としては、例えば、カルバモイルオキシム化合物、カルバモイルヒドロキシルアミン化合物、カルバミン酸化合物、ホルムアミド化合物、アセトアミド化合物、カルバメート化合物、ベンジルカルバメート化合物、ニトロベンジルカルバメート化合物、スルホンアミド化合物、イミダゾール誘導体化合物、アミンイミド化合物、ピリジン誘導体化合物、α-アミノアセトフェノン誘導体化合物、4級アンモニウム塩誘導体化合物、ピリジニウム塩、α-ラクトン環誘導体化合物、アミンイミド化合物、フタルイミド誘導体化合物、アシルオキシイミノ化合物、などを用いることができる。
 非イオン型塩基発生剤としては、例えば、国際公開第2021/112189号公報の段落0275~0285に記載の式(B1)若しくは式(B2)で表される化合物、国際公開第2020/066416号公報の段落0102~00162に記載の式(N1)で表される化合物、又は、塩基発生剤は国際公開第2020/054226号の段落0013~0041に記載の熱塩基発生剤が好ましい。
これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
<Base generator>
The resin composition of the present invention may contain a base generator. Here, the base generator is a compound capable of generating a base by physical or chemical action. Preferred base generators for the resin composition of the present invention include thermal base generators and photobase generators.
However, the base generator corresponding to the above-mentioned specific compound shall not correspond to the base generator mentioned here.
In particular, when the resin composition contains a cyclized resin precursor, the resin composition preferably contains a base generator. By containing a thermal base generator in the resin composition, the cyclization reaction of the precursor can be promoted, for example, by heating, and the cured product has good mechanical properties and chemical resistance. Performance as an interlayer insulating film for wiring layers is improved.
The base generator may be an ionic base generator or a non-ionic base generator. Examples of bases generated from base generators include secondary amines and tertiary amines.
There are no particular restrictions on the base generator used in the present invention, and known base generators can be used. Examples of known base generators include carbamoyloxime compounds, carbamoylhydroxylamine compounds, carbamic acid compounds, formamide compounds, acetamide compounds, carbamate compounds, benzylcarbamate compounds, nitrobenzylcarbamate compounds, sulfonamide compounds, imidazole derivative compounds, and amine imides. compounds, pyridine derivative compounds, α-aminoacetophenone derivative compounds, quaternary ammonium salt derivative compounds, pyridinium salts, α-lactone ring derivative compounds, amineimide compounds, phthalimide derivative compounds, acyloxyimino compounds, and the like can be used.
Examples of nonionic base generators include compounds represented by formula (B1) or formula (B2) described in paragraphs 0275 to 0285 of WO2021/112189, and WO2020/066416. The compound represented by formula (N1) described in paragraphs 0102 to 00162 of No. 1 or the base generator is preferably a thermal base generator described in paragraphs 0013 to 0041 of WO 2020/054226.
The contents of which are incorporated herein.
 塩基発生剤としては、下記の例が挙げられるが、本発明がこれにより限定して解釈されるものではない。 Examples of base generators include the following, but the present invention should not be construed as being limited thereto.
 非イオン型塩基発生剤の分子量は、800以下であることが好ましく、600以下であることがより好ましく、500以下であることが更に好ましい。下限としては、100以上であることが好ましく、200以上であることがより好ましく、300以上であることが更に好ましい。 The molecular weight of the nonionic base generator is preferably 800 or less, more preferably 600 or less, and even more preferably 500 or less. The lower limit is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 200 or more, and even more preferably 300 or more.
 イオン型塩基発生剤の具体的な好ましい化合物としては、例えば、国際公開第2018/038002号の段落番号0148~0163に記載の化合物も挙げられる。 Specific preferred compounds of the ionic base generator include, for example, compounds described in paragraphs 0148 to 0163 of International Publication No. 2018/038002.
 アンモニウム塩の具体例としては、以下の化合物を挙げることができるが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。
Specific examples of ammonium salts include the following compounds, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
 イミニウム塩の具体例としては、以下の化合物を挙げることができるが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。
Specific examples of iminium salts include the following compounds, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
 本発明の樹脂組成物が塩基発生剤を含む場合、塩基発生剤の含有量は、本発明の樹脂組成物中の樹脂100質量部に対し、0.1~50質量部が好ましい。下限は、0.3質量部以上がより好ましく、0.5質量部以上が更に好ましい。上限は、30質量部以下がより好ましく、20質量部以下が更に好ましく、10質量部以下が一層好ましく、5質量部以下であってもよく、4質量部以下であってもよい。
 塩基発生剤は、1種又は2種以上を用いることができる。2種以上を用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
 また、本発明の樹脂組成物は、特定化合物以外の塩基発生剤を実質的に含まない態様とすることもできる。
 具体的には、特定化合物以外の塩基発生剤の含有量が、樹脂組成物の全質量に対して、1質量%以下であることが好ましく、0.5質量%以下であることがより好ましく、0.1質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は特に限定されず、0質量%であってもよい。
When the resin composition of the present invention contains a base generator, the content of the base generator is preferably 0.1 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin in the resin composition of the present invention. The lower limit is more preferably 0.3 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 20 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 10 parts by mass or less, and may be 5 parts by mass or less, or may be 4 parts by mass or less.
One or two or more base generators can be used. When two or more kinds are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
In addition, the resin composition of the present invention can also be in an aspect in which it does not substantially contain a base generator other than the specific compound.
Specifically, the content of the base generator other than the specific compound is preferably 1% by mass or less, more preferably 0.5% by mass or less, relative to the total mass of the resin composition. It is more preferably 0.1% by mass or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited, and may be 0% by mass.
<溶剤>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、溶剤を含むことが好ましい。
 溶剤は、公知の溶剤を任意に使用できる。溶剤は有機溶剤が好ましい。有機溶剤としては、エステル類、エーテル類、ケトン類、環状炭化水素類、スルホキシド類、アミド類、ウレア類、アルコール類などの化合物が挙げられる。
<Solvent>
The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent.
Any known solvent can be used as the solvent. The solvent is preferably an organic solvent. Organic solvents include compounds such as esters, ethers, ketones, cyclic hydrocarbons, sulfoxides, amides, ureas, and alcohols.
 溶剤の具体例としては、国際公開第2021/112189号公報に記載の溶剤が挙げられる。また、エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールエチルメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールブチルメチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、テトラエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテル、N-シクロヘキシル-2-ピロリドン等も挙げられる。 Specific examples of solvents include solvents described in International Publication No. 2021/112189. Also included are ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, diethylene glycol butyl methyl ether, triethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetraethylene glycol dimethyl ether, propylene glycol dimethyl ether, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, N-cyclohexyl-2-pyrrolidone and the like. .
 溶剤は、塗布面性状の改良などの観点から、2種以上を混合する形態も好ましい。 From the viewpoint of improving the properties of the coating surface, it is also preferable to mix two or more solvents.
 本発明では、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エチルセロソルブアセテート、乳酸エチル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、酢酸ブチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-ヘプタノン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、γ-ブチロラクトン、ジメチルスルホキシド、エチルカルビトールアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、プロピレングリコールメチルエーテル、及びプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテート、レボグルコセノン、ジヒドロレボグルコセノンから選択される1種の溶剤、又は、2種以上で構成される混合溶剤が好ましい。ジメチルスルホキシドとγ-ブチロラクトンとの併用、又は、N-メチル-2-ピロリドンと乳酸エチルとの併用が特に好ましい。 In the present invention, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, γ- one solvent selected from butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, propylene glycol methyl ether and propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, levoglucosenone, dihydrolevoglucosenone; Alternatively, a mixed solvent composed of two or more kinds is preferable. A combination of dimethyl sulfoxide and γ-butyrolactone or a combination of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and ethyl lactate is particularly preferred.
 溶剤の含有量は、塗布性の観点から、本発明の樹脂組成物の全固形分濃度が5~80質量%になる量とすることが好ましく、5~75質量%となる量にすることがより好ましく、10~70質量%となる量にすることが更に好ましく、20~70質量%となるようにすることが一層好ましい。溶剤含有量は、塗膜の所望の厚さと塗布方法に応じて調節すればよい。 From the viewpoint of coating properties, the content of the solvent is preferably an amount such that the total solid concentration of the resin composition of the present invention is 5 to 80% by mass, more preferably 5 to 75% by mass. More preferably, the amount is from 10 to 70% by mass, and even more preferably from 20 to 70% by mass. The solvent content may be adjusted according to the desired thickness of the coating and the method of application.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、溶剤を1種のみ含有していてもよいし、2種以上含有していてもよい。溶剤を2種以上含有する場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 The resin composition of the present invention may contain only one type of solvent, or may contain two or more types. When two or more solvents are contained, the total is preferably within the above range.
<金属接着性改良剤>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、電極や配線などに用いられる金属材料との接着性を向上させるための金属接着性改良剤を含んでいることが好ましい。金属接着性改良剤としては、アルコキシシリル基を有するシランカップリング剤、アルミニウム系接着助剤、チタン系接着助剤、スルホンアミド構造を有する化合物及びチオウレア構造を有する化合物、リン酸誘導体化合物、βケトエステル化合物、アミノ化合物等が挙げられる。
<Metal adhesion improver>
The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a metal adhesion improver for improving adhesion to metal materials used for electrodes, wiring, and the like. Examples of metal adhesion improvers include alkoxysilyl group-containing silane coupling agents, aluminum-based adhesion aids, titanium-based adhesion aids, compounds having a sulfonamide structure and compounds having a thiourea structure, phosphoric acid derivative compounds, and β-ketoesters. compounds, amino compounds, and the like.
〔シランカップリング剤〕
 シランカップリング剤としては、例えば、国際公開第2021/112189号の段落0316に記載の化合物、特開2018-173573の段落0067~0078に記載の化合物が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、特開2011-128358号公報の段落0050~0058に記載のように異なる2種以上のシランカップリング剤を用いることも好ましい。また、シランカップリング剤は、下記化合物を用いることも好ましい。以下の式中、Meはメチル基を、Etはエチル基を表す。
〔Silane coupling agent〕
Examples of the silane coupling agent include compounds described in paragraph 0316 of International Publication No. 2021/112189 and compounds described in paragraphs 0067 to 0078 of JP-A-2018-173573, the contents of which are herein described. incorporated. It is also preferable to use two or more different silane coupling agents as described in paragraphs 0050 to 0058 of JP-A-2011-128358. Moreover, it is also preferable to use the following compound as a silane coupling agent. In the following formulas, Me represents a methyl group and Et represents an ethyl group.
 他のシランカップリング剤としては、国際公開第2021/112189号の段落0318に記載の化合物も挙げられる。この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。これらは1種単独または2種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。 Other silane coupling agents include compounds described in paragraph 0318 of International Publication No. 2021/112189. The contents of which are incorporated herein. These can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
〔アルミニウム系接着助剤〕
 アルミニウム系接着助剤としては、例えば、アルミニウムトリス(エチルアセトアセテート)、アルミニウムトリス(アセチルアセトネート)、エチルアセトアセテートアルミニウムジイソプロピレート等を挙げることができる。
[Aluminum Adhesion Aid]
Examples of aluminum-based adhesion promoters include aluminum tris(ethylacetoacetate), aluminum tris(acetylacetonate), ethylacetoacetate aluminum diisopropylate, and the like.
 また、その他の金属接着性改良剤としては、特開2014-186186号公報の段落0046~0049に記載の化合物、特開2013-072935号公報の段落0032~0043に記載のスルフィド系化合物を用いることもでき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Further, as other metal adhesion improvers, compounds described in paragraphs 0046 to 0049 of JP-A-2014-186186, and sulfide compounds described in paragraphs 0032-0043 of JP-A-2013-072935 can be used. can also be used, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 金属接着性改良剤の含有量は特定樹脂100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.01~30質量部であり、より好ましくは0.1~10質量部の範囲であり、更に好ましくは0.5~5質量部の範囲である。上記下限値以上とすることでパターンと金属層との接着性が良好となり、上記上限値以下とすることでパターンの耐熱性、機械特性が良好となる。金属接着性改良剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。2種以上用いる場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 The content of the metal adhesion improver is preferably 0.01 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, and still more preferably 0.01 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the specific resin. It is in the range of 5 to 5 parts by mass. When it is at least the above lower limit value, the adhesiveness between the pattern and the metal layer is improved, and when it is at most the above upper limit value, the heat resistance and mechanical properties of the pattern are improved. One type of metal adhesion improver may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, the total is preferably within the above range.
<マイグレーション抑制剤>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、マイグレーション抑制剤を更に含むことが好ましい。マイグレーション抑制剤を含むことにより、金属層(金属配線)由来の金属イオンが膜内へ移動することを効果的に抑制可能となる。
<Migration inhibitor>
The resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains a migration inhibitor. By including the migration inhibitor, it becomes possible to effectively suppress the migration of metal ions derived from the metal layer (metal wiring) into the film.
 マイグレーション抑制剤としては、特に制限はないが、複素環(ピロール環、フラン環、チオフェン環、イミダゾール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、ピラゾール環、イソオキサゾール環、イソチアゾール環、テトラゾール環、ピリジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、ピラジン環、ピペリジン環、ピペラジン環、モルホリン環、2H-ピラン環及び6H-ピラン環、トリアジン環)を有する化合物、チオ尿素類及びスルファニル基を有する化合物、ヒンダードフェノール系化合物、サリチル酸誘導体系化合物、ヒドラジド誘導体系化合物が挙げられる。特に、1,2,4-トリアゾール、ベンゾトリアゾール、3-アミノ-1,2,4-トリアゾール、3,5-ジアミノ-1,2,4-トリアゾール等のトリアゾール系化合物、1H-テトラゾール、5-フェニルテトラゾール、5-アミノ―1H-テトラゾール等のテトラゾール系化合物が好ましく使用できる。 Migration inhibitors are not particularly limited, but heterocyclic rings (pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring, isoxazole ring, isothiazole ring, tetrazole ring, pyridine ring, pyridazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrazine ring, piperidine ring, piperazine ring, morpholine ring, 2H-pyran ring and 6H-pyran ring, triazine ring), compounds having thioureas and sulfanyl groups, hindered phenolic compounds , salicylic acid derivative-based compounds, and hydrazide derivative-based compounds. In particular, triazole compounds such as 1,2,4-triazole, benzotriazole, 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole, 3,5-diamino-1,2,4-triazole, 1H-tetrazole, 5- Tetrazole compounds such as phenyltetrazole and 5-amino-1H-tetrazole can be preferably used.
 又はハロゲンイオンなどの陰イオンを捕捉するイオントラップ剤を使用することもできる。 Alternatively, an ion trapping agent that traps anions such as halogen ions can be used.
 その他のマイグレーション抑制剤としては、例えば、国際公開第2021/112189号の段落0304に記載の化合物が挙げられる。この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Other migration inhibitors include, for example, compounds described in paragraph 0304 of International Publication No. 2021/112189. The contents of which are incorporated herein.
 マイグレーション抑制剤の具体例としては、下記化合物を挙げることができる。 Specific examples of migration inhibitors include the following compounds.
 本発明の樹脂組成物がマイグレーション抑制剤を有する場合、マイグレーション抑制剤の含有量は、本発明の樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01~5.0質量%であることが好ましく、0.05~2.0質量%であることがより好ましく、0.1~1.0質量%であることが更に好ましい。 When the resin composition of the present invention has a migration inhibitor, the content of the migration inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 5.0% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. , more preferably 0.05 to 2.0% by mass, and even more preferably 0.1 to 1.0% by mass.
 マイグレーション抑制剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。マイグレーション抑制剤が2種以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 Only one type of migration inhibitor may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more migration inhibitors are used, the total is preferably within the above range.
<重合禁止剤>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、重合禁止剤を含むことが好ましい。重合禁止剤としてはフェノール系化合物、キノン系化合物、アミノ系化合物、N-オキシルフリーラジカル化合物系化合物、ニトロ系化合物、ニトロソ系化合物、ヘテロ芳香環系化合物、金属化合物などが挙げられる。
<Polymerization inhibitor>
The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerization inhibitor. Polymerization inhibitors include phenol compounds, quinone compounds, amino compounds, N-oxyl free radical compounds, nitro compounds, nitroso compounds, heteroaromatic compounds, metal compounds and the like.
 重合禁止剤の具体的な化合物としては、国際公開第2021/112189の段落0310に記載の化合物、p-ヒドロキノン、o-ヒドロキノン、2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン1-オキシルフリーラジカル、フェノキサジン等が挙げられる。この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Specific compounds of the polymerization inhibitor include compounds described in paragraph 0310 of WO2021/112189, p-hydroquinone, o-hydroquinone, 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl free radical, phenoxazine and the like. The contents of which are incorporated herein.
 本発明の樹脂組成物が重合禁止剤を有する場合、重合禁止剤の含有量は、本発明の樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01~20質量%であることが好ましく、0.02~15質量%であることがより好ましく、0.05~10質量%であることが更に好ましい。 When the resin composition of the present invention has a polymerization inhibitor, the content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. It is more preferably from 0.02 to 15% by mass, and even more preferably from 0.05 to 10% by mass.
 重合禁止剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。重合禁止剤が2種以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 Only one type of polymerization inhibitor may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more polymerization inhibitors are used, the total is preferably within the above range.
<その他の添加剤>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、本発明の効果が得られる範囲で、必要に応じて、各種の添加物、例えば、界面活性剤、高級脂肪酸誘導体、熱重合開始剤、無機粒子、紫外線吸収剤、有機チタン化合物、酸化防止剤、光酸発生剤、凝集防止剤、フェノール系化合物、他の高分子化合物、可塑剤及びその他の助剤類(例えば、消泡剤、難燃剤など)等を配合することができる。その他、本発明の樹脂組成物は、ウレア化合物、カルボジイミド化合物又はイソウレア化合物を含んでもよい。これらの成分を適宜含有させることにより、膜物性などの性質を調整することができる。これらの成分は、例えば、特開2012-003225号公報の段落番号0183以降(対応する米国特許出願公開第2013/0034812号明細書の段落番号0237)の記載、特開2008-250074号公報の段落番号0101~0104、0107~0109等の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。これらの添加剤を配合する場合、その合計配合量は本発明の樹脂組成物の固形分の3質量%以下とすることが好ましい。
<Other additives>
The resin composition of the present invention may optionally contain various additives, such as surfactants, higher fatty acid derivatives, thermal polymerization initiators, inorganic particles, ultraviolet absorbers, as long as the effects of the present invention can be obtained. Add organic titanium compounds, antioxidants, photoacid generators, anti-coagulants, phenolic compounds, other polymer compounds, plasticizers and other auxiliary agents (e.g. defoamer, flame retardant, etc.) be able to. In addition, the resin composition of the present invention may contain a urea compound, a carbodiimide compound, or an isourea compound. Properties such as film physical properties can be adjusted by appropriately containing these components. These components are, for example, described in JP 2012-003225, paragraph number 0183 and later (corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0034812, paragraph number 0237), JP 2008-250074 paragraph The descriptions of numbers 0101 to 0104, 0107 to 0109, etc. can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein. When these additives are blended, the total blending amount is preferably 3% by mass or less of the solid content of the resin composition of the present invention.
〔界面活性剤〕
 界面活性剤としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤、炭化水素系界面活性剤などの各種界面活性剤を使用できる。界面活性剤はノニオン型界面活性剤であってもよく、カチオン型界面活性剤であってもよく、アニオン型界面活性剤であってもよい。
[Surfactant]
As the surfactant, various surfactants such as fluorine-based surfactants, silicone-based surfactants, and hydrocarbon-based surfactants can be used. The surfactant may be a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, or an anionic surfactant.
 本発明の樹脂組成物に界面活性剤を含有させることで、塗布液として調製したときの液特性(特に、流動性)がより向上し、塗布厚の均一性や省液性をより改善することができる。即ち、界面活性剤を含有する組成物を適用した塗布液を用いて膜形成する場合においては、被塗布面と塗布液との界面張力が低下して、被塗布面への濡れ性が改善され、被塗布面への塗布性が向上する。このため、厚みムラの小さい均一厚の膜形成をより好適に行うことができる。 By including a surfactant in the resin composition of the present invention, the liquid properties (particularly fluidity) when prepared as a coating liquid are further improved, and the uniformity of coating thickness and liquid saving are further improved. can be done. That is, when a film is formed using a coating liquid to which a composition containing a surfactant is applied, the interfacial tension between the surface to be coated and the coating liquid is reduced, and the wettability to the surface to be coated is improved. , the coatability to the surface to be coated is improved. Therefore, it is possible to more preferably form a film having a uniform thickness with little unevenness in thickness.
 フッ素系界面活性剤としては、国際公開第2021/112189号の段落0328に記載の化合物が挙げられる。この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
フッ素系界面活性剤は、フッ素原子を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物に由来する繰り返し単位と、アルキレンオキシ基(好ましくはエチレンオキシ基、プロピレンオキシ基)を2以上(好ましくは5以上)有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物に由来する繰り返し単位と、を含む含フッ素高分子化合物も好ましく用いることができ、下記化合物も本発明で用いられるフッ素系界面活性剤として例示される。
Fluorinated surfactants include compounds described in paragraph 0328 of WO2021/112189. The contents of which are incorporated herein.
The fluorosurfactant has a repeating unit derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and 2 or more (preferably 5 or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy groups and propyleneoxy groups) (meta) A fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a repeating unit derived from an acrylate compound can also be preferably used, and the following compounds are also exemplified as fluorine-based surfactants used in the present invention.
 上記の化合物の重量平均分子量は、好ましくは3,000~50,000であり、5,000~30,000であることがより好ましい。
 フッ素系界面活性剤は、エチレン性不飽和結合を側鎖に有する含フッ素重合体をフッ素系界面活性剤として用いることもできる。具体例としては、特開2010-164965号公報の段落0050~0090および段落0289~0295に記載された化合物が挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、市販品としては、例えばDIC(株)製のメガファックRS-101、RS-102、RS-718K等が挙げられる。
The weight average molecular weight of the above compound is preferably 3,000 to 50,000, more preferably 5,000 to 30,000.
A fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond in a side chain can also be used as a fluorine-based surfactant. Specific examples include compounds described in paragraphs 0050 to 0090 and paragraphs 0289 to 0295 of JP-A-2010-164965, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Commercially available products include Megafac RS-101, RS-102 and RS-718K manufactured by DIC Corporation.
 フッ素系界面活性剤中のフッ素含有率は、3~40質量%が好適であり、より好ましくは5~30質量%であり、特に好ましくは7~25質量%である。フッ素含有率がこの範囲内であるフッ素系界面活性剤は、塗布膜の厚さの均一性や省液性の点で効果的であり、組成物中における溶解性も良好である。 The fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably 3-40% by mass, more preferably 5-30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7-25% by mass. A fluorosurfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in terms of uniformity of the thickness of the coating film and saving liquid, and has good solubility in the composition.
 シリコーン系界面活性剤、炭化水素系界面活性剤、ノニオン型界面活性剤、カチオン型界面活性剤、アニオン型界面活性剤としては、それぞれ、国際公開第2021/112189号の段落0329~0334に記載の化合物が挙げられる。これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Silicone-based surfactants, hydrocarbon-based surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, and anionic surfactants are described in paragraphs 0329 to 0334 of WO 2021/112189, respectively. compound. The contents of which are incorporated herein.
 界面活性剤は、1種のみを用いてもよいし、2種類以上を組み合わせてもよい。
界面活性剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分に対して、0.001~2.0質量%が好ましく、0.005~1.0質量%がより好ましい。
Only one type of surfactant may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination.
The surfactant content is preferably 0.001 to 2.0% by mass, more preferably 0.005 to 1.0% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition.
〔高級脂肪酸誘導体〕
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、酸素に起因する重合阻害を防止するために、ベヘン酸やベヘン酸アミドのような高級脂肪酸誘導体を添加して、塗布後の乾燥の過程で本発明の樹脂組成物の表面に偏在させてもよい。
[Higher Fatty Acid Derivative]
In the resin composition of the present invention, a higher fatty acid derivative such as behenic acid or behenic acid amide is added in order to prevent polymerization inhibition caused by oxygen. may be unevenly distributed on the surface of the
 また、高級脂肪酸誘導体は、国際公開第2015/199219号の段落0155に記載の化合物を用いることもでき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 In addition, the compound described in paragraph 0155 of International Publication No. 2015/199219 can also be used as the higher fatty acid derivative, the content of which is incorporated herein.
 本発明の樹脂組成物が高級脂肪酸誘導体を有する場合、高級脂肪酸誘導体の含有量は、本発明の樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0.1~10質量%であることが好ましい。高級脂肪酸誘導体は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。高級脂肪酸誘導体が2種以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 When the resin composition of the present invention contains a higher fatty acid derivative, the content of the higher fatty acid derivative is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass relative to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. Only one type of higher fatty acid derivative may be used, or two or more types thereof may be used. When two or more higher fatty acid derivatives are used, the total is preferably within the above range.
〔熱重合開始剤〕
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、熱重合開始剤を含んでもよく、特に熱ラジカル重合開始剤を含んでもよい。熱ラジカル重合開始剤は、熱のエネルギーによってラジカルを発生し、重合性を有する化合物の重合反応を開始又は促進させる化合物である。熱ラジカル重合開始剤を添加することによって樹脂及び重合性化合物の重合反応を進行させることもできるので、より耐溶剤性を向上できる。また、上述した光重合開始剤も熱により重合を開始する機能を有する場合があり、熱重合開始剤として添加することができる場合がある。
[Thermal polymerization initiator]
The resin composition of the present invention may contain a thermal polymerization initiator, particularly a thermal radical polymerization initiator. A thermal radical polymerization initiator is a compound that generates radicals by heat energy and initiates or promotes a polymerization reaction of a polymerizable compound. By adding a thermal radical polymerization initiator, the polymerization reaction of the resin and the polymerizable compound can be advanced, so that the solvent resistance can be further improved. Moreover, the photopolymerization initiator described above may also have a function of initiating polymerization by heat, and may be added as a thermal polymerization initiator.
 熱ラジカル重合開始剤として、具体的には、特開2008-063554号公報の段落0074~0118に記載されている化合物が挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Specific examples of thermal radical polymerization initiators include compounds described in paragraphs 0074 to 0118 of JP-A-2008-063554, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 熱重合開始剤を含む場合、その含有量は、本発明の樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し0.1~30質量%であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.1~20質量%であり、更に好ましくは0.5~15質量%である。熱重合開始剤は1種のみ含有していてもよいし、2種以上含有していてもよい。熱重合開始剤を2種以上含有する場合は、合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 When a thermal polymerization initiator is included, its content is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. , more preferably 0.5 to 15% by mass. One type of thermal polymerization initiator may be contained, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more thermal polymerization initiators are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
〔無機粒子〕
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、無機粒子を含んでもよい。無機粒子として、具体的には、炭酸カルシウム、リン酸カルシウム、シリカ、カオリン、タルク、二酸化チタン、アルミナ、硫酸バリウム、フッ化カルシウム、フッ化リチウム、ゼオライト、硫化モリブデン、ガラス、窒化ホウ素等を含むことができる。
[Inorganic particles]
The resin composition of the present invention may contain inorganic particles. Examples of inorganic particles include calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, silica, kaolin, talc, titanium dioxide, alumina, barium sulfate, calcium fluoride, lithium fluoride, zeolite, molybdenum sulfide, glass, boron nitride, and the like. can.
 上記無機粒子の平均粒子径としては、0.01~2.0μmが好ましく、0.02~1.5μmがより好ましく、0.03~1.0μmがさらに好ましく、0.04~0.5μmが特に好ましい。
 無機粒子の上記平均粒子径は、一次粒子径であり、また体積平均粒子径である。体積平均粒子径は、Nanotrac WAVE II EX-150(日機装社製)による動的光散乱法で測定できる。
上記測定が困難である場合は、遠心沈降光透過法、X線透過法、レーザー回折・散乱法で測定することもできる。
The average particle diameter of the inorganic particles is preferably 0.01 to 2.0 μm, more preferably 0.02 to 1.5 μm, still more preferably 0.03 to 1.0 μm, and 0.04 to 0.5 μm. Especially preferred.
The average particle size of the inorganic particles is the primary particle size and the volume average particle size. The volume average particle size can be measured by a dynamic light scattering method using Nanotrac WAVE II EX-150 (manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd.).
If the above measurement is difficult, the centrifugal sedimentation light transmission method, X-ray transmission method, or laser diffraction/scattering method can be used.
〔紫外線吸収剤〕
 本発明の組成物は、紫外線吸収剤を含んでいてもよい。紫外線吸収剤としては、サリシレート系、ベンゾフェノン系、ベンゾトリアゾール系、置換アクリロニトリル系、トリアジン系などの紫外線吸収剤を使用することができる。
 紫外線吸収剤の具体例としては、国際公開第2021/112189号の段落0341~0342に記載の化合物が挙げられる。この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
[Ultraviolet absorber]
The composition of the present invention may contain an ultraviolet absorber. As the ultraviolet absorber, salicylate-based, benzophenone-based, benzotriazole-based, substituted acrylonitrile-based, and triazine-based ultraviolet absorbers can be used.
Specific examples of UV absorbers include compounds described in paragraphs 0341 to 0342 of WO2021/112189. The contents of which are incorporated herein.
本発明においては、上記各種の紫外線吸収剤は一種を単独で用いてもよく、二種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
本発明の組成物は、紫外線吸収剤を含んでも含まなくてもよいが、含む場合、紫外線吸収剤の含有量は、本発明の組成物の全固形分質量に対して、0.001質量%以上1質量%以下であることが好ましく、0.01質量%以上0.1質量%以下であることがより好ましい。
In the present invention, the above various ultraviolet absorbers may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
The composition of the present invention may or may not contain an ultraviolet absorber, but when it does, the content of the ultraviolet absorber is 0.001% by mass with respect to the total solid mass of the composition of the present invention. It is preferably at least 1% by mass, more preferably at least 0.01% by mass and not more than 0.1% by mass.
〔有機チタン化合物〕
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、有機チタン化合物を含有してもよい。樹脂組成物が有機チタン化合物を含有することにより、低温で硬化した場合であっても耐薬品性に優れる樹脂層を形成できる。
[Organic titanium compound]
The resin composition of this embodiment may contain an organic titanium compound. By containing the organic titanium compound in the resin composition, it is possible to form a resin layer having excellent chemical resistance even when cured at a low temperature.
 使用可能な有機チタン化合物としては、チタン原子に有機基が共有結合又はイオン結合を介して結合しているものが挙げられる。
 有機チタン化合物の具体例としては、国際公開第2021/112189号の段落0345~0346に記載の化合物が挙げられる。この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
Organotitanium compounds that can be used include those in which organic groups are attached to titanium atoms through covalent or ionic bonds.
Specific examples of organotitanium compounds include compounds described in paragraphs 0345 to 0346 of WO2021/112189. The contents of which are incorporated herein.
 有機チタン化合物を配合する場合、その配合量は、特定樹脂100質量部に対し、0.05~10質量部であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.1~2質量部である。配合量が0.05質量部以上である場合、得られる硬化パターンに良好な耐熱性及び耐薬品性がより効果的に発現し、一方10質量部以下である場合、組成物の保存安定性により優れる。 When the organic titanium compound is blended, the blending amount is preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 2 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the specific resin. When the amount is 0.05 parts by mass or more, the resulting cured pattern exhibits good heat resistance and chemical resistance more effectively. Excellent.
〔酸化防止剤〕
本発明の組成物は、酸化防止剤を含んでいてもよい。添加剤として酸化防止剤を含有することで、硬化後の膜の伸度特性や、金属材料との密着性を向上させることができる。酸化防止剤としては、フェノール化合物、亜リン酸エステル化合物、チオエーテル化合物などが挙げられる。酸化防止剤の具体例としては、国際公開第2021/112189号の段落0348~0357に記載の化合物が挙げられる。この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
〔Antioxidant〕
The compositions of the present invention may contain antioxidants. By containing an antioxidant as an additive, it is possible to improve the elongation properties of the cured film and the adhesion to metal materials. Antioxidants include phenol compounds, phosphite ester compounds, thioether compounds and the like. Specific examples of antioxidants include compounds described in paragraphs 0348 to 0357 of WO2021/112189. The contents of which are incorporated herein.
 酸化防止剤の添加量は、特定樹脂100質量部に対し、0.1~10質量部が好ましく、0.5~5質量部がより好ましい。添加量を0.1質量部以上とすることにより、高温高湿環境下においても伸度特性や金属材料に対する密着性向上の効果が得られやすく、また10質量部以下とすることにより、例えば感光剤との相互作用により、樹脂組成物の感度が向上する。酸化防止剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The amount of antioxidant to be added is preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the specific resin. By making the addition amount 0.1 parts by mass or more, the effect of improving elongation characteristics and adhesion to metal materials can be easily obtained even in a high-temperature and high-humidity environment. The interaction with the agent improves the sensitivity of the resin composition. Only one kind of antioxidant may be used, or two or more kinds thereof may be used. When two or more kinds are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
〔凝集防止剤〕
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、必要に応じて凝集防止剤を含有してもよい。凝集防止剤としては、ポリアクリル酸ナトリウム等が挙げられる。
[Anti-aggregation agent]
The resin composition of the present embodiment may contain an anti-aggregation agent as necessary. Anti-aggregation agents include sodium polyacrylate and the like.
 本発明においては、凝集防止剤は一種を単独で用いてもよく、二種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
 本発明の組成物は、凝集防止剤を含んでも含まなくてもよいが、含む場合、凝集防止剤の含有量は、本発明の組成物の全固形分質量に対して、0.01質量%以上10質量%以下であることが好ましく、0.02質量%以上5質量%以下であることがより好ましい。
In the present invention, the aggregation inhibitor may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The composition of the present invention may or may not contain an anti-aggregating agent, but when it is included, the content of the anti-aggregating agent is 0.01% by mass with respect to the total solid mass of the composition of the present invention. It is preferably at least 10% by mass, more preferably at least 0.02% by mass and not more than 5% by mass.
〔フェノール系化合物〕
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、必要に応じてフェノール系化合物を含有してもよい。フェノール系化合物としては、Bis-Z、BisP-EZ、TekP-4HBPA、TrisP-HAP、TrisP-PA、BisOCHP-Z、BisP-MZ、BisP-PZ、BisP-IPZ、BisOCP-IPZ、BisP-CP、BisRS-2P、BisRS-3P、BisP-OCHP、メチレントリス-FR-CR、BisRS-26X(以上、商品名、本州化学工業(株)製)、BIP-PC、BIR-PC、BIR-PTBP、BIR-BIPC-F(以上、商品名、旭有機材工業(株)製)等が挙げられる。
[Phenolic compound]
The resin composition of the present embodiment may contain a phenolic compound as necessary. Examples of phenolic compounds include Bis-Z, BisP-EZ, TekP-4HBPA, TrisP-HAP, TrisP-PA, BisOCHP-Z, BisP-MZ, BisP-PZ, BisP-IPZ, BisOCP-IPZ, BisP-CP, BisRS-2P, BisRS-3P, BisP-OCHP, methylenetris-FR-CR, BisRS-26X (these are trade names, manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), BIP-PC, BIR-PC, BIR-PTBP, BIR -BIPC-F (these are trade names, manufactured by Asahi Organic Chemicals Industry Co., Ltd.) and the like.
 本発明においては、フェノール系化合物は一種を単独で用いてもよく、二種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
 本発明の組成物は、フェノール系化合物を含んでも含まなくてもよいが、含む場合、フェノール系化合物の含有量は、本発明の組成物の全固形分質量に対して、0.01質量%以上30質量%以下であることが好ましく、0.02質量%以上20質量%以下であることがより好ましい。
In the present invention, one type of phenolic compound may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
The composition of the present invention may or may not contain a phenolic compound, but if it does, the content of the phenolic compound is 0.01% by mass relative to the total solid mass of the composition of the present invention. It is preferably at least 30% by mass, more preferably at least 0.02% by mass and not more than 20% by mass.
〔他の高分子化合物〕
 他の高分子化合物としては、シロキサン樹脂、(メタ)アクリル酸を共重合した(メタ)アクリルポリマー、ノボラック樹脂、レゾール樹脂、ポリヒドロキシスチレン樹脂およびそれらの共重合体などが挙げられる。他の高分子化合物はメチロール基、アルコキシメチル基、エポキシ基などの架橋基が導入された変性体であってもよい。
[Other polymer compounds]
Other polymer compounds include siloxane resins, (meth)acrylic polymers obtained by copolymerizing (meth)acrylic acid, novolac resins, resol resins, polyhydroxystyrene resins, and copolymers thereof. Other polymer compounds may be modified products into which cross-linking groups such as methylol groups, alkoxymethyl groups and epoxy groups have been introduced.
 本発明においては、他の高分子化合物は一種を単独で用いてもよく、二種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
 本発明の組成物は、他の高分子化合物を含んでも含まなくてもよいが、含む場合、他の高分子化合物の含有量は、本発明の組成物の全固形分質量に対して、0.01質量%以上30質量%以下であることが好ましく、0.02質量%以上20質量%以下であることがより好ましい。
In the present invention, other polymer compounds may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
The composition of the present invention may or may not contain other polymer compounds, but if it does, the content of the other polymer compound is 0 relative to the total solid mass of the composition of the present invention. It is preferably 0.01% by mass or more and 30% by mass or less, and more preferably 0.02% by mass or more and 20% by mass or less.
<樹脂組成物の特性>
 本発明の樹脂組成物の粘度は、樹脂組成物の固形分濃度により調整できる。塗布膜厚の観点から、1,000mm/s~12,000mm/sが好ましく、2,000mm/s~10,000mm/sがより好ましく、2,500mm/s~8,000mm/sが更に好ましい。上記範囲であれば、均一性の高い塗布膜を得ることが容易になる。1,000mm/s以上であれば、例えば再配線用絶縁膜として必要とされる膜厚で塗布することが容易であり、12,000mm/s以下であれば、塗布面状に優れた塗膜が得られる。
<Characteristics of resin composition>
The viscosity of the resin composition of the present invention can be adjusted by adjusting the solid content concentration of the resin composition. From the viewpoint of coating film thickness, it is preferably 1,000 mm 2 /s to 12,000 mm 2 /s, more preferably 2,000 mm 2 /s to 10,000 mm 2 /s, and 2,500 mm 2 /s to 8,000 mm. 2 /s is more preferred. If it is the said range, it will become easy to obtain a coating film with high uniformity. If it is 1,000 mm 2 /s or more, it is easy to apply the film with a film thickness required, for example, as an insulating film for rewiring . A coating is obtained.
<樹脂組成物の含有物質についての制限>
 本発明の樹脂組成物の含水率は、2.0質量%未満であることが好ましく、1.5質量%未満であることがより好ましく、1.0質量%未満であることが更に好ましい。2.0%未満であれば、樹脂組成物の保存安定性が向上する。
 水分の含有量を維持する方法としては、保管条件における湿度の調整、保管時の収容容器の空隙率低減などが挙げられる。
<Restrictions on Substances Contained in Resin Composition>
The water content of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 2.0% by mass, more preferably less than 1.5% by mass, and even more preferably less than 1.0% by mass. If it is less than 2.0%, the storage stability of the resin composition is improved.
Methods for maintaining the moisture content include adjusting the humidity in the storage conditions and reducing the porosity of the storage container during storage.
 本発明の樹脂組成物の金属含有量は、絶縁性の観点から、5質量ppm(parts per million)未満が好ましく、1質量ppm未満がより好ましく、0.5質量ppm未満が更に好ましい。金属としては、ナトリウム、カリウム、マグネシウム、カルシウム、鉄、銅、クロム、ニッケルなどが挙げられるが、有機化合物と金属との錯体として含まれる金属は除く。金属を複数含む場合は、これらの金属の合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of insulation, the metal content of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5 mass ppm (parts per million), more preferably less than 1 mass ppm, and even more preferably less than 0.5 mass ppm. Examples of metals include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, copper, chromium, and nickel, but metals contained as complexes of organic compounds and metals are excluded. When multiple metals are included, the total of these metals is preferably within the above range.
 また、本発明の樹脂組成物に意図せずに含まれる金属不純物を低減する方法としては、本発明の樹脂組成物を構成する原料として金属含有量が少ない原料を選択する、本発明の樹脂組成物を構成する原料に対してフィルターろ過を行う、装置内をポリテトラフルオロエチレン等でライニングしてコンタミネーションを可能な限り抑制した条件下で蒸留を行う等の方法を挙げることができる。 In addition, as a method for reducing metal impurities unintentionally contained in the resin composition of the present invention, a raw material having a low metal content is selected as a raw material constituting the resin composition of the present invention. Examples include a method of performing filter filtration on the raw material constituting the product, and performing distillation under conditions in which contamination is suppressed as much as possible by lining the inside of the apparatus with polytetrafluoroethylene or the like.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、半導体材料としての用途を考慮すると、ハロゲン原子の含有量が、配線腐食性の観点から、500質量ppm未満が好ましく、300質量ppm未満がより好ましく、200質量ppm未満が更に好ましい。中でも、ハロゲンイオンの状態で存在するものは、5質量ppm未満が好ましく、1質量ppm未満がより好ましく、0.5質量ppm未満が更に好ましい。ハロゲン原子としては、塩素原子及び臭素原子が挙げられる。塩素原子及び臭素原子、又は塩素イオン及び臭素イオンの合計がそれぞれ上記範囲であることが好ましい。
 ハロゲン原子の含有量を調節する方法としては、イオン交換処理などが好ましく挙げられる。
Considering the use of the resin composition of the present invention as a semiconductor material, the content of halogen atoms is preferably less than 500 ppm by mass, more preferably less than 300 ppm by mass, and less than 200 ppm by mass from the viewpoint of wiring corrosion. is more preferred. Among them, those present in the form of halogen ions are preferably less than 5 ppm by mass, more preferably less than 1 ppm by mass, and even more preferably less than 0.5 ppm by mass. Halogen atoms include chlorine and bromine atoms. It is preferable that the total amount of chlorine atoms and bromine atoms or chlorine ions and bromine ions is within the above ranges.
As a method for adjusting the content of halogen atoms, ion exchange treatment and the like are preferably mentioned.
 本発明の樹脂組成物の収容容器としては従来公知の収容容器を用いることができる。また、収容容器としては、原材料や本発明の樹脂組成物中への不純物混入を抑制することを目的に、容器内壁を6種6層の樹脂で構成された多層ボトルや、6種の樹脂を7層構造にしたボトルを使用することも好ましい。このような容器としては例えば特開2015-123351号公報に記載の容器が挙げられる。 A conventionally known container can be used as the container for the resin composition of the present invention. In addition, as the storage container, for the purpose of suppressing the contamination of the raw materials and the resin composition of the present invention, the inner wall of the container is a multi-layer bottle composed of 6 types and 6 layers of resin, and 6 types of resin are used. It is also preferred to use bottles with a seven-layer structure. Examples of such a container include the container described in JP-A-2015-123351.
<樹脂組成物の硬化物>
 本発明の樹脂組成物を硬化することにより、この樹脂組成物の硬化物を得ることができる。
 本発明の第一の態様に係る硬化物は、本発明の樹脂組成物を硬化してなる硬化物である。
 樹脂組成物の硬化は加熱によるものであることが好ましく、加熱温度が120℃~400℃の範囲内であることがより好ましく、140℃~380℃の範囲内にあることが更に好ましく、170℃~350℃の範囲内にあることが特に好ましい。
<Cured product of resin composition>
By curing the resin composition of the present invention, a cured product of this resin composition can be obtained.
A cured product according to the first aspect of the present invention is a cured product obtained by curing the resin composition of the present invention.
Curing of the resin composition is preferably by heating, and the heating temperature is more preferably in the range of 120°C to 400°C, further preferably in the range of 140°C to 380°C, and 170°C. It is particularly preferred to be in the range of -350°C.
 本発明の第二の態様に係る硬化物は、環化樹脂と、カーボネート化合物とを含む。
 上記環化樹脂は、上述の樹脂組成物に含まれる環化樹脂、又は、環化樹脂の前駆体が加熱により変性したもの(例えば、環化樹脂の前駆体が環化したもの、樹脂に含まれる重合性基が、他の樹脂又は重合性化合物等と重合したもの)であることが好ましい。
 上記カーボネート化合物の好ましい態様は、上述の本発明の第一の態様に係る樹脂組成物において説明したカーボネート化合物の好ましい態様と同様である。
 このような態様によれば、硬化物は耐薬品性に優れる。
 上述の通り、カーボネート化合物は、極性が高いため、有機溶剤に溶解しにくく、このようなカーボネート化合物を含む硬化物は耐薬品性に優れると考えられる。
 本発明において、第一の態様に係る硬化物と第二の態様に係る硬化物を合わせて単に「硬化物」ともいう。
 また、本発明の第一の態様に係る硬化物は、カーボネート化合物を含んでもよい。
A cured product according to the second aspect of the present invention contains a cyclized resin and a carbonate compound.
The cyclized resin is a cyclized resin contained in the above resin composition, or a precursor of the cyclized resin modified by heating (for example, a cyclized precursor of the cyclized resin, a resin contained in the resin). polymerizable group is polymerized with other resin or polymerizable compound).
Preferred aspects of the carbonate compound are the same as the preferred aspects of the carbonate compound described in the resin composition according to the first aspect of the present invention.
According to such an aspect, the cured product has excellent chemical resistance.
As described above, since the carbonate compound has high polarity, it is difficult to dissolve in an organic solvent, and a cured product containing such a carbonate compound is considered to have excellent chemical resistance.
In the present invention, the cured product according to the first aspect and the cured product according to the second aspect are collectively referred to simply as "cured product".
Moreover, the cured product according to the first aspect of the present invention may contain a carbonate compound.
 金属との密着性及びの観点からは、本発明の硬化物の全質量に対する、カーボネート化合物の含有量は、0.001~0.100質量%であることが好ましく、0.003~0.080質量%であることがより好ましく、0.005~0.050質量%であることが更に好ましい。 From the viewpoint of adhesion to metals, the content of the carbonate compound with respect to the total mass of the cured product of the present invention is preferably 0.001 to 0.100% by mass, and 0.003 to 0.080% by mass. % by mass is more preferred, and 0.005 to 0.050% by mass is even more preferred.
 本発明の硬化物の形態は、特に限定されず、フィルム状、棒状、球状、ペレット状など、用途に合わせて選択することができる。本発明において、この硬化物は、フィルム状であることが好ましい。また、樹脂組成物のパターン加工によって、壁面への保護膜の形成、導通のためのビアホール形成、インピーダンスや静電容量あるいは内部応力の調整、放熱機能付与など、用途にあわせて、この硬化物の形状を選択することもできる。この硬化物(硬化物からなる膜)の膜厚は、0.5μm以上150μm以下であることが好ましい。
 本発明の樹脂組成物を硬化した際の収縮率は、50%以下が好ましく、45%以下がより好ましく、40%以下が更に好ましい。ここで、収縮率は、樹脂組成物の硬化前後の体積変化の百分率を指し、下記の式より算出することができる。
 収縮率[%]=100-(硬化後の体積÷硬化前の体積)×100
The form of the cured product of the present invention is not particularly limited, and can be selected from film-like, rod-like, spherical, pellet-like, etc. according to the application. In the present invention, the cured product is preferably in the form of a film. In addition, by patterning the resin composition, this cured product can be used according to the application, such as the formation of a protective film on the wall surface, the formation of via holes for conduction, the adjustment of impedance, capacitance or internal stress, and the provision of heat dissipation function. You can also choose the shape. The film thickness of the cured product (film made of the cured product) is preferably 0.5 μm or more and 150 μm or less.
The shrinkage ratio when the resin composition of the present invention is cured is preferably 50% or less, more preferably 45% or less, and even more preferably 40% or less. Here, the shrinkage ratio refers to the percentage change in volume of the resin composition before and after curing, and can be calculated from the following formula.
Shrinkage rate [%] = 100 - (volume after curing / volume before curing) x 100
<樹脂組成物の硬化物の特性>
 本発明の樹脂組成物の硬化物のイミド化反応率は、70%以上が好ましく、80%以上がより好ましく、90%以上が更に好ましい。70%以上であれば、機械特性に優れた硬化物となる場合がある。
 本発明の樹脂組成物の硬化物の破断伸びは、30%以上が好ましく、40%以上がより好ましく、50%以上が更に好ましい。
 本発明の樹脂組成物の硬化物のガラス転移温度(Tg)は、180℃以上であることが好ましく、210℃以上であることがより好ましく、230℃以上であることがさらに好ましい。
<Characteristics of Cured Product of Resin Composition>
The imidization reaction rate of the cured product of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 70% or higher, more preferably 80% or higher, and even more preferably 90% or higher. If it is 70% or more, a cured product having excellent mechanical properties may be obtained.
The elongation at break of the cured product of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 40% or more, and even more preferably 50% or more.
The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the cured product of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 180° C. or higher, more preferably 210° C. or higher, and even more preferably 230° C. or higher.
<樹脂組成物の調製>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、上記各成分を混合して調製することができる。混合方法は特に限定はなく、従来公知の方法で行うことができる。
 混合は撹拌羽による混合、ボールミルによる混合、タンク自身を回転させる混合などを採用することができる。
 混合中の温度は10~30℃が好ましく、15~25℃がより好ましい。
<Preparation of resin composition>
The resin composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the components described above. The mixing method is not particularly limited, and conventionally known methods can be used.
Mixing can be performed by mixing with a stirring blade, mixing with a ball mill, mixing by rotating the tank itself, or the like.
The temperature during mixing is preferably 10-30°C, more preferably 15-25°C.
 また、本発明の樹脂組成物中のゴミや微粒子等の異物を除去する目的で、フィルターを用いたろ過を行うことが好ましい。フィルター孔径は、例えば5μm以下である態様が挙げられ、1μm以下が好ましく、0.5μm以下がより好ましく、0.1μm以下が更に好ましい。フィルターの材質は、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、ポリエチレン又はナイロンが好ましい。フィルターの材質がポリエチレンである場合はHDPE(高密度ポリエチレン)であることがより好ましい。フィルターは、有機溶剤であらかじめ洗浄したものを用いてもよい。フィルターろ過工程では、複数種のフィルターを直列又は並列に接続して用いてもよい。複数種のフィルターを使用する場合は、孔径又は材質が異なるフィルターを組み合わせて使用してもよい。接続態様としては、例えば、1段目として孔径1μmのHDPEフィルターを、2段目として孔径0.2μmのHDPEフィルターを、直列に接続した態様が挙げられる。また、各種材料を複数回ろ過してもよい。複数回ろ過する場合は、循環ろ過であってもよい。また、加圧してろ過を行ってもよい。加圧してろ過を行う場合、加圧する圧力は例えば0.01MPa以上1.0MPa以下である態様が挙げられ、0.03MPa以上0.9MPa以下が好ましく、0.05MPa以上0.7MPa以下がより好ましく、0.05MPa以上0.5MPa以下が更に好ましい。
 フィルターを用いたろ過の他、吸着材を用いた不純物の除去処理を行ってもよい。フィルターろ過と吸着材を用いた不純物除去処理とを組み合わせてもよい。吸着材としては、公知の吸着材を用いることができる。例えば、シリカゲル、ゼオライトなどの無機系吸着材、活性炭などの有機系吸着材が挙げられる。
 更にフィルターを用いたろ過後、ボトルに充填した樹脂組成物を減圧下に置き、脱気する工程を施しても良い。
Moreover, it is preferable to perform filtration using a filter for the purpose of removing foreign matters such as dust and fine particles in the resin composition of the present invention. The filter pore size is, for example, 5 μm or less, preferably 1 μm or less, more preferably 0.5 μm or less, and even more preferably 0.1 μm or less. The material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon. HDPE (high density polyethylene) is more preferable when the material of the filter is polyethylene. A filter that has been pre-washed with an organic solvent may be used. In the filter filtration step, multiple types of filters may be connected in series or in parallel for use. When multiple types of filters are used, filters with different pore sizes or materials may be used in combination. As a connection mode, for example, a mode in which an HDPE filter with a pore size of 1 μm is connected in series as a first stage and an HDPE filter with a pore size of 0.2 μm as a second stage are connected in series. Also, various materials may be filtered multiple times. When filtering multiple times, circulation filtration may be used. Moreover, you may filter by pressurizing. When performing filtration under pressure, the pressure to be applied may be, for example, 0.01 MPa or more and 1.0 MPa or less, preferably 0.03 MPa or more and 0.9 MPa or less, and more preferably 0.05 MPa or more and 0.7 MPa or less. , more preferably 0.05 MPa or more and 0.5 MPa or less.
In addition to filtration using a filter, impurities may be removed using an adsorbent. You may combine filter filtration and the impurity removal process using an adsorbent. A known adsorbent can be used as the adsorbent. Examples thereof include inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon.
Furthermore, after filtration using a filter, the resin composition filled in the bottle may be subjected to a degassing step under reduced pressure.
(硬化物の製造方法)
 本発明の硬化物の製造方法は、樹脂組成物を基材上に適用して膜を形成する膜形成工程を含むことが好ましい。
 また、本発明の硬化物の製造方法は、上記膜形成工程、膜形成工程により形成された膜を選択的に露光する露光工程、及び、露光工程により露光された膜を現像液を用いて現像してパターンを形成する現像工程を含むことがより好ましい。
 本発明の硬化物の製造方法は、上記膜形成工程、上記露光工程、上記現像工程、並びに、現像工程により得られたパターンを加熱する加熱工程及び現像工程により得られたパターンを露光する現像後露光工程の少なくとも一方を含むことが特に好ましい。
 また、本発明の製造方法は、上記膜形成工程、及び、上記膜を加熱する工程を含むことも好ましい。
 以下、各工程の詳細について説明する。
(Method for producing cured product)
The method for producing a cured product of the present invention preferably includes a film forming step of applying the resin composition onto a substrate to form a film.
Further, the method for producing a cured product of the present invention includes the film forming step, an exposure step of selectively exposing the film formed in the film forming step, and developing the film exposed in the exposure step using a developer. It is more preferable to include a developing step of forming a pattern by
The method for producing a cured product of the present invention includes the film forming step, the exposing step, the developing step, and a heating step of heating the pattern obtained by the developing step, and after development of exposing the pattern obtained by the developing step. It is particularly preferred to include at least one of the exposure steps.
Moreover, the manufacturing method of the present invention preferably includes the film forming step and the step of heating the film.
Details of each step will be described below.
<膜形成工程>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、基材上に適用して膜を形成する膜形成工程に用いることができる。
 本発明の硬化物の製造方法は、樹脂組成物を基材上に適用して膜を形成する膜形成工程を含むことが好ましい。
<Film forming process>
The resin composition of the present invention can be used in a film-forming step in which a film is formed by applying it onto a substrate.
The method for producing a cured product of the present invention preferably includes a film forming step of applying the resin composition onto a substrate to form a film.
〔基材〕
 基材の種類は、用途に応じて適宜定めることができるが、シリコン、窒化シリコン、ポリシリコン、酸化シリコン、アモルファスシリコンなどの半導体作製基材、石英、ガラス、光学フィルム、セラミック材料、蒸着膜、磁性膜、反射膜、Ni、Cu、Cr、Feなどの金属基材(例えば、金属から形成された基材、及び、金属層が例えばめっきや蒸着等により形成された基材のいずれであってもよい)、紙、SOG(Spin On Glass)、TFT(薄膜トランジスタ)アレイ基材、モールド基材、プラズマディスプレイパネル(PDP)の電極板などが挙げられ、特に制約されない。本発明では、特に、半導体作製基材が好ましく、シリコン基材、Cu基材およびモールド基材がより好ましい。
 また、これらの基材にはヘキサメチルジシラザン(HMDS)等による密着層や酸化層などの層が表面に設けられていてもよい。
 また、基材の形状は特に限定されず、円形状であってもよく、矩形状であってもよい。
 基材のサイズとしては、円形状であれば、例えば直径が100~450mmであり、好ましくは200~450mmである。矩形状であれば、例えば短辺の長さが100~1000mmであり、好ましくは200~700mmである。
 また、基材としては、例えば板状、好ましくはパネル状の基材(基板)が用いられる。
〔Base material〕
The type of base material can be appropriately determined according to the application, and includes semiconductor manufacturing base materials such as silicon, silicon nitride, polysilicon, silicon oxide, and amorphous silicon, quartz, glass, optical films, ceramic materials, vapor deposition films, A magnetic film, a reflective film, a metal substrate such as Ni, Cu, Cr, Fe (for example, a substrate formed of a metal, or a substrate having a metal layer formed by plating, vapor deposition, etc.) ), paper, SOG (Spin On Glass), TFT (Thin Film Transistor) array substrates, mold substrates, plasma display panel (PDP) electrode plates, etc., and are not particularly limited. In the present invention, a semiconductor fabrication substrate is particularly preferable, and a silicon substrate, a Cu substrate and a mold substrate are more preferable.
In addition, these substrates may be provided with a layer such as an adhesion layer or an oxide layer made of hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) or the like on the surface.
Further, the shape of the substrate is not particularly limited, and may be circular or rectangular.
As for the size of the substrate, if it is circular, the diameter is, for example, 100 to 450 mm, preferably 200 to 450 mm. In the case of a rectangular shape, the short side length is, for example, 100 to 1000 mm, preferably 200 to 700 mm.
As the base material, for example, a plate-like base material (substrate), preferably a panel-like base material (substrate) is used.
 また、樹脂層(例えば、硬化物からなる層)の表面や金属層の表面に樹脂組成物を適用して膜を形成する場合は、樹脂層や金属層が基材となる。 In addition, when a film is formed by applying a resin composition to the surface of a resin layer (for example, a layer made of a cured product) or the surface of a metal layer, the resin layer or metal layer serves as the base material.
 本発明の樹脂組成物を基材上に適用する手段としては、塗布が好ましい。 As a means for applying the resin composition of the present invention onto a substrate, coating is preferred.
 適用する手段としては、具体的には、ディップコート法、エアーナイフコート法、カーテンコート法、ワイヤーバーコート法、グラビアコート法、エクストルージョンコート法、スプレーコート法、スピンコート法、スリットコート法、インクジェット法などが例示される。膜の厚さの均一性の観点から、より好ましくはスピンコート法、スリットコート法、スプレーコート法、又は、インクジェット法であり、膜の厚さの均一性の観点および生産性の観点からスピンコート法およびスリットコート法が好ましい。方法に応じて樹脂組成物の固形分濃度や塗布条件を調整することで、所望の厚さの膜を得ることができる。また、基材の形状によっても塗布方法を適宜選択でき、ウエハ等の円形基材であればスピンコート法、スプレーコート法、インクジェット法等が好ましく、矩形基材であればスリットコート法やスプレーコート法、インクジェット法等が好ましい。スピンコート法の場合は、例えば、500~3,500rpmの回転数で、10秒~3分程度適用することができる。
 また、あらかじめ仮支持体上に上記付与方法によって付与して形成した塗膜を、基材上に転写する方法を適用することもできる。
 転写方法に関しては特開2006-023696号公報の段落0023、0036~0051や、特開2006-047592号公報の段落0096~0108に記載の作製方法を本発明においても好適に用いることができる。
 また、基材の端部において余分な膜の除去を行なう工程を行なってもよい。このような工程の例には、エッジビードリンス(EBR)、バックリンスなどが挙げられる。
 また樹脂組成物を基材に塗布する前に基材を種々の溶剤を塗布し、基材の濡れ性を向上させた後に樹脂組成物を塗布するプリウェット工程を採用しても良い。
Specific means to be applied include dip coating, air knife coating, curtain coating, wire bar coating, gravure coating, extrusion coating, spray coating, spin coating, slit coating, An inkjet method and the like are exemplified. From the viewpoint of uniformity of film thickness, spin coating, slit coating, spray coating, or inkjet method is more preferable, and spin coating from the viewpoint of uniformity of film thickness and productivity. and slit coating methods are preferred. A film having a desired thickness can be obtained by adjusting the solid content concentration and application conditions of the resin composition according to the method. In addition, the coating method can be appropriately selected depending on the shape of the substrate. Spin coating, spray coating, ink jet method, etc. are preferable for circular substrates such as wafers, and slit coating and spray coating are preferable for rectangular substrates. method, inkjet method, and the like are preferred. In the case of spin coating, for example, it can be applied at a rotation speed of 500 to 3,500 rpm for about 10 seconds to 3 minutes.
Alternatively, a method of transferring a coating film, which is formed on a temporary support in advance by the above application method, onto a base material can also be applied.
As for the transfer method, the manufacturing methods described in paragraphs 0023 and 0036 to 0051 of JP-A-2006-023696 and paragraphs 0096-0108 of JP-A-2006-047592 can also be suitably used in the present invention.
Also, a step of removing excess film at the edge of the substrate may be performed. Examples of such processes include edge bead rinsing (EBR), back rinsing, and the like.
A pre-wetting process may also be employed in which the base material is coated with various solvents before the resin composition is applied to the base material to improve the wettability of the base material, and then the resin composition is applied.
<乾燥工程>
 上記膜は、膜形成工程(層形成工程)の後に、溶剤を除去するために形成された膜(層)を乾燥する工程(乾燥工程)に供されてもよい。
 すなわち、本発明の硬化物の製造方法は、膜形成工程により形成された膜を乾燥する乾燥工程を含んでもよい。
 また、上記乾燥工程は膜形成工程の後、露光工程の前に行われることが好ましい。
 乾燥工程における膜の乾燥温度は50~150℃であることが好ましく、70℃~130℃がより好ましく、90℃~110℃が更に好ましい。また、減圧により乾燥を行っても良い。乾燥時間としては、30秒~20分が例示され、1分~10分が好ましく、2分~7分がより好ましい。
<Drying process>
The film may be subjected to a step of drying the formed film (layer) to remove the solvent (drying step) after the film forming step (layer forming step).
That is, the method for producing a cured product of the present invention may include a drying step of drying the film formed by the film forming step.
Moreover, the drying step is preferably performed after the film formation step and before the exposure step.
The drying temperature of the film in the drying step is preferably 50 to 150°C, more preferably 70 to 130°C, even more preferably 90 to 110°C. Moreover, you may dry by pressure reduction. The drying time is exemplified from 30 seconds to 20 minutes, preferably from 1 minute to 10 minutes, more preferably from 2 minutes to 7 minutes.
<露光工程>
 上記膜は、膜を選択的に露光する露光工程に供されてもよい。
 すなわち、本発明の硬化物の製造方法は、膜形成工程により形成された膜を選択的に露光する露光工程を含んでもよい。
 選択的に露光するとは、膜の一部を露光することを意味している。また、選択的に露光することにより、膜には露光された領域(露光部)と露光されていない領域(非露光部)が形成される。
 露光量は、本発明の樹脂組成物を硬化できる限り特に定めるものではないが、例えば、波長365nmでの露光エネルギー換算で50~10,000mJ/cmが好ましく、200~8,000mJ/cmがより好ましい。
<Exposure process>
The film may be subjected to an exposure step that selectively exposes the film.
That is, the method for producing a cured product of the present invention may include an exposure step of selectively exposing the film formed in the film forming step.
Selectively exposing means exposing a portion of the film. Also, by selectively exposing, the film is formed with exposed regions (exposed portions) and non-exposed regions (non-exposed portions).
The amount of exposure is not particularly defined as long as the resin composition of the present invention can be cured . is more preferred.
 露光波長は、190~1,000nmの範囲で適宜定めることができ、240~550nmが好ましい。 The exposure wavelength can be appropriately determined in the range of 190-1,000 nm, preferably 240-550 nm.
 露光波長は、光源との関係でいうと、(1)半導体レーザー(波長 830nm、532nm、488nm、405nm、375nm、355nm etc.)、(2)メタルハライドランプ、(3)高圧水銀灯、g線(波長 436nm)、h線(波長 405nm)、i線(波長 365nm)、ブロード(g,h,i線の3波長)、(4)エキシマレーザー、KrFエキシマレーザー(波長 248nm)、ArFエキシマレーザー(波長 193nm)、Fエキシマレーザー(波長 157nm)、(5)極端紫外線;EUV(波長 13.6nm)、(6)電子線、(7)YAGレーザーの第二高調波532nm、第三高調波355nm等が挙げられる。本発明の樹脂組成物については、特に高圧水銀灯による露光が好ましく、中でも、i線による露光が好ましい。これにより、特に高い露光感度が得られうる。
 また、露光の方式は特に限定されず、本発明の樹脂組成物からなる膜の少なくとも一部が露光される方式であればよいが、フォトマスクを使用した露光、レーザーダイレクトイメージング法による露光等が挙げられる。
In relation to the light source, the exposure wavelength is as follows: (1) semiconductor laser (wavelength 830 nm, 532 nm, 488 nm, 405 nm, 375 nm, 355 nm etc.), (2) metal halide lamp, (3) high-pressure mercury lamp, g-line (wavelength 436 nm), h-line (wavelength 405 nm), i-line (wavelength 365 nm), broad (three wavelengths of g, h, i-line), (4) excimer laser, KrF excimer laser (wavelength 248 nm), ArF excimer laser (wavelength 193 nm) ), F2 excimer laser (wavelength 157 nm), (5) extreme ultraviolet; EUV (wavelength 13.6 nm), (6) electron beam, (7) YAG laser second harmonic 532 nm, third harmonic 355 nm, etc. mentioned. For the resin composition of the present invention, exposure with a high-pressure mercury lamp is particularly preferred, and exposure with i-line is particularly preferred. Thereby, particularly high exposure sensitivity can be obtained.
The method of exposure is not particularly limited as long as at least a part of the film made of the resin composition of the present invention is exposed. mentioned.
<露光後加熱工程>
 上記膜は、露光後に加熱する工程(露光後加熱工程)に供されてもよい。
 すなわち、本発明の硬化物の製造方法は、露光工程により露光された膜を加熱する露光後加熱工程を含んでもよい。
 露光後加熱工程は、露光工程後、現像工程前に行うことができる。
 露光後加熱工程における加熱温度は、50℃~140℃であることが好ましく、60℃~120℃であることがより好ましい。
 露光後加熱工程における加熱時間は、30秒間~300分間が好ましく、1分間~10分間がより好ましい。
 露光後加熱工程における昇温速度は、加熱開始時の温度から最高加熱温度まで1~12℃/分が好ましく、2~10℃/分がより好ましく、3~10℃/分が更に好ましい。
 また、昇温速度は加熱途中で適宜変更してもよい。
 露光後加熱工程における加熱手段としては、特に限定されず、公知のホットプレート、オーブン、赤外線ヒーター等を用いることができる。
 また、加熱に際し、窒素、ヘリウム、アルゴンなどの不活性ガスを流す等により、低酸素濃度の雰囲気で行うことも好ましい。
<Post-exposure heating process>
The film may be subjected to a step of heating after exposure (post-exposure heating step).
That is, the method for producing a cured product of the present invention may include a post-exposure heating step of heating the exposed film in the exposure step.
The post-exposure heating step can be performed after the exposure step and before the development step.
The heating temperature in the post-exposure heating step is preferably 50°C to 140°C, more preferably 60°C to 120°C.
The heating time in the post-exposure heating step is preferably 30 seconds to 300 minutes, more preferably 1 minute to 10 minutes.
The heating rate in the post-exposure heating step is preferably 1 to 12° C./min, more preferably 2 to 10° C./min, still more preferably 3 to 10° C./min, from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature.
Also, the rate of temperature increase may be appropriately changed during heating.
The heating means in the post-exposure heating step is not particularly limited, and known hot plates, ovens, infrared heaters and the like can be used.
Moreover, it is also preferable to carry out the heating in an atmosphere of low oxygen concentration by, for example, flowing an inert gas such as nitrogen, helium or argon.
<現像工程>
 露光後の上記膜は、現像液を用いて現像してパターンを形成する現像工程に供されてもよい。
 すなわち、本発明の硬化物の製造方法は、露光工程により露光された膜を現像液を用いて現像してパターンを形成する現像工程を含んでもよい。
 現像を行うことにより、膜の露光部及び非露光部のうち一方が除去され、パターンが形成される。
 ここで、膜の非露光部が現像工程により除去される現像をネガ型現像といい、膜の露光部が現像工程により除去される現像をポジ型現像という。
<Development process>
The film after exposure may be subjected to a development step in which the film is developed using a developer to form a pattern.
That is, the method for producing a cured product of the present invention may include a development step of developing a film exposed in the exposure step with a developer to form a pattern.
By performing development, one of the exposed and non-exposed portions of the film is removed to form a pattern.
Here, development in which the unexposed portion of the film is removed by the development process is called negative development, and development in which the exposed portion of the film is removed by the development process is called positive development.
〔現像液〕
 現像工程において用いられる現像液としては、アルカリ水溶液、又は、有機溶剤を含む現像液が挙げられる。
[Developer]
Examples of the developer used in the development process include an aqueous alkaline solution and a developer containing an organic solvent.
 現像液がアルカリ水溶液である場合、アルカリ水溶液が含みうる塩基性化合物としては、無機アルカリ類、第一級アミン類、第二級アミン類、第三級アミン類、第四級アンモニウム塩が挙げられ、TMAH(テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド)、水酸化カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、水酸化ナトリウム、ケイ酸ナトリウム、メタケイ酸ナトリウム、アンモニア、エチルアミン、n-プロピルアミン、ジエチルアミン、ジ-n-ブチルアミン、トリエチルアミン、メチルジエチルアミン、ジメチルエタノールアミン、トリエタノールアミン、テトラエチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラプロピルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラブチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラペンチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラヘキシルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラオクチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、エチルトリメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、ブチルトリメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、メチルトリアミルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、ジブチルジペンチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、ジメチルビス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)アンモニウムヒドロキシド、トリメチルフェニルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、トリメチルベンジルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、トリエチルベンジルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、ピロール、ピペリジンが好ましく、より好ましくはTMAHである。現像液における塩基性化合物の含有量は、例えばTMAHを用いる場合、現像液全質量中0.01~10質量%が好ましく、0.1~5質量%がより好ましく、0.3~3質量%が更に好ましい。 When the developer is an alkaline aqueous solution, basic compounds that the alkaline aqueous solution may contain include inorganic alkalis, primary amines, secondary amines, tertiary amines, and quaternary ammonium salts. , TMAH (tetramethylammonium hydroxide), potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate, ammonia, ethylamine, n-propylamine, diethylamine, di-n-butylamine, triethylamine, methyldiethylamine , dimethylethanolamine, triethanolamine, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, tetrapentylammonium hydroxide, tetrahexylammonium hydroxide, tetraoctylammonium hydroxide, ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, Butyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, methyltriamylammonium hydroxide, dibutyldipentylammonium hydroxide, dimethylbis(2-hydroxyethyl)ammonium hydroxide, trimethylphenylammonium hydroxide, trimethylbenzylammonium hydroxide, triethylbenzylammonium hydroxide, pyrrole , piperidine, more preferably TMAH. The content of the basic compound in the developer, for example, when TMAH is used, is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.3 to 3% by mass, based on the total mass of the developer. is more preferred.
 現像液が有機溶剤を含む場合、有機溶剤としては、国際公開第2021/112189号の段落0387に記載の化合物を用いることができる。この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、アルコール類として、メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、イソプロパノール、ブタノール、ペンタノール、オクタノール、ジエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、メチルイソブチルカルビノール、トリエチレングリコール等、アミド類として、N-メチルピロリドン、N-エチルピロリドン、ジメチルホルムアミド等も好適に挙げられる。 When the developer contains an organic solvent, the compound described in paragraph 0387 of International Publication No. 2021/112189 can be used as the organic solvent. The contents of which are incorporated herein. Alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, pentanol, octanol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, methylisobutylcarbinol, and triethylene glycol, and amides such as N-methylpyrrolidone, N-ethylpyrrolidone, Dimethylformamide and the like are also suitable.
 現像液が有機溶剤を含む場合、有機溶剤は1種又は、2種以上を混合して使用することができる。本発明では特にシクロペンタノン、γ-ブチロラクトン、ジメチルスルホキシド、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、及び、シクロヘキサノンよりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種を含む現像液が好ましく、シクロペンタノン、γ-ブチロラクトン及びジメチルスルホキシドよりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種を含む現像液がより好ましく、シクロペンタノンを含む現像液が最も好ましい。 When the developer contains an organic solvent, the organic solvent can be used singly or in combination of two or more. In the present invention, a developer containing at least one selected from the group consisting of cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethylsulfoxide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, and cyclohexanone is particularly preferred, and cyclopentanone and γ-butyrolactone. and dimethylsulfoxide is more preferred, and a developer containing cyclopentanone is most preferred.
 現像液が有機溶剤を含む場合、現像液の全質量に対する有機溶剤の含有量は、50質量%以上であることが好ましく、70質量%以上であることがより好ましく、80質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、90質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。また、上記含有量は、100質量%であってもよい。 When the developer contains an organic solvent, the content of the organic solvent relative to the total weight of the developer is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, and 80% by mass or more. is more preferable, and 90% by mass or more is particularly preferable. Moreover, the content may be 100% by mass.
 現像液は、他の成分を更に含んでもよい。
 他の成分としては、例えば、公知の界面活性剤や公知の消泡剤等が挙げられる。
The developer may further contain other components.
Other components include, for example, known surfactants and known antifoaming agents.
〔現像液の供給方法〕
 現像液の供給方法は、所望のパターンを形成できれば特に制限は無く、膜が形成された基材を現像液に浸漬する方法、基材上に形成された膜にノズルを用いて現像液を供給するパドル現像、または、現像液を連続供給する方法がある。ノズルの種類は特に制限は無く、ストレートノズル、シャワーノズル、スプレーノズル等が挙げられる。
 現像液の浸透性、非画像部の除去性、製造上の効率の観点から、現像液をストレートノズルで供給する方法、又はスプレーノズルにて連続供給する方法が好ましく、画像部への現像液の浸透性の観点からは、スプレーノズルで供給する方法がより好ましい。
 また、現像液をストレートノズルにて連続供給後、基材をスピンし現像液を基材上から除去し、スピン乾燥後に再度ストレートノズルにて連続供給後、基材をスピンし現像液を基材上から除去する工程を採用してもよく、この工程を複数回繰り返しても良い。
 また現像工程における現像液の供給方法としては、現像液が連続的に基材に供給され続ける工程、基材上で現像液が略静止状態で保たれる工程、基材上で現像液を超音波等で振動させる工程及びそれらを組み合わせた工程などが採用可能である。
[Method of supplying developer]
The method of supplying the developer is not particularly limited as long as the desired pattern can be formed. A method of immersing the base material with the film formed in the developer, and a method of supplying the developer to the film formed on the base material using a nozzle. There is a method of puddle development or a method of continuously supplying the developer. The type of nozzle is not particularly limited, and straight nozzles, shower nozzles, spray nozzles and the like can be mentioned.
From the viewpoint of permeability of the developer, removability of the non-image area, and efficiency in production, a method of supplying the developer with a straight nozzle or a method of continuously supplying the developer with a spray nozzle is preferable. From the viewpoint of permeability, the method of supplying with a spray nozzle is more preferable.
In addition, after continuously supplying the developer with a straight nozzle, the substrate is spun to remove the developer from the substrate. A step of removing from above may be employed, and this step may be repeated multiple times.
The method of supplying the developer in the development process includes a process in which the developer is continuously supplied to the base material, a process in which the developer is kept substantially stationary on the base material, and a process in which the developer exceeds the developer on the base material. A process of vibrating with sound waves or the like and a process of combining them can be employed.
 現像時間としては、10秒~10分間が好ましく、20秒~5分間がより好ましい。現像時の現像液の温度は、特に定めるものではないが、好ましくは、10~45℃、より好ましくは、18℃~30℃で行うことができる。 The development time is preferably 10 seconds to 10 minutes, more preferably 20 seconds to 5 minutes. The temperature of the developer during development is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 to 45°C, more preferably 18 to 30°C.
 現像工程において、現像液を用いた処理の後、更に、リンス液によるパターンの洗浄(リンス)を行ってもよい。また、パターン上に接する現像液が乾燥しきらないうちにリンス液を供給するなどの方法を採用しても良い。 In the development process, after processing using the developer, the pattern may be washed (rinsed) with a rinse. Alternatively, a method of supplying the rinse liquid before the developer in contact with the pattern is completely dried may be employed.
〔リンス液〕
 現像液がアルカリ水溶液である場合、リンス液としては、例えば水を用いることができる。現像液が有機溶剤を含む現像液である場合、リンス液としては、例えば、現像液に含まれる溶剤とは異なる溶剤(例えば、水、現像液に含まれる有機溶剤とは異なる有機溶剤)を用いることができる。
[Rinse liquid]
When the developer is an alkaline aqueous solution, water, for example, can be used as the rinse. When the developer is a developer containing an organic solvent, for example, a solvent different from the solvent contained in the developer (for example, water, an organic solvent different from the organic solvent contained in the developer) is used as the rinse liquid. be able to.
 リンス液が有機溶剤を含む場合の有機溶剤としては、上述の現像液が有機溶剤を含む場合において例示した有機溶剤と同様の有機溶剤が挙げられる。 Examples of the organic solvent in the case where the rinse liquid contains an organic solvent include the same organic solvents as those exemplified in the case where the developer contains an organic solvent.
 リンス液が有機溶剤を含む場合、有機溶剤は1種又は、2種以上を混合して使用することができる。本発明では特にシクロペンタノン、γ-ブチロラクトン、ジメチルスルホキシド、N-メチルピロリドン、シクロヘキサノン、PGMEA、PGMEが好ましく、シクロペンタノン、γ-ブチロラクトン、ジメチルスルホキシド、PGMEA、PGMEがより好ましく、シクロヘキサノン、PGMEAがさらに好ましい。 When the rinse liquid contains an organic solvent, the organic solvent can be used singly or in combination of two or more. In the present invention, cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethylsulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolidone, cyclohexanone, PGMEA and PGME are particularly preferred, cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethylsulfoxide, PGMEA and PGME are more preferred, and cyclohexanone and PGMEA are more preferred. More preferred.
 リンス液が有機溶剤を含む場合、リンス液は、50質量%以上が有機溶剤であることが好ましく、70質量%以上が有機溶剤であることがより好ましく、90質量%以上が有機溶剤であることが更に好ましい。また、リンス液は、100質量%が有機溶剤であってもよい。 When the rinse liquid contains an organic solvent, the rinse liquid is preferably 50% by mass or more of the organic solvent, more preferably 70% by mass or more of the organic solvent, and 90% by mass or more of the organic solvent. is more preferred. Further, 100% by mass of the rinse liquid may be an organic solvent.
 リンス液は、他の成分を更に含んでもよい。
 他の成分としては、例えば、公知の界面活性剤や公知の消泡剤等が挙げられる。
The rinse solution may further contain other components.
Other components include, for example, known surfactants and known antifoaming agents.
〔リンス液の供給方法〕
 リンス液の供給方法は、所望のパターンを形成できれば特に制限は無く、基材をリンス液に浸漬する方法、基材に液盛りによりリンス液を供給する方法、基材にリンス液をシャワーで供給する方法、基材上にストレートノズル等の手段によりリンス液を連続供給する方法がある。
 リンス液の浸透性、非画像部の除去性、製造上の効率の観点から、リンス液をシャワーノズル、ストレートノズル、スプレーノズルなどで供給する方法があり、スプレーノズルにて連続供給する方法が好ましく、画像部へのリンス液の浸透性の観点からは、スプレーノズルで供給する方法がより好ましい。ノズルの種類は特に制限は無く、ストレートノズル、シャワーノズル、スプレーノズル等が挙げられる。
 すなわち、リンス工程は、リンス液を上記露光後の膜に対してストレートノズルにより供給、又は、連続供給する工程であることが好ましく、リンス液をスプレーノズルにより供給する工程であることがより好ましい。
 またリンス工程におけるリンス液の供給方法としては、リンス液が連続的に基材に供給され続ける工程、基材上でリンス液が略静止状態で保たれる工程、基材上でリンス液を超音波等で振動させる工程及びそれらを組み合わせた工程などが採用可能である。
[Method of supplying rinse liquid]
The method of supplying the rinse solution is not particularly limited as long as the desired pattern can be formed, and includes a method of immersing the base material in the rinse solution, a method of supplying the rinse solution to the base material by piling up the base material, and a method of supplying the rinse solution to the base material by showering. and a method of continuously supplying the rinsing liquid onto the substrate by means of a straight nozzle or the like.
From the viewpoint of the permeability of the rinse liquid, the removability of the non-image areas, and the efficiency in manufacturing, there are methods of supplying the rinse liquid using a shower nozzle, a straight nozzle, a spray nozzle, etc., and a continuous supply method using a spray nozzle is preferable. From the viewpoint of the permeability of the rinsing liquid to the image area, the method of supplying the rinsing liquid with a spray nozzle is more preferable. The type of nozzle is not particularly limited, and straight nozzles, shower nozzles, spray nozzles and the like can be mentioned.
That is, the rinsing step is preferably a step of supplying the rinse liquid to the film after exposure through a straight nozzle or a step of continuously supplying the same, and more preferably a step of supplying the rinse liquid through a spray nozzle.
The method of supplying the rinse liquid in the rinse step includes a process in which the rinse liquid is continuously supplied to the base material, a process in which the rinse liquid is kept substantially stationary on the base material, and a process in which the rinse liquid is kept on the base material in a substantially stationary state. A process of vibrating with sound waves or the like and a process of combining them can be employed.
 リンス時間としては、10秒~10分間が好ましく、20秒~5分間がより好ましい。リンス時のリンス液の温度は、特に定めるものではないが、好ましくは、10~45℃、より好ましくは、18℃~30℃で行うことができる。 The rinse time is preferably 10 seconds to 10 minutes, more preferably 20 seconds to 5 minutes. The temperature of the rinsing liquid during rinsing is not particularly specified, but is preferably 10 to 45°C, more preferably 18 to 30°C.
<加熱工程>
 現像工程により得られたパターン(リンス工程を行う場合は、リンス後のパターン)は、上記現像により得られたパターンを加熱する加熱工程に供されてもよい。
 すなわち、本発明の硬化物の製造方法は、現像工程により得られたパターンを加熱する加熱工程を含んでもよい。
 また、本発明の硬化物の製造方法は、現像工程を行わずに他の方法で得られたパターン、又は、膜形成工程により得られた膜を加熱する加熱工程を含んでもよい。
 加熱工程において、ポリイミド前駆体等の樹脂は環化してポリイミド等の樹脂となる。
 また、特定樹脂、又は特定樹脂以外の架橋剤における未反応の架橋性基の架橋なども進行する。
 加熱工程における加熱温度(最高加熱温度)としては、50~450℃が好ましく、150~350℃がより好ましく、150~250℃が更に好ましく、160~250℃が一層好ましく、160~230℃が特に好ましい。
<Heating process>
The pattern obtained by the development step (the pattern after rinsing when the rinsing step is performed) may be subjected to a heating step of heating the pattern obtained by the development.
That is, the method for producing a cured product of the present invention may include a heating step of heating the pattern obtained by the developing step.
Moreover, the method for producing a cured product of the present invention may include a heating step of heating a pattern obtained by another method without performing the developing step or a film obtained by the film forming step.
In the heating step, a resin such as a polyimide precursor is cyclized into a resin such as polyimide.
In addition, cross-linking of unreacted cross-linkable groups in the specific resin or a cross-linking agent other than the specific resin also progresses.
The heating temperature (maximum heating temperature) in the heating step is preferably 50 to 450°C, more preferably 150 to 350°C, still more preferably 150 to 250°C, even more preferably 160 to 250°C, particularly 160 to 230°C. preferable.
 加熱工程は、加熱により、上記塩基発生剤から発生した塩基等の作用により、上記パターン内で上記ポリイミド前駆体の環化反応を促進する工程であることが好ましい。 The heating step is preferably a step of promoting the cyclization reaction of the polyimide precursor in the pattern by the action of the base generated from the base generator by heating.
 加熱工程における加熱は、加熱開始時の温度から最高加熱温度まで1~12℃/分の昇温速度で行うことが好ましい。上記昇温速度は2~10℃/分がより好ましく、3~10℃/分が更に好ましい。昇温速度を1℃/分以上とすることにより、生産性を確保しつつ、酸又は溶剤の過剰な揮発を防止することができ、昇温速度を12℃/分以下とすることにより、硬化物の残存応力を緩和することができる。
 加えて、急速加熱可能なオーブンの場合、加熱開始時の温度から最高加熱温度まで1~8℃/秒の昇温速度で行うことが好ましく、2~7℃/秒がより好ましく、3~6℃/秒が更に好ましい。
Heating in the heating step is preferably carried out at a temperature rising rate of 1 to 12° C./min from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature. The rate of temperature increase is more preferably 2 to 10°C/min, still more preferably 3 to 10°C/min. By setting the temperature increase rate to 1°C/min or more, it is possible to prevent excessive volatilization of the acid or solvent while ensuring productivity. The residual stress of the object can be relaxed.
In addition, in the case of an oven capable of rapid heating, it is preferable to increase the temperature from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature at a rate of 1 to 8 ° C./sec, more preferably 2 to 7 ° C./sec, and 3 to 6 °C/sec is more preferred.
 加熱開始時の温度は、20℃~150℃が好ましく、20℃~130℃がより好ましく、25℃~120℃が更に好ましい。加熱開始時の温度は、最高加熱温度まで加熱する工程を開始する際の温度のことをいう。例えば、本発明の樹脂組成物を基材の上に適用した後、乾燥させる場合、この乾燥後の膜(層)の温度であり、例えば、本発明の樹脂組成物に含まれる溶剤の沸点よりも、30~200℃低い温度から昇温させることが好ましい。 The temperature at the start of heating is preferably 20°C to 150°C, more preferably 20°C to 130°C, and even more preferably 25°C to 120°C. The temperature at the start of heating refers to the temperature at which the process of heating up to the maximum heating temperature is started. For example, when the resin composition of the present invention is applied onto a substrate and then dried, the temperature of the film (layer) after drying is, for example, the boiling point of the solvent contained in the resin composition of the present invention. Also, it is preferable to raise the temperature from a temperature lower by 30 to 200°C.
 加熱時間(最高加熱温度での加熱時間)は、5~360分であることが好ましく、10~300分であることがより好ましく、15~240分であることが更に好ましい。 The heating time (heating time at the highest heating temperature) is preferably 5 to 360 minutes, more preferably 10 to 300 minutes, even more preferably 15 to 240 minutes.
 特に多層の積層体を形成する場合、層間の密着性の観点から、加熱温度は30℃以上であることが好ましく、80℃以上であることがより好ましく、100℃以上であることが更に好ましく、120℃以上であることが特に好ましい。
 上記加熱温度の上限は、350℃以下であることが好ましく、250℃以下であることがより好ましく、240℃以下であることが更に好ましい。
Especially when forming a multilayer laminate, the heating temperature is preferably 30° C. or higher, more preferably 80° C. or higher, further preferably 100° C. or higher, from the viewpoint of adhesion between layers. 120° C. or higher is particularly preferred.
The upper limit of the heating temperature is preferably 350° C. or lower, more preferably 250° C. or lower, and even more preferably 240° C. or lower.
 加熱は段階的に行ってもよい。例として、25℃から120℃まで3℃/分で昇温し、120℃にて60分保持し、120℃から180℃まで2℃/分で昇温し、180℃にて120分保持する、といった工程を行ってもよい。また、米国特許第9159547号明細書に記載のように紫外線を照射しながら処理することも好ましい。このような前処理工程により膜の特性を向上させることが可能である。前処理工程は10秒間~2時間程度の短い時間で行うとよく、15秒~30分間がより好ましい。前処理は2段階以上のステップとしてもよく、例えば100~150℃の範囲で1段階目の前処理工程を行い、その後に150~200℃の範囲で2段階目の前処理工程を行ってもよい。
 更に、加熱後冷却してもよく、この場合の冷却速度としては、1~5℃/分であることが好ましい。
Heating may be done in stages. As an example, the temperature is raised from 25° C. to 120° C. at 3° C./min, held at 120° C. for 60 minutes, heated from 120° C. to 180° C. at 2° C./min, and held at 180° C. for 120 minutes. , may be performed. It is also preferable to carry out the treatment while irradiating ultraviolet rays as described in US Pat. No. 9,159,547. Such a pretreatment process can improve the properties of the film. The pretreatment step is preferably performed for a short time of about 10 seconds to 2 hours, more preferably 15 seconds to 30 minutes. The pretreatment may be performed in two or more steps. For example, the first pretreatment step may be performed in the range of 100 to 150°C, and then the second pretreatment step may be performed in the range of 150 to 200°C. good.
Further, cooling may be performed after heating, and the cooling rate in this case is preferably 1 to 5°C/min.
 加熱工程は、窒素、ヘリウム、アルゴンなどの不活性ガスを流す、減圧下で行う等により、低酸素濃度の雰囲気で行うことが特定樹脂の分解を防ぐ点で好ましい。酸素濃度は、50ppm(体積比)以下が好ましく、20ppm(体積比)以下がより好ましい。
 加熱工程における加熱手段としては、特に限定されないが、例えばホットプレート、赤外炉、電熱式オーブン、熱風式オーブン、赤外線オーブンなどが挙げられる。
The heating step is preferably carried out in an atmosphere of low oxygen concentration, such as by flowing an inert gas such as nitrogen, helium or argon, or under reduced pressure, in order to prevent decomposition of the specific resin. The oxygen concentration is preferably 50 ppm (volume ratio) or less, more preferably 20 ppm (volume ratio) or less.
A heating means in the heating step is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a hot plate, an infrared furnace, an electric heating oven, a hot air oven, an infrared oven and the like.
<現像後露光工程>
 現像工程により得られた(リンス工程を行う場合は、リンス後のパターン)は、上記加熱工程に代えて、又は、上記加熱工程に加えて、現像工程後のパターンを露光する現像後露光工程に供されてもよい。
 すなわち、本発明の硬化物の製造方法は、現像工程により得られたパターンを露光する現像後露光工程を含んでもよい。本発明の硬化物の製造方法は、加熱工程及び現像後露光工程を含んでもよいし、加熱工程及び現像後露光工程の一方のみを含んでもよい。
 現像後露光工程においては、例えば、光塩基発生剤の感光によってポリイミド前駆体等の環化が進行する反応や、光酸発生剤の感光によって酸分解性基の脱離が進行する反応などを促進することができる。
 現像後露光工程においては、現像工程において得られたパターンの少なくとも一部が露光されればよいが、上記パターンの全部が露光されることが好ましい。
 現像後露光工程における露光量は、感光性化合物が感度を有する波長における露光エネルギー換算で、50~20,000mJ/cmであることが好ましく、100~15,000mJ/cmであることがより好ましい。
 現像後露光工程は、例えば、上述の露光工程における光源を用いて行うことができ、ブロードバンド光を用いることが好ましい。
<Post-development exposure process>
The pattern obtained by the development step (the pattern after rinsing when the rinsing step is performed) is subjected to a post-development exposure step of exposing the pattern after the development step instead of or in addition to the heating step. may be provided.
That is, the method for producing a cured product of the present invention may include a post-development exposure step of exposing the pattern obtained in the development step. The method for producing a cured product of the present invention may include a heating step and a post-development exposure step, or may include only one of the heating step and the post-development exposure step.
In the post-development exposure step, for example, a reaction in which cyclization of a polyimide precursor or the like proceeds by exposure of a photobase generator, or a reaction in which elimination of an acid-decomposable group proceeds by exposure of a photoacid generator is promoted. can do.
In the post-development exposure step, at least part of the pattern obtained in the development step may be exposed, but it is preferable that the entire pattern be exposed.
The exposure amount in the post-development exposure step is preferably 50 to 20,000 mJ/cm 2 , more preferably 100 to 15,000 mJ/cm 2 in terms of exposure energy at the wavelength to which the photosensitive compound is sensitive. preferable.
The post-development exposure step can be performed using, for example, the light source used in the exposure step described above, and broadband light is preferably used.
<金属層形成工程>
 現像工程により得られたパターン(加熱工程及び現像後露光工程の少なくとも一方に供されたものが好ましい)は、パターン上に金属層を形成する金属層形成工程に供されてもよい。
 すなわち、本発明の硬化物の製造方法は、現像工程により得られたパターン(加熱工程及び現像後露光工程少なくとも一方に供されたものが好ましい)上に金属層を形成する金属層形成工程を含むことが好ましい。
<Metal layer forming step>
The pattern obtained by the development step (preferably subjected to at least one of the heating step and the post-development exposure step) may be subjected to a metal layer forming step of forming a metal layer on the pattern.
That is, the method for producing a cured product of the present invention includes a metal layer forming step of forming a metal layer on the pattern obtained by the developing step (preferably subjected to at least one of the heating step and the post-development exposure step). is preferred.
 金属層としては、特に限定なく、既存の金属種を使用することができ、銅、アルミニウム、ニッケル、バナジウム、チタン、クロム、コバルト、金、タングステン、錫、銀及びこれらの金属を含む合金が例示され、銅及びアルミニウムがより好ましく、銅が更に好ましい。 The metal layer is not particularly limited, and existing metal species can be used. Examples include copper, aluminum, nickel, vanadium, titanium, chromium, cobalt, gold, tungsten, tin, silver, and alloys containing these metals. copper and aluminum are more preferred, and copper is even more preferred.
 金属層の形成方法は、特に限定なく、既存の方法を適用することができる。例えば、特開2007-157879号公報、特表2001-521288号公報、特開2004-214501号公報、特開2004-101850号公報、米国特許第7888181B2、米国特許第9177926B2に記載された方法を使用することができる。例えば、フォトリソグラフィ、PVD(物理蒸着法)、CVD(化学気相成長法)、リフトオフ、電解めっき、無電解めっき、エッチング、印刷、及びこれらを組み合わせた方法などが考えられる。より具体的には、スパッタリング、フォトリソグラフィ及びエッチングを組み合わせたパターニング方法、フォトリソグラフィと電解めっきを組み合わせたパターニング方法が挙げられる。めっきの好ましい態様としては、硫酸銅やシアン化銅めっき液を用いた電解めっきが挙げられる。 The method of forming the metal layer is not particularly limited, and existing methods can be applied. For example, use the methods described in JP-A-2007-157879, JP-A-2001-521288, JP-A-2004-214501, JP-A-2004-101850, US Patent No. 7888181B2, US Patent No. 9177926B2 can do. For example, photolithography, PVD (Physical Vapor Deposition), CVD (Chemical Vapor Deposition), lift-off, electroplating, electroless plating, etching, printing, and a combination thereof can be considered. More specifically, a patterning method combining sputtering, photolithography and etching, and a patterning method combining photolithography and electroplating can be used. A preferred embodiment of plating is electroplating using a copper sulfate or copper cyanide plating solution.
 金属層の厚さとしては、最も厚肉の部分で、0.01~50μmが好ましく、1~10μmがより好ましい。 The thickness of the metal layer is preferably 0.01 to 50 μm, more preferably 1 to 10 μm, at the thickest part.
<用途>
 本発明の硬化物の製造方法、又は、本発明の硬化物の適用可能な分野としては、電子デバイスの絶縁膜、再配線層用層間絶縁膜、ストレスバッファ膜などが挙げられる。そのほか、封止フィルム、基板材料(フレキシブルプリント基板のベースフィルムやカバーレイ、層間絶縁膜)、又は上記のような実装用途の絶縁膜をエッチングでパターン形成することなどが挙げられる。これらの用途については、例えば、サイエンス&テクノロジー(株)「ポリイミドの高機能化と応用技術」2008年4月、柿本雅明/監修、CMCテクニカルライブラリー「ポリイミド材料の基礎と開発」2011年11月発行、日本ポリイミド・芳香族系高分子研究会/編「最新ポリイミド 基礎と応用」エヌ・ティー・エス,2010年8月等を参照することができる。
<Application>
Fields to which the cured product of the present invention can be applied include insulating films for electronic devices, interlayer insulating films for rewiring layers, and stress buffer films. In addition, pattern formation by etching of a sealing film, a substrate material (a base film or coverlay of a flexible printed circuit board, an interlayer insulating film), or an insulating film for mounting purposes as described above can be used. For these applications, for example, Science & Technology Co., Ltd. "High Functionality and Application Technology of Polyimide" April 2008, Masaaki Kakimoto / supervised, CMC Technical Library "Basics and Development of Polyimide Materials" November 2011 Published by the Japan Polyimide and Aromatic Polymer Research Group/Edited, "Latest Polyimide Fundamentals and Applications", NTS, August 2010, etc. can be referred to.
 また、本発明の硬化物の製造方法、又は、本発明の硬化物は、オフセット版面又はスクリーン版面などの版面の製造、成形部品のエッチングへの使用、エレクトロニクス、特に、マイクロエレクトロニクスにおける保護ラッカー及び誘電層の製造などにも用いることもできる。 The method for producing the cured product of the present invention or the cured product of the present invention can also be used for the production of plates such as offset plates or screen plates, for etching molded parts, for protective lacquers and dielectrics in electronics, especially microelectronics. It can also be used for the production of layers and the like.
(積層体、及び、積層体の製造方法)
 本発明の積層体とは、本発明の硬化物からなる層を複数層有する構造体をいう。
 本発明の積層体は、硬化物からなる層を2層以上含む積層体であり、3層以上積層した積層体としてもよい。
 上記積層体に含まれる2層以上の上記硬化物からなる層のうち、少なくとも1つが本発明の硬化物からなる層であり、硬化物の収縮、又は、上記収縮に伴う硬化物の変形等を抑制する観点からは、上記積層体に含まれる全ての硬化物からなる層が本発明の硬化物からなる層であることも好ましい。
(Laminate and method for manufacturing the laminate)
The laminate of the present invention refers to a structure having a plurality of layers made of the cured product of the present invention.
The laminate of the present invention is a laminate containing two or more layers made of a cured product, and may be a laminate in which three or more layers are laminated.
Of the two or more layers of the cured product contained in the laminate, at least one is a layer made of the cured product of the present invention, and the shrinkage of the cured product, or the deformation of the cured product due to the shrinkage, etc. From the viewpoint of suppression, it is also preferable that all the layers made of the cured product contained in the laminate are layers made of the cured product of the present invention.
 すなわち、本発明の積層体の製造方法は、本発明の硬化物の製造方法を含むことが好ましく、本発明の硬化物の製造方法を複数回繰り返すことを含むことがより好ましい。 That is, the method for producing the laminate of the present invention preferably includes the method for producing the cured product of the present invention, and more preferably includes repeating the method for producing the cured product of the present invention multiple times.
 本発明の積層体は、硬化物からなる層を2層以上含み、上記硬化物からなる層同士のいずれかの間に金属層を含む態様が好ましい。上記金属層は、上記金属層形成工程により形成されることが好ましい。
 すなわち、本発明の積層体の製造方法は、複数回行われる硬化物の製造方法の間に、硬化物からなる層上に金属層を形成する金属層形成工程を更に含むことが好ましい。金属層形成工程の好ましい態様は上述の通りである。
 上記積層体としては、例えば、第一の硬化物からなる層、金属層、第二の硬化物からなる層の3つの層がこの順に積層された層構造を少なくとも含む積層体が好ましいものとして挙げられる。
 上記第一の硬化物からなる層及び上記第二の硬化物からなる層は、いずれも本発明の硬化物からなる層であることが好ましい。上記第一の硬化物からなる層の形成に用いられる本発明の樹脂組成物と、上記第二の硬化物からなる層の形成に用いられる本発明の樹脂組成物とは、組成が同一の組成物であってもよいし、組成が異なる組成物であってもよい。本発明の積層体における金属層は、再配線層などの金属配線として好ましく用いられる。
It is preferable that the laminate of the present invention includes two or more layers made of the cured material and a metal layer between any of the layers made of the cured material. The metal layer is preferably formed by the metal layer forming step.
That is, it is preferable that the method for producing a laminate of the present invention further includes a metal layer forming step of forming a metal layer on the layer made of the cured product between the methods for producing the cured product performed multiple times. Preferred aspects of the metal layer forming step are as described above.
As the laminate, for example, a laminate containing at least a layer structure in which three layers of a layer made of the first cured product, a metal layer, and a layer made of the second cured product are laminated in this order is preferable. be done.
It is preferable that both the layer comprising the first cured product and the layer comprising the second cured product are layers comprising the cured product of the present invention. The resin composition of the present invention used for forming the layer comprising the first cured product and the resin composition of the present invention used for forming the layer comprising the second cured product have the same composition. It may be a product or a composition having a different composition. The metal layer in the laminate of the present invention is preferably used as a metal wiring such as a rewiring layer.
<積層工程>
 本発明の積層体の製造方法は、積層工程を含むことが好ましい。
 積層工程とは、パターン(樹脂層)又は金属層の表面に、再度、(a)膜形成工程(層形成工程)、(b)露光工程、(c)現像工程、(d)加熱工程及び現像後露光工程の少なくとも一方を、この順に行うことを含む一連の工程である。ただし、(a)の膜形成工程および(d)加熱工程及び現像後露光工程の少なくとも一方を繰り返す態様であってもよい。また、(d)加熱工程及び現像後露光工程の少なくとも一方の後には(e)金属層形成工程を含んでもよい。積層工程には、更に、上記乾燥工程等を適宜含んでいてもよいことは言うまでもない。
<Lamination process>
It is preferable that the method for manufacturing the laminate of the present invention includes a lamination step.
The lamination step means that the surface of the pattern (resin layer) or metal layer is again subjected to (a) film formation step (layer formation step), (b) exposure step, (c) development step, (d) heating step and development It is a series of steps including performing at least one of the post-exposure steps in this order. However, at least one of (a) the film forming step and (d) the heating step and the post-development exposure step may be repeated. Moreover, after at least one of the (d) heating step and the post-development exposure step, (e) a metal layer forming step may be included. Needless to say, the lamination step may further include the drying step and the like as appropriate.
 積層工程後、更に積層工程を行う場合には、上記露光工程後、上記加熱工程の後、又は、上記金属層形成工程後に、更に、表面活性化処理工程を行ってもよい。表面活性化処理としては、プラズマ処理が例示される。表面活性化処理の詳細については後述する。 After the lamination process, when the lamination process is further performed, after the exposure process, after the heating process, or after the metal layer forming process, a surface activation treatment process may be further performed. A plasma treatment is exemplified as the surface activation treatment. Details of the surface activation treatment will be described later.
 上記積層工程は、2~20回行うことが好ましく、2~9回行うことがより好ましい。
 例えば、樹脂層/金属層/樹脂層/金属層/樹脂層/金属層のように、樹脂層を2層以上20層以下とする構成が好ましく、2層以上9層以下とする構成が更に好ましい。
 上記各層はそれぞれ、組成、形状、膜厚等が同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。
The lamination step is preferably performed 2 to 20 times, more preferably 2 to 9 times.
For example, a structure in which the number of resin layers is 2 or more and 20 or less, such as resin layer/metal layer/resin layer/metal layer/resin layer/metal layer, is preferable, and a structure of 2 or more and 9 or less is more preferable. .
Each of the layers described above may have the same composition, shape, film thickness, etc., or may differ from each other.
 本発明では特に、金属層を設けた後、更に、上記金属層を覆うように、上記本発明の樹脂組成物の硬化物(樹脂層)を形成する態様が好ましい。具体的には、(a)膜形成工程、(b)露光工程、(c)現像工程、(d)加熱工程及び現像後露光工程の少なくとも一方(e)金属層形成工程、の順序で繰り返す態様、又は、(a)膜形成工程、(d)加熱工程及び現像後露光工程の少なくとも一方、(e)金属層形成工程の順序で繰り返す態様が挙げられる。本発明の樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)を積層する積層工程と、金属層形成工程を交互に行うことにより、本発明の樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)と金属層を交互に積層することができる。 In the present invention, it is particularly preferable to form a cured product (resin layer) of the resin composition of the present invention so as to cover the metal layer after providing the metal layer. Specifically, (a) the film forming step, (b) the exposure step, (c) the developing step, (d) at least one of the heating step and the post-development exposure step, and (e) the metal layer forming step are repeated in this order. Alternatively, (a) the film forming step, (d) at least one of the heating step and the post-development exposure step, and (e) the metal layer forming step are repeated in this order. By alternately performing the lamination step of laminating the resin composition layer (resin layer) of the present invention and the metal layer forming step, it is possible to alternately laminate the resin composition layer (resin layer) of the present invention and the metal layer. can.
(表面活性化処理工程)
 本発明の積層体の製造方法は、上記金属層および樹脂組成物層の少なくとも一部を表面活性化処理する、表面活性化処理工程を含むことが好ましい。
 表面活性化処理工程は、通常、金属層形成工程の後に行うが、上記現像工程の後(好ましくは、加熱工程及び現像後露光工程の少なくとも一方の後)、樹脂組成物層に表面活性化処理工程を行ってから、金属層形成工程を行ってもよい。
 表面活性化処理は、金属層の少なくとも一部のみに行ってもよいし、露光後の樹脂組成物層の少なくとも一部のみに行ってもよいし、金属層および露光後の樹脂組成物層の両方について、それぞれ、少なくとも一部に行ってもよい。表面活性化処理は、金属層の少なくとも一部について行うことが好ましく、金属層のうち、表面に樹脂組成物層を形成する領域の一部または全部に表面活性化処理を行うことが好ましい。このように、金属層の表面に表面活性化処理を行うことにより、その表面に設けられる樹脂組成物層(膜)との密着性を向上させることができる。
 また、表面活性化処理は、露光後の樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)の一部または全部についても行うことが好ましい。このように、樹脂組成物層の表面に表面活性化処理を行うことにより、表面活性化処理した表面に設けられる金属層や樹脂層との密着性を向上させることができる。特にネガ型現像を行う場合など、樹脂組成物層が硬化されている場合には、表面処理によるダメージを受けにくく、密着性が向上しやすい。
 表面活性化処理は、例えば、国際公開第第2021/112189号の段落0415に記載の方法により実施することができる。この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
(Surface activation treatment step)
The method for producing a laminate of the present invention preferably includes a surface activation treatment step of subjecting at least part of the metal layer and the resin composition layer to surface activation treatment.
The surface activation treatment step is usually performed after the metal layer formation step, but after the development step (preferably after at least one of the heating step and the post-development exposure step), the resin composition layer is subjected to surface activation treatment. After performing the steps, the metal layer forming step may be performed.
The surface activation treatment may be performed only on at least part of the metal layer, may be performed only on at least part of the resin composition layer after exposure, or may be performed on the metal layer and the resin composition layer after exposure. Both may be done at least partially, respectively. The surface activation treatment is preferably performed on at least part of the metal layer, and it is preferable to perform the surface activation treatment on part or all of the area of the metal layer on which the resin composition layer is formed. By subjecting the surface of the metal layer to the surface activation treatment in this manner, the adhesiveness to the resin composition layer (film) provided on the surface can be improved.
In addition, it is preferable to perform the surface activation treatment on a part or the whole of the resin composition layer (resin layer) after exposure. By subjecting the surface of the resin composition layer to the surface activation treatment in this way, it is possible to improve the adhesion with the metal layer or the resin layer provided on the surface that has been subjected to the surface activation treatment. In particular, when the resin composition layer is cured, such as in the case of negative development, it is less likely to be damaged by surface treatment, and the adhesion is likely to be improved.
Surface activation treatment can be carried out, for example, by the method described in paragraph 0415 of WO2021/112189. The contents of which are incorporated herein.
(半導体デバイス及びその製造方法)
 また、本発明は、本発明の硬化物、又は、本発明の積層体を含む半導体デバイスも開示する。
 また、本発明は、本発明の硬化物の製造方法、又は、本発明の積層体の製造方法を含む半導体デバイスの製造方法も開示する。
 本発明の樹脂組成物を再配線層用層間絶縁膜の形成に用いた半導体デバイスの具体例としては、特開2016-027357号公報の段落0213~0218の記載及び図1の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
(Semiconductor device and its manufacturing method)
The present invention also discloses a semiconductor device comprising the cured product of the present invention or the laminate of the present invention.
Moreover, this invention also discloses the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device containing the manufacturing method of the hardened|cured material of this invention, or the manufacturing method of the laminated body of this invention.
Specific examples of a semiconductor device using the resin composition of the present invention for forming an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer can refer to the description of paragraphs 0213 to 0218 of JP-A-2016-027357 and the description of FIG. The contents of which are incorporated herein.
(化合物)
 本発明の化合物は、下記式(X)で表される化合物である。

 式(X)中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に1価の有機基を表し、R及びRが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、Lは2価の連結基を表し、Xはヒドロキシ基又はカルボキシ基を表し、Cyは環構造を表し、Rは2以上のエチレン性不飽和結合を有する基を含む構造を表す。
 本発明の化合物の好ましい態様は、上述の第三の特定化合物の好ましい態様と同様である。
(Compound)
The compound of the present invention is a compound represented by the following formula (X).

In formula (X), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, R 1 and R 2 may combine to form a ring structure, and L 1 represents a divalent linking group. X represents a hydroxy group or a carboxy group, Cy represents a ring structure, and R3 represents a structure containing a group having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
Preferred embodiments of the compounds of the present invention are the same as the preferred embodiments of the third specific compound described above.
 以下に実施例を挙げて本発明を更に具体的に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り、適宜、変更することができる。従って、本発明の範囲は以下に示す具体例に限定されるものではない。「部」、「%」は特に述べない限り、質量基準である。 The present invention will be described more specifically below with reference to examples. The materials, usage amounts, ratios, processing details, processing procedures, etc. shown in the following examples can be changed as appropriate without departing from the gist of the present invention. Accordingly, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. "Parts" and "%" are based on mass unless otherwise specified.
<環化樹脂の前駆体の製造方法>
〔合成例1:環化樹脂の前駆体(樹脂1)の合成〕
 4,4’-オキシジフタル酸二無水物(ODPA)23.48gとビスフタル酸二無水物(BPDA)22.27gをセパラブルフラスコに入れ、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート(HEMA)39.69gとテトラヒドロフラン136.83gを入れて室温(25℃)下で撹拌し、撹拌しながらピリジン24.66gを加えて反応混合物を得た。反応による発熱の終了後に室温まで放冷し、16時間放置した。
 次に、氷冷下において、ジシクロヘキシルカルボジイミド(DCC)62.46gをテトラヒドロフラン61.57gに溶解した溶液を撹拌しながら40分かけて反応混合物に加え、続いて4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル(DADPE)27.42gをテトラヒドロフラン119.73gに懸濁したものを撹拌しながら60分かけて加えた。更に室温で2時間撹拌した後、エチルアルコール7.17gを加えて1時間撹拌し、次に、テトラヒドロフラン136.83gを加えた。反応混合物に生じた沈殿物をろ過により取り除き、反応液を得た。
 得られた反応液を716.21gのエチルアルコールに加えて粗ポリマーから成る沈殿物を生成した。生成した粗ポリマーを濾別し、テトラヒドロフラン403.49gに溶解して粗ポリマー溶液を得た。得られた粗ポリマー溶液を8470.26gの水に滴下してポリマーを沈殿させ、得られた沈殿物を濾別した後、真空乾燥して粉末状の樹脂1を80.3g得た。樹脂1の分子量をゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(標準ポリスチレン換算)で測定したところ、重量平均分子量(Mw)は20,000であった。樹脂1の構造は、下記式(P-1)で表される構造であると推測される。
<Method for producing precursor of cyclized resin>
[Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of precursor (resin 1) of cyclized resin]
23.48 g of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride (ODPA) and 22.27 g of bisphthalic dianhydride (BPDA) were placed in a separable flask, and 39.69 g of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (HEMA) and 136 g of tetrahydrofuran were added. 83 g was added and stirred at room temperature (25° C.), and 24.66 g of pyridine was added while stirring to obtain a reaction mixture. After the end of heat generation due to the reaction, the mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and allowed to stand for 16 hours.
Next, under ice cooling, a solution of 62.46 g of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) dissolved in 61.57 g of tetrahydrofuran was added to the reaction mixture with stirring over 40 minutes, followed by 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether (DADPE). A suspension of 27.42 g in 119.73 g of tetrahydrofuran was added with stirring over 60 minutes. After further stirring at room temperature for 2 hours, 7.17 g of ethyl alcohol was added and stirred for 1 hour, then 136.83 g of tetrahydrofuran was added. A precipitate formed in the reaction mixture was removed by filtration to obtain a reaction liquid.
The resulting reaction solution was added to 716.21 g of ethyl alcohol to produce a precipitate consisting of crude polymer. The resulting crude polymer was separated by filtration and dissolved in 403.49 g of tetrahydrofuran to obtain a crude polymer solution. The resulting crude polymer solution was dropped into 8470.26 g of water to precipitate the polymer, and the resulting precipitate was filtered and dried in vacuum to obtain 80.3 g of resin 1 in powder form. When the molecular weight of Resin 1 was measured by gel permeation chromatography (converted to standard polystyrene), the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 20,000. The structure of Resin 1 is presumed to be a structure represented by the following formula (P-1).
〔合成例2:環化樹脂の前駆体(樹脂2)の合成〕
 21.2gの4,4’-オキシジフタル酸無水物と、18.0gの2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートと、23.9gのピリジンと、250mLのジグリム(ダイグライム、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル)とを混合し、60℃の温度で4時間撹拌して、4,4’-オキシジフタル酸と2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートとのジエステルを合成した。次いで、反応混合物を-10℃に冷却し、温度を-10±5℃に保ちながら、17.0gの塩化チオニルを60分かけて加えた。50mLのN-メチルピロリドンで希釈した後、100mLのN-メチルピロリドンに12.6gの4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルを溶解させた溶液を、-10±5℃で60分かけて反応混合物に滴下して、混合物を室温で2時間撹拌した。その後、エタノール10.0gを添加して室温で1時間撹拌した。
 次いで、6000gの水を加えてポリイミド前駆体を沈殿させ、沈殿物(水-ポリイミド前駆体混合物)を15分間撹拌した。撹拌後の沈殿物(ポリイミド前駆体の固体)をろ取し、テトラヒドロフラン500gに溶解させた。得られた溶液に6000gの水(貧溶媒)を加えてポリイミド前駆体を沈殿させ、沈殿物(水-ポリイミド前駆体混合物)を15分間撹拌した。撹拌後の沈殿物(ポリイミド前駆体の固体)を再びろ過して減圧下で、45℃で3日間乾燥した。
 乾燥後の粉体46.6gをテトラヒドロフラン419.6gに溶解させた後に、2.3gのトリエチルアミンを添加して室温で35分間撹拌した。その後、エタノール3000gを添加して、沈殿物をろ取した。得られた沈殿物をテトラヒドロフラン281.8gに溶解した。そこに水17.1gとイオン交換樹脂UP6040(AmberTec社製)46.6gを添加して、4時間撹拌した。その後、イオン交換樹脂をろ過で取り除き、得られたポリマー溶液を5,600gの水に加えて沈殿物を得た。沈殿物をろ取し、減圧下45℃で24時間乾燥させることで、樹脂2を45.1g得た。
 樹脂2の構造は、下記式(P-2)で表される構造であると推測される。樹脂2の分子量をゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(標準ポリスチレン換算)で測定したところ、重量平均分子量(Mw)は20,000であった。また、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルの当量を適宜調整することにより、Mwが5,000である樹脂2、Mwが10,000である樹脂2、Mwが30,000である樹脂2についてもそれぞれ合成した。
[Synthesis Example 2: Synthesis of precursor (resin 2) of cyclized resin]
21.2 g of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 18.0 g of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 23.9 g of pyridine, and 250 mL of diglyme (diglyme, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether) were mixed and heated to 60°C. The diester of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate was synthesized by stirring at temperature for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was then cooled to -10°C and 17.0 g of thionyl chloride was added over 60 minutes while maintaining the temperature at -10±5°C. After diluting with 50 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone, a solution of 12.6 g of 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether dissolved in 100 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone was added dropwise to the reaction mixture at −10±5° C. over 60 minutes. and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. After that, 10.0 g of ethanol was added and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour.
Then, 6000 g of water was added to precipitate the polyimide precursor, and the precipitate (water-polyimide precursor mixture) was stirred for 15 minutes. A precipitate (polyimide precursor solid) after stirring was collected by filtration and dissolved in 500 g of tetrahydrofuran. 6000 g of water (poor solvent) was added to the obtained solution to precipitate the polyimide precursor, and the precipitate (water-polyimide precursor mixture) was stirred for 15 minutes. The precipitate (polyimide precursor solid) after stirring was filtered again and dried under reduced pressure at 45° C. for 3 days.
After 46.6 g of the dried powder was dissolved in 419.6 g of tetrahydrofuran, 2.3 g of triethylamine was added and stirred at room temperature for 35 minutes. After that, 3000 g of ethanol was added and the precipitate was collected by filtration. The resulting precipitate was dissolved in 281.8 g of tetrahydrofuran. 17.1 g of water and 46.6 g of ion exchange resin UP6040 (manufactured by AmberTec) were added thereto and stirred for 4 hours. Thereafter, the ion exchange resin was removed by filtration, and the resulting polymer solution was added to 5,600 g of water to obtain a precipitate. The precipitate was collected by filtration and dried under reduced pressure at 45° C. for 24 hours to obtain 45.1 g of Resin 2.
The structure of Resin 2 is presumed to be a structure represented by the following formula (P-2). When the molecular weight of Resin 2 was measured by gel permeation chromatography (converted to standard polystyrene), the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 20,000. Further, resin 2 with Mw of 5,000, resin 2 with Mw of 10,000, and resin 2 with Mw of 30,000 can also be obtained by appropriately adjusting the equivalent of 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether. Synthesized.
〔合成例3~6:環化樹脂の前駆体(樹脂3~樹脂6)の合成〕
 使用する化合物を適宜変更した以外は、合成例2と同様の方法により下記式(P-3)~式(P-6)のいずれかで表される構造の樹脂3~樹脂6を合成した。
 樹脂3のMwは20,000、樹脂4のMwは20,000、樹脂5のMwは20,000、樹脂6のMwは20,000であった。
[Synthesis Examples 3 to 6: Synthesis of precursors of cyclized resins (resins 3 to 6)]
Resins 3 to 6 having structures represented by any of the following formulas (P-3) to (P-6) were synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 2, except that the compounds used were appropriately changed.
The Mw of resin 3 was 20,000, the Mw of resin 4 was 20,000, the Mw of resin 5 was 20,000, and the Mw of resin 6 was 20,000.

<実施例及び比較例>
 各実施例において、それぞれ、下記表に記載の成分を混合し、各樹脂組成物を得た。また、比較例において、下記表に記載の成分を混合し、比較用組成物を得た。
 具体的には、溶剤以外の表に記載の各成分の含有量(配合量)は、表の各欄の「質量部」の欄に記載の量(質量部)とした。
 溶剤の含有量(配合量)は、組成物の固形分濃度が表中の「固形分濃度」の値(質量%)となるようにし、溶剤の全質量に対する各溶剤の含有量の比率(質量比)は、表中の「比率」の欄に記載の比率となるようにした。
 得られた樹脂組成物及び比較用組成物を、細孔の幅が0.8μmのポリテトラフルオロエチレン製フィルターを用いて加圧ろ過した。
 また、表中、「-」の記載は該当する成分を組成物が含有していないことを示している。
<Examples and Comparative Examples>
In each example, each resin composition was obtained by mixing the components shown in the table below. In Comparative Examples, the components shown in the table below were mixed to obtain comparative compositions.
Specifically, the content (compounding amount) of each component described in the table other than the solvent was the amount (parts by mass) described in the "parts by mass" column of each column of the table.
The content (blending amount) of the solvent is such that the solid content concentration of the composition is the value (% by mass) of "solid content concentration" in the table, and the ratio of the content of each solvent to the total mass of the solvent (mass The ratio) was set to the ratio described in the "ratio" column in the table.
The resulting resin composition and comparative composition were filtered under pressure using a polytetrafluoroethylene filter with a pore width of 0.8 μm.
In the table, the description of "-" indicates that the composition does not contain the corresponding component.
 表に記載した各成分の詳細は下記の通りである。 Details of each component listed in the table are as follows.
〔樹脂〕
・樹脂1~樹脂6:上記合成例により得られた樹脂1~樹脂6
〔resin〕
・ Resin 1 to Resin 6: Resins 1 to 6 obtained by the above synthesis examples
〔特定化合物〕
・M-1~M-17:下記構造の化合物。M-1~M-17は上述の特定化合物に該当する化合物である。本明細書において、環構造の辺と交差する結合は、環構造における省略された水素原子のうちいずれかを置換して環構造に結合していることを示す。
また、比較例1で使用されているMR-1は重合性化合物である。

[Specific compound]
- M-1 to M-17: Compounds having the following structures. M-1 to M-17 are compounds corresponding to the above-mentioned specific compounds. As used herein, a bond that crosses an edge of a ring structure indicates that any of the omitted hydrogen atoms in the ring structure is replaced and attached to the ring structure.
MR-1 used in Comparative Example 1 is a polymerizable compound.

-M-2の合成-
 フラスコ中でcis-2,6-ジメチルピペリジン 22.4g (198.2 mmol)、ジクロロメタン 187.6g (0.7M(mol/L))を0℃で撹拌したところへ、ブロモ酢酸ブロミド 20.0g (99.1 mmol)を滴下した。滴下終了後に溶液を室温に昇温し、室温下で2時間撹拌した後に、水250mLに反応溶液を添加した。15分間撹拌した後に有機層を分液回収し、水100mLで2回分液洗浄した。有機層を硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、溶媒を減圧留去することで固体のM-2-Aが21.6g得られた(収率93%)。M-2-Aは、これ以上精製することなく次の反応に使用した。M-2-Aの物性値は以下の通りである。
H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) δ=4.51 (bs, 1H), 4.30-3.91 (m, 3H), 1.84-1.73 (m, 1H), 1.73-1.47 (m, 4H), 1.46-1.39 (m, 1H), 1.39-1.06 (m, 6H).
 フラスコ中でバニリルアルコール 24.9g (161.7 mmol)、アセトニトリル 253.0g (0.5M)を室温下で撹拌したところへ、炭酸カリウム 26.8g (194.0 mmol)を添加した。M-2-A 37.9g (161.7 mmol)を添加した後に溶液を75℃に昇温して、昇温後に6時間撹拌した。室温まで空冷した後に、減圧濾過により固体を除去し、濾液を減圧留去することで固体の粗精製体を得た。酢酸エチル 500mLを添加して溶解した後に、1N(1mol/L) HCl水溶液240mLで1回分液洗浄し、有機層を更に水240mLで3回分液洗浄した。有機層を硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、溶媒を減圧留去することでオイル状の粗精製体を得た。シリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィーで精製し(ヘキサン/酢酸エチル溶離液=1/1)、溶媒を減圧留去することで、固体のM-2-Bが26.5g得られた(収率53%)。M-2-Bの物性値は以下の通りである。
1H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) δ=6.93 (d, 1H, J=1.2 Hz), 6.81-6.76 (m, 2H), 5.07 (t, 1H, J=5.8 Hz), 4.81 (bs, 1H), 4.65 (bs, 1H), 4.53 (bs, 1H), 4.41 (d, 2H, J=5.7 Hz), 4.13 (bs, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 1.86-1.75 (m, 1H), 1.75-1.48 (m, 4H), 1.47-1.40 (m, 1H), 1.40-1.04 (m, 6H).
 フラスコ中でM-2-B 12.0g (39.0 mmol)、ジクロロメタン 51.7g (1M)を0℃で撹拌したところへ、三臭化ホウ素のジクロロメタン溶液 156mL (1M、156.0 mmol)を滴下した。滴下後に溶液を室温に昇温し、昇温後に3時間撹拌した。水500mLに反応溶液を添加し、メタノール47.0gを添加した後に、1時間撹拌した。ジクロロメタン250gを添加して分液により有機層を回収し、水200mLで2回分液洗浄した。有機層を硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、溶媒を減圧留去することで、固体のM-2-Cが13.6g得られた(収率98%)。M-2-Cの物性値は以下の通りである。
1H-NMR (400MHz, CDCl3) δ=9.95 (s, 1H), 7.01 (d, 1H, J=2.2 Hz), 6.94 (d, 1H, J=8.2 Hz), 6.82 (dd, 1H, J=8.2, 2.2 Hz), 4.75 (b, 3H, J=7.6 Hz), 4.42 (s, 2H), 3.75 (bs, 1H), 1.88-1.77 (m, 1H), 1.77-1.57 (m, 4H), 1.56-1.49 (m, 1H), 1.41-1.15 (m, 6H).
 フラスコ中でTEMPO(2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン 1-オキシル ) 0.037mg、M-2-C 30.0g (16.8 mmol)、M-2-D 6.7g (16.8 mmol)、アセトニトリル 41.9g (0.2M)を入れ室温下で撹拌したところへ、炭酸カリウム 3.5g (25.3 mmol)を添加した。溶液を60℃に昇温し、昇温後6時間撹拌した。室温まで空冷した後に、減圧濾過により固体を除去し、濾液を減圧留去することでオイル状の粗精製体を得た。酢酸エチル 200gを添加して溶解した後に、炭酸水素ナトリウム 2.1gを水200mLに溶解した水溶液で2回分液洗浄し、有機層を更に水200mLで1回分液洗浄した。有機層を硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、溶媒を減圧留去することでオイル状の粗精製体を得た。シリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィーで精製し(ヘキサン/酢酸エチル溶離液=2/1、目的物はヘキサン/酢酸エチル=1/1でRf=0.38)、溶媒を減圧留去することで、オイル状のM-2が3.7g得られた(収率33%)。M-2の物性値は以下の通りである。
1H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) δ=9.58 (s, 1H), 6.87 (d, 1H, J=8.2 Hz), 6.79 (d, 1H, J=2.0 Hz), 6.72 (dd, 1H, J=8.2, 2.0 Hz), 6.35 (dd, 3H, J=17.2, 1.4 Hz), 6.16 (dd, 3H, J=17.3, 10.4 Hz), 5.97 (dd, 3H, J=10.4, 1.4 Hz), 5.05-4.83 (m, 3H), 4.83-4.63 (m, 1H), 4.55 (bs, 1H), 4.23 (s, 6H), 4.18 (s, 2H), 4.03 (bs, 1H), 2.59 (s, 4H), 1.85-1.71 (m, 1H), 1.71-1.48 (m, 4H), 1.48-1.37 (m, 1H), 1.37-1.06 (m, 6H).
-Synthesis of M-2-
In a flask, 22.4 g (198.2 mmol) of cis-2,6-dimethylpiperidine and 187.6 g (0.7 M (mol/L)) of dichloromethane were stirred at 0°C, and 20.0 g of bromoacetic bromide was added. (99.1 mmol) was added dropwise. After the dropwise addition was completed, the solution was warmed to room temperature and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, and then the reaction solution was added to 250 mL of water. After stirring for 15 minutes, the organic layer was separated and collected, and separated and washed twice with 100 mL of water. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain 21.6 g of solid M-2-A (yield 93%). M-2-A was used in the next reaction without further purification. The physical property values of M-2-A are as follows.
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ=4.51 (bs, 1H), 4.30-3.91 (m, 3H), 1.84-1.73 (m, 1H), 1. 73-1.47 (m, 4H), 1.46-1.39 (m, 1H), 1.39-1.06 (m, 6H).
24.9 g (161.7 mmol) of vanillyl alcohol and 253.0 g (0.5 M) of acetonitrile were stirred in a flask at room temperature, and 26.8 g (194.0 mmol) of potassium carbonate was added. After adding 37.9 g (161.7 mmol) of M-2-A, the solution was heated to 75° C. and stirred for 6 hours after the temperature was raised. After air-cooling to room temperature, the solid was removed by filtration under reduced pressure, and the filtrate was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain a solid crude product. After adding and dissolving 500 mL of ethyl acetate, the solution was separated and washed once with 240 mL of a 1N (1 mol/L) HCl aqueous solution, and the organic layer was further separated and washed with 240 mL of water three times. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain an oily crude product. Purification was performed by silica gel column chromatography (hexane/ethyl acetate eluent=1/1), and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain 26.5 g of solid M-2-B (yield 53%). The physical property values of M-2-B are as follows.
1 H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) δ=6.93 (d, 1H, J=1.2 Hz), 6.81-6.76 (m, 2H), 5.07 (t, 1H, J=5.8 Hz), 4.81 (bs, 1H), 4.65 (bs, 1H), 4.53 (bs, 1H), 4.41 (d, 2H, J=5.7 Hz), 4.13 (bs, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 1.86-1.75 (m, 1H ), 1.75-1.48 (m, 4H), 1.47-1.40 (m, 1H), 1.40-1.04 (m, 6H).
In a flask, 12.0 g (39.0 mmol) of M-2-B and 51.7 g (1 M) of dichloromethane were stirred at 0° C., and 156 mL (1 M, 156.0 mmol) of boron tribromide in dichloromethane was added. was dripped. After the dropwise addition, the temperature of the solution was raised to room temperature, and after the temperature was raised, the mixture was stirred for 3 hours. After adding the reaction solution to 500 mL of water and adding 47.0 g of methanol, the mixture was stirred for 1 hour. 250 g of dichloromethane was added and the organic layer was recovered by liquid separation, and washed twice with 200 mL of water. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain 13.6 g of solid M-2-C (yield 98%). The physical property values of M-2-C are as follows.
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ=9.95 (s, 1H), 7.01 (d, 1H, J=2.2 Hz), 6.94 (d, 1H, J=8.2 Hz), 6.82 (dd, 1H, J =8.2, 2.2 Hz), 4.75 (b, 3H, J=7.6 Hz), 4.42 (s, 2H), 3.75 (bs, 1H), 1.88-1.77 (m, 1H), 1.77-1.57 (m, 4H) , 1.56-1.49 (m, 1H), 1.41-1.15 (m, 6H).
In a flask, TEMPO (2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl) 0.037 mg, M-2-C 30.0 g (16.8 mmol), M-2-D 6.7 g (16.8 mmol). 8 mmol) and 41.9 g (0.2 M) of acetonitrile were added and stirred at room temperature, and 3.5 g (25.3 mmol) of potassium carbonate was added. The solution was heated to 60° C. and stirred for 6 hours after the temperature was raised. After air-cooling to room temperature, the solid was removed by filtration under reduced pressure, and the filtrate was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain an oily crude product. After adding and dissolving 200 g of ethyl acetate, the solution was separated and washed twice with an aqueous solution prepared by dissolving 2.1 g of sodium hydrogencarbonate in 200 mL of water, and the organic layer was further separated and washed once with 200 mL of water. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain an oily crude product. It was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane/ethyl acetate = 2/1, the target product was hexane/ethyl acetate = 1/1, Rf = 0.38). 3.7 g of M-2 was obtained (33% yield). The physical property values of M-2 are as follows.
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ=9.58 (s, 1H), 6.87 (d, 1H, J=8.2 Hz), 6.79 (d, 1H, J=2.0 Hz), 6.72 (dd, 1H, J=8.2, 2.0Hz), 6.35 (dd, 3H, J=17.2, 1.4Hz), 6.16 (dd, 3H, J=17.3, 10.4Hz), 5.97 (dd, 3H, J=10.4, 1.4Hz), 5.05-4.83 (m, 3H), 4.83-4.63 (m, 1H), 4.55 (bs, 1H), 4.23 (s, 6H), 4.18 (s, 2H), 4.03 (bs, 1H), 2.59 (s, 4H), 1.85-1.71 (m, 1H), 1.71-1.48 (m, 4H), 1.48-1.37 (m, 1H), 1.37-1.06 (m, 6H).
-M-1、M-3~M-17の合成-
 上記M-2の合成と同様の方法により、M-1、M-3~M-17を合成した。
-Synthesis of M-1, M-3 to M-17-
M-1, M-3 to M-17 were synthesized in the same manner as the synthesis of M-2 above.
〔重合性化合物〕
・MX-1:下記構造の化合物。括弧の添え字は繰返し数を表す。
・MR-1:下記構造の化合物
[Polymerizable compound]
- MX-1: A compound having the following structure. Subscripts in parentheses indicate repetition numbers.
- MR-1: a compound having the following structure
〔光重合開始剤〕
・I-1~I-5:下記構造の化合物
[Photopolymerization initiator]
- I-1 to I-5: compounds having the following structures
〔塩基発生剤〕
・A-1~A-3:下記構造の化合物
[Base generator]
- A-1 to A-3: compounds having the following structures
〔重合禁止剤〕
・B-1~B-4:下記構造の化合物
[Polymerization inhibitor]
- B-1 to B-4: compounds having the following structures
〔シランカップリング剤(金属接着性改良剤)〕
・C-1~C-3:下記構造の化合物。下記式中、Etはエチル基を表す。
[Silane coupling agent (metal adhesion improver)]
· C-1 to C-3: compounds having the following structures. In the formula below, Et represents an ethyl group.
〔マイグレーション抑制剤〕
・D-1~D-4:下記構造の化合物
[Migration inhibitor]
- D-1 to D-4: compounds having the following structures
〔添加剤〕
・E-1~E-6:下記構造の化合物
〔Additive〕
- E-1 to E-6: compounds having the following structures
〔溶剤〕
・NMP:N-メチル-2-ピロリドン
・EL:乳酸エチル
・DMSO:ジメチルスルホキシド
・GBL:γ-ブチロラクトン
〔solvent〕
・NMP: N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone ・EL: ethyl lactate ・DMSO: dimethyl sulfoxide ・GBL: γ-butyrolactone
<評価> <Evaluation>
〔破断伸びの評価〕
 各実施例及び比較例において調製した樹脂組成物又は比較用組成物を、それぞれ、スピンコート法でシリコンウエハ上に適用して樹脂層を形成した。
 得られた樹脂層が形成されたシリコンウエハをホットプレート上で、100℃で5分間乾燥し、シリコンウエハ上に表の「膜厚(μm)」の欄に記載の厚さであって、均一な厚さの樹脂組成物層を得た。
 表中の現像条件の欄に「ネガ」と記載されている例においては、シリコンウエハ上の樹脂組成物層の全面を、500mJ/cmの露光エネルギーで露光した。露光波長は表中の「露光波長(nm)」に記載した。表中の現像条件の欄に「ポジ」と記載されている例においては、露光を行わなかった。
 露光条件の欄に「M」と記載された例においては、光源としてステッパーを用いて露光した。
 露光条件の欄に「D」と記載された例においては、光源として、ダイレクト露光装置(アドテック DE-6UH III)を用いて露光した。
 「キュア温度(℃)」の欄に数値が記載された例においては、ホットプレートを使用して、上記露光後の樹脂組成物層を、窒素雰囲気下で、10℃/分の昇温速度で昇温し、表の「キュア温度(℃)」の欄に記載の温度に達した後、上記温度を表の「キュア時間(min)」の間において維持した。
 「キュア温度(℃)」の欄に「IR」と記載された例においては、赤外線ランプ加熱装置(アドバンス理工社製、RTP-6)を用いて、各例において得られた樹脂膜を、窒素雰囲気下で、10℃/分の昇温速度で昇温し、230℃に達した後、上記温度を表の「キュア時間(min)」の間において維持した。
 硬化後の樹脂組成物層(硬化物)を4.9質量%フッ化水素酸水溶液に浸漬し、シリコンウエハから硬化物を剥離した。剥離した硬化物を、打ち抜き機を用いて打ち抜いて、試料幅3mm、試料長30mmの試験片を作製した。得られた試験片の長手方向の伸び率を、引張り試験機(テンシロン)を用いて、クロスヘッドスピード300mm/分、25℃、65%RH(相対湿度)の環境下にて、JIS-K6251に準拠して測定した。測定は各5回ずつ実施し、5回の測定における試験片が破断した時の伸び率(破断伸び率)の算術平均値を指標値として用いた。
 評価は下記評価基準に従って行い、評価結果は表の「破断伸び」の欄に記載した。指標値が大きいほど、硬化物は膜強度に優れるといえる。
-評価基準-
A:上記指標値が65%以上であった。
B:上記指標値が60%以上65%未満であった。
C:上記指標値が55%以上60%未満であった。
D:上記指標値が55%未満であった。
[Evaluation of breaking elongation]
A resin layer was formed by applying the resin composition prepared in each example and comparative example or the comparative composition to a silicon wafer by spin coating.
The obtained silicon wafer on which the resin layer was formed was dried on a hot plate at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes, and the thickness described in the column "Film thickness (μm)" in the table was uniformly applied A resin composition layer having a sufficient thickness was obtained.
In the examples described as "negative" in the column of development conditions in the table, the entire surface of the resin composition layer on the silicon wafer was exposed with an exposure energy of 500 mJ/cm 2 . The exposure wavelength is described in "Exposure wavelength (nm)" in the table. In the examples described as "Positive" in the column of development conditions in the table, exposure was not performed.
In the examples described as "M" in the exposure condition column, exposure was performed using a stepper as the light source.
In the examples with "D" in the exposure condition column, exposure was performed using a direct exposure device (ADTEC DE-6UH III) as the light source.
In the example where a numerical value is described in the column of "curing temperature (°C)", a hot plate is used to heat the resin composition layer after the exposure in a nitrogen atmosphere at a heating rate of 10°C/min. After the temperature was raised and reached the temperature indicated in the "Cure Temperature (°C)" column of the table, said temperature was maintained for the "Cure Time (min)" of the table.
In the examples described as "IR" in the column of "curing temperature (°C)", the resin film obtained in each example was treated with nitrogen using an infrared lamp heating device (manufactured by Advance Riko Co., Ltd., RTP-6). Under atmosphere, the temperature was raised at a rate of temperature increase of 10°C/min, and after reaching 230°C, the above temperature was maintained during the "curing time (min)" in the table.
The cured resin composition layer (cured product) was immersed in a 4.9% by mass hydrofluoric acid aqueous solution, and the cured product was peeled off from the silicon wafer. The peeled cured product was punched out using a punching machine to prepare a test piece having a width of 3 mm and a length of 30 mm. The longitudinal elongation of the obtained test piece was measured using a tensile tester (Tensilon) under an environment of a crosshead speed of 300 mm / min, 25 ° C., 65% RH (relative humidity), according to JIS-K6251. Measured according to Each measurement was performed five times, and the arithmetic average value of the elongation rate (elongation at break) when the test piece was broken in the five measurements was used as an index value.
The evaluation was performed according to the following evaluation criteria, and the evaluation results are shown in the "elongation at break" column in the table. It can be said that the larger the index value, the more excellent the film strength of the cured product.
-Evaluation criteria-
A: The index value was 65% or more.
B: The index value was 60% or more and less than 65%.
C: The index value was 55% or more and less than 60%.
D: The index value was less than 55%.
〔耐薬品性の評価〕
 各実施例又は比較例において、調製した樹脂組成物又は比較用組成物を、シリコンウエハ上にスピンコート法により塗布した。上記シリコンウエハをホットプレート上で、100℃で5分間乾燥し、シリコンウエハ上に表の「膜厚(μm)」の欄に記載の厚さであって、均一な厚さの樹脂組成物層を形成した。
 現像条件に「ネガ」と記載され、露光条件に「M」と記載された例においては、シリコンウエハ上の樹脂組成物層を、ステッパーを用いて露光した。露光は表中の「露光波長(nm)」に記載した波長の光を用い、フォトマスクを使用せず感光膜の全面に対して行った。露光量は500mJ/cmとした。
 現像条件に「ネガ」と記載され、露光条件に「D」と記載された例においては、ダイレクト露光装置(アドテック DE-6UH III)を用いて露光した。露光は表中の「露光波長(nm)」に記載した波長の光を用い、感光膜の全面に対して行った。露光量は500mJ/cmとした。
 現像条件に「ポジ」と記載された例においては、露光を行わなかった。
 次いで、「キュア温度(℃)」の欄に数値が記載された例においては、ホットプレートを使用して、各実施例又は比較例において得られた樹脂膜(樹脂組成物層)を、窒素雰囲気下で、10℃/分の昇温速度で昇温し、表の「キュア温度(℃)」に記載の温度に達した後「キュア時間(min)」に記載の時間においてその温度を維持し、硬化膜を形成した。
 「キュア温度(℃)」の欄に「IR」と記載された例においては、赤外線ランプ加熱装置(アドバンス理工社製、RTP-6)を用いて、各例において得られた樹脂膜を、窒素雰囲気下で、10℃/分の昇温速度で昇温し、230℃に達した後「キュア時間(min)」に記載の時間においてその温度を維持し、硬化膜を形成した。
 得られた硬化膜を下記の薬品に下記の条件で浸漬し、溶解速度を算定した。
 薬品:ジメチルスルホキシド(DMSO)と濃度25質量%のテトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド(TMAH)水溶液の90:10(質量比)の混合物
 評価条件:上記硬化膜を上記薬品に75℃で15分間浸漬して浸漬前後の硬化膜の膜厚を比較し、溶解速度(nm/分)を算出した。
 得られた溶解速度の値について、下記評価基準に従って評価し、評価結果を「耐薬品性」の欄に記載した。溶解速度が小さいほど、耐薬品性に優れるといえる。
-評価基準-
A:溶解速度が250nm/分未満であった。
B:溶解速度が250nm/分以上500nm/分未満であった。
C:溶解速度が500nm/分以上750nm/分未満であった。
D:溶解速度が750nm/分以上であった。
[Evaluation of chemical resistance]
In each example or comparative example, the prepared resin composition or comparative composition was applied onto a silicon wafer by spin coating. The silicon wafer is dried on a hot plate at 100° C. for 5 minutes, and a resin composition layer having a uniform thickness and having the thickness described in the “Thickness (μm)” column of the table is formed on the silicon wafer. formed.
In the example in which the development condition was described as "negative" and the exposure condition was described as "M", the resin composition layer on the silicon wafer was exposed using a stepper. The entire surface of the photosensitive film was exposed without using a photomask using light having a wavelength indicated in "Exposure Wavelength (nm)" in the table. The exposure amount was 500 mJ/cm 2 .
In the examples where the development condition is described as "negative" and the exposure condition is described as "D", exposure was performed using a direct exposure apparatus (ADTEC DE-6UH III). The entire surface of the photosensitive film was exposed to light having a wavelength indicated in "Exposure Wavelength (nm)" in the table. The exposure amount was 500 mJ/cm 2 .
In the examples described as "positive" in the development conditions, no exposure was performed.
Next, in the examples in which a numerical value is described in the column of "curing temperature (°C)", the resin film (resin composition layer) obtained in each example or comparative example is cured in a nitrogen atmosphere using a hot plate. The temperature was raised at a rate of 10 ° C./min under the temperature, and after reaching the temperature described in "Cure temperature (° C.)" in the table, that temperature was maintained for the time described in "Cure time (min)". , to form a cured film.
In the examples described as "IR" in the column of "curing temperature (°C)", the resin film obtained in each example was treated with nitrogen using an infrared lamp heating device (manufactured by Advance Riko Co., Ltd., RTP-6). Under the atmosphere, the temperature was raised at a rate of 10°C/min, and after reaching 230°C, the temperature was maintained for the time described in "curing time (min)" to form a cured film.
The obtained cured film was immersed in the following chemicals under the following conditions, and the dissolution rate was calculated.
Chemical: 90:10 (mass ratio) mixture of dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) and 25% by mass tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) aqueous solution Evaluation conditions: The cured film was immersed in the chemical at 75°C for 15 minutes. The film thickness of the cured film before and after immersion was compared, and the dissolution rate (nm/min) was calculated.
The obtained dissolution rate values were evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria, and the evaluation results were described in the "Chemical resistance" column. It can be said that the lower the dissolution rate, the better the chemical resistance.
-Evaluation criteria-
A: The dissolution rate was less than 250 nm/min.
B: The dissolution rate was 250 nm/min or more and less than 500 nm/min.
C: The dissolution rate was 500 nm/min or more and less than 750 nm/min.
D: The dissolution rate was 750 nm/min or more.
〔銅基板との密着性の評価〕
 各実施例及び比較例において調製した樹脂組成物又は比較用組成物を、それぞれ、銅基板上にスピンコート法により層状に適用して、樹脂組成物層又は比較用組成物層を形成した。得られた樹脂組成物層又は比較用組成物層を形成した銅基板をホットプレート上で、100℃で5分間乾燥し、銅基板上に表の「膜厚(μm)」の欄に記載の膜厚であって、厚さの均一な樹脂組成物層又は比較用組成物層とした。銅基板上の樹脂組成物層又は比較用組成物層を、500mJ/cmの露光エネルギーで、表の「現像条件」の欄に「ネガ」と記載された例においては100μm四方の正方形状の非マスク部が形成されたフォトマスクを、表の「現像条件」の欄に「ポジ」と記載された例においては100μm四方の正方形状のマスク部が形成されたフォトマスクをそれぞれ使用して表の「露光波長(nm)」の欄に記載の露光波長(nm)の光により露光した。
 露光条件の欄に「M」と記載された例においては、光源としてステッパーを用いて露光した。
 露光条件の欄に「D」と記載された例においては、光源として、ダイレクト露光装置(アドテック DE-6UH III)を用いて、フォトマスクは使用せず、100μm四方の範囲にレーザーダイレクトイメージング露光を行った。
 その後、表に記載の現像液で60秒間現像して、100μm四方の正方形状の樹脂層を得た。表の「TMAH水溶液」の記載は、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシドの2.38質量%水溶液を意味している。
 「キュア温度」の欄に数値が記載された例においては、ホットプレートを使用して、上記露光後の樹脂組成物層を、窒素雰囲気下で、10℃/分の昇温速度で昇温し、表の「キュア温度(℃)」の欄に記載の温度に達した後、上記温度を表の「キュア時間(min)」の時間において維持した。
 「キュア温度(℃)」の欄に「IR」と記載された例においては、赤外線ランプ加熱装置(アドバンス理工社製、RTP-6)を用いて、各実施例において得られた樹脂膜を、窒素雰囲気下で、10℃/分の昇温速度で昇温し、230℃に達した後、上記温度を表の「キュア時間(min)」の時間において維持した。
 銅基板上の100μm四方の正方形状の樹脂層に対して、25℃、65%相対湿度(RH)の環境下にて、ボンドテスター(XYZTEC社製、CondorSigma)を用いて、せん断力を測定し、下記評価基準に従って評価した。評価結果は表の「銅基板密着性」の欄に記載した。せん断力が大きければ大きいほど硬化膜の金属密着性(銅密着性)に優れるといえる。
-評価基準-
A:せん断力が30gfを超えた。
B:せん断力が25gfを超えて30gf以下であった。
C:せん断力が25gf以下であった。
 また、1gfは0.00980665Nである。
[Evaluation of adhesion to copper substrate]
A resin composition layer or a comparative composition layer was formed by applying the resin composition or the comparative composition prepared in each example and comparative example in a layered manner on a copper substrate by spin coating, respectively. The resulting copper substrate on which the resin composition layer or the comparative composition layer was formed was dried on a hot plate at 100° C. for 5 minutes, and the film thickness (μm) shown in the column “Thickness (μm)” of the table was applied to the copper substrate. A resin composition layer or a comparative composition layer having a uniform thickness was used. The resin composition layer or the comparative composition layer on the copper substrate was exposed at an exposure energy of 500 mJ/cm 2 , and in the example described as "negative" in the "development conditions" column of the table, a 100 μm square square. A photomask having a non-mask portion formed thereon, and a photomask having a 100 μm square mask portion formed thereon in the example described as “Positive” in the column of “Development Conditions” in the table, were used for development. was exposed to light having an exposure wavelength (nm) described in the column of "Exposure Wavelength (nm)".
In the examples described as "M" in the exposure condition column, exposure was performed using a stepper as the light source.
In the example with "D" in the exposure condition column, a direct exposure device (ADTEC DE-6UH III) was used as the light source, and no photomask was used. went.
After that, development was performed for 60 seconds with the developer shown in the table to obtain a resin layer having a square shape of 100 μm on each side. The description of "TMAH aqueous solution" in the table means a 2.38% by mass aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide.
In the example where a numerical value is described in the column of "curing temperature", a hot plate is used to raise the temperature of the resin composition layer after the exposure in a nitrogen atmosphere at a heating rate of 10°C/min. , after reaching the temperature indicated in the "Cure temperature (°C)" column of the table, said temperature was maintained for the time indicated in the "Cure time (min)" column of the table.
In the examples described as "IR" in the column of "curing temperature (°C)", the resin film obtained in each example was cured using an infrared lamp heating device (RTP-6, manufactured by Advance Riko Co., Ltd.). In a nitrogen atmosphere, the temperature was raised at a rate of temperature increase of 10° C./min, and after reaching 230° C., the above temperature was maintained for the “curing time (min)” in the table.
A bond tester (XYZTEC, CondorSigma) was used to measure the shear force of a 100 μm square resin layer on a copper substrate in an environment of 25° C. and 65% relative humidity (RH). , was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. The evaluation results are shown in the "Copper Substrate Adhesion" column of the table. It can be said that the greater the shear force, the better the metal adhesion (copper adhesion) of the cured film.
-Evaluation criteria-
A: Shearing force exceeded 30 gf.
B: Shearing force exceeded 25 gf and was 30 gf or less.
C: Shear force was 25 gf or less.
Also, 1 gf is 0.00980665N.
 以上の結果から、本発明の樹脂組成物から形成される硬化物は、破断伸びに優れることが分かる。
 比較例1に係る比較用組成物は、特定化合物を含有しない。このような比較用組成物については、得られる硬化物が破断伸びに劣ることが分かる。
From the above results, it can be seen that the cured product formed from the resin composition of the present invention is excellent in elongation at break.
The comparative composition according to Comparative Example 1 does not contain the specific compound. It can be seen that the cured product obtained from such a comparative composition is inferior in elongation at break.
<実施例101>
 実施例1において使用した樹脂組成物を、表面に銅薄層が形成された樹脂基材の銅薄層の表面にスピンコート法により層状に適用して、100℃で5分間乾燥し、膜厚20μmの感光膜を形成した後、ステッパー((株)ニコン製、NSR1505 i6)を用いて露光した。露光はマスク(パターンが1:1ラインアンドスペースであり、線幅が10μmであるバイナリマスク)を介して、波長365nmで行った。上記露光後、シクロペンタノンで2分間現像し、PGMEAで30秒間リンスし、層のパターンを得た。
 次いで、窒素雰囲気下で、10℃/分の昇温速度で昇温し、230℃に達した後、230℃で180分間維持して、再配線層用層間絶縁膜を形成した。この再配線層用層間絶縁膜は、絶縁性に優れていた。
 また、この再配線層用層間絶縁膜を使用して半導体デバイスを製造したところ、問題なく動作することを確認した。
<Example 101>
The resin composition used in Example 1 was applied in a layer by spin coating to the surface of the thin copper layer of the resin substrate having the thin copper layer formed on the surface, and dried at 100° C. for 5 minutes to obtain a film thickness. After forming a 20 μm photosensitive film, it was exposed using a stepper (NSR1505 i6, manufactured by Nikon Corporation). Exposure was performed at a wavelength of 365 nm through a mask (a binary mask with a 1:1 line-and-space pattern and a line width of 10 μm). After the above exposure, the film was developed with cyclopentanone for 2 minutes and rinsed with PGMEA for 30 seconds to obtain a layer pattern.
Next, in a nitrogen atmosphere, the temperature was raised at a rate of 10° C./min, reaching 230° C., and then maintained at 230° C. for 180 minutes to form an interlayer insulating film for rewiring layers. This interlayer insulating film for rewiring layer was excellent in insulating properties.
Moreover, when a semiconductor device was manufactured using this interlayer insulating film for rewiring layer, it was confirmed that it operated without any problem.

Claims (21)

  1.  環化樹脂の前駆体と、
     光、熱、酸、及び塩基の少なくとも一つの作用により塩基性化合物を発生させる構造、並びに、2つ以上の重合性基を有する塩基発生剤と、
     光重合開始剤とを含む
     樹脂組成物。
    a precursor of the cyclized resin;
    a base generator having a structure that generates a basic compound by the action of at least one of light, heat, acid, and base, and two or more polymerizable groups;
    A resin composition comprising a photopolymerization initiator.
  2.  前記塩基発生剤が、アミド基、カルバメート基、ウレア基、及び第四級アンモニウム基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも一つ以上の基を含む、請求項1に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the base generator contains at least one or more groups selected from the group consisting of amide groups, carbamate groups, urea groups, and quaternary ammonium groups.
  3.  環化樹脂の前駆体と、
     下記式(1-1)~式(1-4)のいずれかで表される塩基発生剤と、
     光重合開始剤とを含む
     樹脂組成物。

     式(1-1)中、R11及びR12はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、R11及びR12は結合して環構造を形成してもよく、nは1以上の整数を表し、R13は1価の有機基を表し、下記条件1及び条件2の少なくとも1つを満たす。
     条件1:n個のR11及びn個のR12に合計2つ以上の重合性基を有する
     条件2:R13に合計2つ以上の重合性基を有する
     式(1-2)中、R21~R24はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、R21~R24は合計2つ以上の重合性基を有し、R21~R24の少なくとも2つは結合して環構造を形成してもよく、Aは対アニオンを表す。
     式(1-3)中、R31~R33はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、R31~R33は合計2つ以上の重合性基を有し、R31~R33の少なくとも2つは結合して環構造を形成してもよく、Aは対アニオンを表す。
     式(1-4)中、R41、R42、R43及びR44はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、R41及びR42は結合して環構造を形成してもよく、R43及びR44は結合して環構造を形成してもよく、R41~R44は合計2つ以上の重合性基を有する。
    a precursor of the cyclized resin;
    a base generator represented by any one of the following formulas (1-1) to (1-4);
    A resin composition comprising a photopolymerization initiator.

    In formula (1-1), R 11 and R 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, R 11 and R 12 may combine to form a ring structure, n is 1 , R 13 represents a monovalent organic group, and satisfies at least one of conditions 1 and 2 below.
    Condition 1: n R 11 and n R 12 have a total of two or more polymerizable groups Condition 2: R 13 has a total of two or more polymerizable groups In formula (1-2), R 21 to R 24 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, R 21 to R 24 have a total of two or more polymerizable groups, and at least two of R 21 to R 24 are bonded may form a ring structure, and A 1 represents a counter anion.
    In formula ( 1-3), R 31 to R 33 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group; At least two of R33 may combine to form a ring structure, and A2 represents a counter anion.
    In formula (1-4), R 41 , R 42 , R 43 and R 44 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and R 41 and R 42 combine to form a ring structure may be combined, R 43 and R 44 may combine to form a ring structure, and R 41 to R 44 have a total of two or more polymerizable groups.
  4. 前記塩基発生剤から発生する塩基性化合物は重合性基を有しない、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。 4. The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the basic compound generated from the base generator does not have a polymerizable group.
  5.  前記塩基発生剤に含まれる重合性基が付加重合性の重合性基又は開環重合性の重合性基である、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the polymerizable group contained in the base generator is an addition polymerizable group or a ring-opening polymerizable group.
  6.  前記塩基発生剤に含まれる重合性基がエチレン性不飽和結合を有する基である、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the polymerizable group contained in the base generator is a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
  7.  前記塩基発生剤に含まれる重合性基が(メタ)アクリロキシ基である、請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the polymerizable group contained in the base generator is a (meth)acryloxy group.
  8.  前記塩基発生剤が非イオン性化合物である、請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the base generator is a nonionic compound.
  9.  環化樹脂の前駆体と、
     下記式(X)で表される化合物と、
     光重合開始剤とを含む
     樹脂組成物。

     式(X)中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に1価の有機基を表し、R及びRが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、Lは2価の連結基を表し、Xはヒドロキシ基又はカルボキシ基を表し、Cyは環構造を表し、Rは2以上のエチレン性不飽和結合を有する基を含む構造を表す。
    a precursor of the cyclized resin;
    a compound represented by the following formula (X);
    A resin composition comprising a photopolymerization initiator.

    In formula (X), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, R 1 and R 2 may combine to form a ring structure, and L 1 represents a divalent linking group. X represents a hydroxy group or a carboxy group, Cy represents a ring structure, and R3 represents a structure containing a group having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
  10.  前記環化樹脂の前駆体が、ポリイミド前駆体である、請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the precursor of the cyclized resin is a polyimide precursor.
  11.  前記環化樹脂の前駆体が、重合性基を有する、請求項1~10のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the precursor of the cyclized resin has a polymerizable group.
  12.  再配線層用層間絶縁膜の形成に用いられる、請求項1~11のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 11, which is used for forming an interlayer insulating film for rewiring layers.
  13.  請求項1~12のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物を硬化してなる硬化物。 A cured product obtained by curing the resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 12.
  14.  請求項13に記載の硬化物からなる層を2層以上含み、前記硬化物からなる層同士のいずれかの間に金属層を含む積層体。 A laminate comprising two or more layers made of the cured product according to claim 13 and a metal layer between any of the layers made of the cured product.
  15.  請求項1~12のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物を基材上に適用して膜を形成する膜形成工程を含む、硬化物の製造方法。 A method for producing a cured product, comprising a film forming step of applying the resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 12 onto a substrate to form a film.
  16.  前記膜を選択的に露光する露光工程及び前記膜を現像液を用いて現像してパターンを形成する現像工程を含む、請求項15に記載の硬化物の製造方法。 The method for producing a cured product according to claim 15, comprising an exposure step of selectively exposing the film and a development step of developing the film with a developer to form a pattern.
  17.  前記膜を50~450℃で加熱する加熱工程を含む、請求項15又は16に記載の硬化物の製造方法。 The method for producing a cured product according to claim 15 or 16, comprising a heating step of heating the film at 50 to 450°C.
  18.  請求項15~17のいずれか1項に記載の硬化物の製造方法を含む、積層体の製造方法。 A method for producing a laminate, including the method for producing the cured product according to any one of claims 15 to 17.
  19.  請求項15~17のいずれか1項に記載の硬化物の製造方法、又は、請求項18に記載の積層体の製造方法を含む、半導体デバイスの製造方法。 A method for manufacturing a semiconductor device, including the method for manufacturing the cured product according to any one of claims 15 to 17 or the method for manufacturing the laminate according to claim 18.
  20.  請求項13に記載の硬化物又は請求項14に記載の積層体を含む、半導体デバイス。 A semiconductor device comprising the cured product according to claim 13 or the laminate according to claim 14.
  21.  下記式(X)で表される化合物。

     式(X)中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に1価の有機基を表し、R及びRが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、Lは2価の連結基を表し、Xはヒドロキシ基又はカルボキシ基を表し、Cyは環構造を表し、Rは2以上のエチレン性不飽和結合を有する基を含む構造を表す。
    A compound represented by the following formula (X).

    In formula (X), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, R 1 and R 2 may combine to form a ring structure, and L 1 represents a divalent linking group. X represents a hydroxy group or a carboxy group, Cy represents a ring structure, and R3 represents a structure containing a group having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
PCT/JP2023/005891 2022-02-25 2023-02-20 Resin composition, cured object, laminate, method for producing cured object, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, semiconductor device, and compound WO2023162905A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2024503123A JPWO2023162905A1 (en) 2022-02-25 2023-02-20

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022028219 2022-02-25
JP2022-028219 2022-02-25

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023162905A1 true WO2023162905A1 (en) 2023-08-31

Family

ID=87765822

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2023/005891 WO2023162905A1 (en) 2022-02-25 2023-02-20 Resin composition, cured object, laminate, method for producing cured object, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, semiconductor device, and compound

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2023162905A1 (en)
TW (1) TW202344613A (en)
WO (1) WO2023162905A1 (en)

Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH05100424A (en) * 1991-10-04 1993-04-23 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Photosensitive resin composition and developing method
CN105949470A (en) * 2016-03-03 2016-09-21 济南大学 Application of hyper-branched polymer in improvement on cohesiveness of modified asphalt in water permeable asphalt pavement
WO2020026840A1 (en) * 2018-07-31 2020-02-06 旭化成株式会社 Negative-type photosensitive resin composition and method for producing polyimide and cured relief pattern using same
WO2020066315A1 (en) * 2018-09-27 2020-04-02 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, layered product, production method for cured product, and semiconductor device
WO2020195993A1 (en) * 2019-03-22 2020-10-01 富士フイルム株式会社 Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for manufacturing cured film, and semiconductor device
JP2021120697A (en) * 2020-01-30 2021-08-19 旭化成株式会社 Negative photosensitive resin composition, and polyimide and cured relief pattern production method based on the same
JP2021120703A (en) * 2020-01-30 2021-08-19 旭化成株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, cured relief pattern and method for producing the same
JP2021128183A (en) * 2020-02-10 2021-09-02 富士フイルム株式会社 Pattern formation method, photosensitive resin composition, method for manufacturing laminate, and method for manufacturing electronic device
WO2022163335A1 (en) * 2021-01-26 2022-08-04 東レ株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, electronic component, antenna element, semiconductor package, and compound

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH05100424A (en) * 1991-10-04 1993-04-23 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Photosensitive resin composition and developing method
CN105949470A (en) * 2016-03-03 2016-09-21 济南大学 Application of hyper-branched polymer in improvement on cohesiveness of modified asphalt in water permeable asphalt pavement
WO2020026840A1 (en) * 2018-07-31 2020-02-06 旭化成株式会社 Negative-type photosensitive resin composition and method for producing polyimide and cured relief pattern using same
WO2020066315A1 (en) * 2018-09-27 2020-04-02 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, layered product, production method for cured product, and semiconductor device
WO2020195993A1 (en) * 2019-03-22 2020-10-01 富士フイルム株式会社 Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for manufacturing cured film, and semiconductor device
JP2021120697A (en) * 2020-01-30 2021-08-19 旭化成株式会社 Negative photosensitive resin composition, and polyimide and cured relief pattern production method based on the same
JP2021120703A (en) * 2020-01-30 2021-08-19 旭化成株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, cured relief pattern and method for producing the same
JP2021128183A (en) * 2020-02-10 2021-09-02 富士フイルム株式会社 Pattern formation method, photosensitive resin composition, method for manufacturing laminate, and method for manufacturing electronic device
WO2022163335A1 (en) * 2021-01-26 2022-08-04 東レ株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, electronic component, antenna element, semiconductor package, and compound

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ENNIS BRENDAN W., MUZZIOLI SARA, REID BRODIE L., D'ALESSIO DANIEL M., STAGNI STEFANO, BROWN DAVID H., OGDEN MARK I., MASSI MASSIMI: "Recyclable calix[4]arene–lanthanoid luminescent hybrid materials with color-tuning and color-switching properties", DALTON TRANSACTIONS, RSC - ROYAL SOCIETY OF CHEMISTRY, CAMBRIDGE, vol. 42, no. 19, 1 January 2013 (2013-01-01), Cambridge , pages 6894, XP093088131, ISSN: 1477-9226, DOI: 10.1039/c3dt33059a *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202344613A (en) 2023-11-16
JPWO2023162905A1 (en) 2023-08-31

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2023120059A1 (en) Resin composition, cured article, laminate, method for producing cured article, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
WO2023190064A1 (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
WO2023157911A1 (en) Resin composition, cured product, multilayer body, method for producing cured product, method for producing multilayer body, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
WO2023162687A1 (en) Resin composition, cured article, laminate, method for producing cured article, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
JPWO2019189111A1 (en) Photosensitive resin compositions, cured films, laminates, methods for producing them, semiconductor devices, thermobase generators used in these
WO2022172996A1 (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminated body, method for producing cured product, semiconductor device, and base generator
WO2023162905A1 (en) Resin composition, cured object, laminate, method for producing cured object, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, semiconductor device, and compound
WO2023120035A1 (en) Resin composition, cured object, laminate, cured object manufacturing method, laminate manufacturing method, semiconductor device manufacturing method, and semiconductor device
WO2023189126A1 (en) Resin composition, cured product, layered product, method for producing cured product, method for producing layered product, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
WO2023190061A1 (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
WO2024128111A1 (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, cured product production method, laminate production method, semiconductor device production method, and semiconductor device
WO2023190062A1 (en) Resin composition, cured article, laminate, method for producing cured article, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
WO2024070713A1 (en) Resin composition, insulating film and method for producing interlayer insulating film for redistribution layers
WO2024010026A1 (en) Resin composition, cured product, multilayer body, method for producing cured product, method for producing multilayer body, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
WO2023190063A1 (en) Production method for cured product, production method for semiconductor device, processing liquid, and resin composition
WO2023190060A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, multilayer body, method for producing cured product, method for producing multilayer body, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
WO2024063025A1 (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
WO2024024833A1 (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, cured product manufacturing method, laminate manufacturing method, semiconductor device manufacturing method, semiconductor device, resin film, and compound
KR20240157719A (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and, semiconductor device
WO2023026892A1 (en) Resin composition, cured article, layered body, cured article production method, layered body production method, semiconductor device production method, semiconductor device, and base generating agent
KR20240157718A (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and, semiconductor device
KR20240156619A (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and, semiconductor device
WO2023112573A1 (en) Method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate , method for producing semiconductor device, and treatment liquid
KR20240156622A (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and, semiconductor device
WO2022210324A1 (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, semiconductor device, and base generator

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23759906

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2024503123

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE